JP2013224729A - Vibration damper - Google Patents

Vibration damper Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2013224729A
JP2013224729A JP2012143574A JP2012143574A JP2013224729A JP 2013224729 A JP2013224729 A JP 2013224729A JP 2012143574 A JP2012143574 A JP 2012143574A JP 2012143574 A JP2012143574 A JP 2012143574A JP 2013224729 A JP2013224729 A JP 2013224729A
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
outer cylinder
rubber
cylindrical member
cylinder part
cylindrical
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2012143574A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP5331228B1 (en
Inventor
Norimitsu Furusawa
紀光 古澤
Shunichi Shinobu
俊一 信夫
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Toyo Tire Corp
Original Assignee
Toyo Tire and Rubber Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Toyo Tire and Rubber Co Ltd filed Critical Toyo Tire and Rubber Co Ltd
Priority to JP2012143574A priority Critical patent/JP5331228B1/en
Priority to PCT/JP2012/084192 priority patent/WO2013140701A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP5331228B1 publication Critical patent/JP5331228B1/en
Publication of JP2013224729A publication Critical patent/JP2013224729A/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16FSPRINGS; SHOCK-ABSORBERS; MEANS FOR DAMPING VIBRATION
    • F16F1/00Springs
    • F16F1/36Springs made of rubber or other material having high internal friction, e.g. thermoplastic elastomers
    • F16F1/38Springs made of rubber or other material having high internal friction, e.g. thermoplastic elastomers with a sleeve of elastic material between a rigid outer sleeve and a rigid inner sleeve or pin, i.e. bushing-type
    • F16F1/393Springs made of rubber or other material having high internal friction, e.g. thermoplastic elastomers with a sleeve of elastic material between a rigid outer sleeve and a rigid inner sleeve or pin, i.e. bushing-type with spherical or conical sleeves

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a vibration damper which enables a spring constant in the axial direction to be increased while reducing a spring constant in the torsional direction and a spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axial direction, and which enables movement of two divided parts, i.e., a first outer cylinder part and a second outer cylinder part to be suppressed in a direction in which the dividing surfaces thereof are brought close together.SOLUTION: With spaces SP formed between the dividing surfaces of a first rubber part 431 and a second rubber part 431, a spring constant in the axial direction can be increased while a spring constant in the torsional direction and a spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axial direction are reduced. In this case, an interposed member 450 is disposed between the dividing surfaces of a first outer cylinder part 421 and a second outer cylinder part 422. Thus, the movement of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 can be restricted in a direction in which the dividing surfaces thereof are brought close together, while securing the spaces SP between the dividing surfaces of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432.

Description

本発明は、防振装置に関し、特に、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすると共に、2分割された第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを抑制することができる防振装置に関するものである。   The present invention relates to a vibration isolator, and in particular, while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis, the spring constant in the axial direction is increased, and the first outer cylinder portion and the second portion divided into two are divided. The present invention relates to a vibration isolator capable of suppressing the movement of the outer cylinder portion in a direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

内筒部材と外筒部材との間をゴム状弾性体からなるゴム基体で連結し、サスペンション装置に使用されるブッシュ(防振装置)では、自動車の乗り心地を確保するために、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくすることが要請される。   In the bush (vibration isolation device) used for the suspension device, the inner cylinder member and the outer cylinder member are connected by a rubber base made of a rubber-like elastic body. It is required to reduce the spring constant.

特許文献1には、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくするために、内筒1(内筒部材)の軸方向中間部に、径方向外方へ膨出する球状の膨出部4を設け、その膨出部4を囲む外筒2(外筒部材)の内周面部分を、膨出部4の凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成する防振ブッシュ101(防振装置)が開示される。   In Patent Document 1, in order to reduce the spring constant in the twisting direction, a spherical bulging portion 4 bulging outward in the radial direction is provided at an axially intermediate portion of the inner cylinder 1 (inner cylinder member). An anti-vibration bush 101 (anti-vibration device) that forms an inner peripheral surface portion of the outer cylinder 2 (outer cylinder member) surrounding the bulging portion 4 into a concave spherical surface that is concentric with the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 4. Disclosed.

この防振ブッシュ101によれば、こじり方向の変位の入力に対し、凸状の球面と、これに同心状の凹状の球面との間で、ゴム状弾性体3(ゴム基体)を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができるので、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくできる。   According to this anti-vibration bush 101, the rubber-like elastic body 3 (rubber base) is mainly formed between a convex spherical surface and a concentric concave spherical surface with respect to an input of displacement in the twisting direction. Since it can be deformed in the shearing direction, the spring constant in the twisting direction can be reduced.

特開2008−019927(段落0006,0020、図1など)JP 2008-019927 (paragraphs 0006, 0020, FIG. 1, etc.)

しかしながら、上述した従来の防振ブッシュ101では、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることが十分にできないという問題点があった。   However, the conventional anti-vibration bush 101 described above has a problem that it is not possible to sufficiently increase the spring constant in the axial direction while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

これに対し、本願出願人は、鋭意検討した結果、上記問題点を解消するために、ゴム基体を軸方向中央部で第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とに2分割し、それら第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に空間を形成する構成に想到した(本願出願時において未公知)。   On the other hand, as a result of diligent study, the applicant of the present application divided the rubber base into a first rubber part and a second rubber part at an axially central part in order to solve the above problems, and the first rubber. The present inventors have come up with a configuration in which a space is formed between the divided surface of the part and the divided surface of the second rubber part (not known at the time of filing this application).

この場合、外筒部材も軸方向中央で第1外筒部と第2外筒部とに2分割し、それら第1外筒部および第2外筒部は、互いの分割面を軸方向に離間させた状態で、筒状部材により保持固定される。   In this case, the outer cylinder member is also divided into a first outer cylinder part and a second outer cylinder part at the center in the axial direction, and the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part have their respective split surfaces in the axial direction. In a separated state, it is held and fixed by a cylindrical member.

しかしながら、このように、第1外筒部の分割面と第2外筒部の分割面とが軸方向に離間されていると、軸方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することが判明した。   However, in this way, when the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion are separated in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder portion and the first outer cylinder portion are It has been found that the two outer cylinder parts move in a direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

本発明は、このような事情を背景になされたものであり、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすると共に、2分割された第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを抑制することができる防振装置を提供することを目的としている。   The present invention has been made against the background of the above circumstances. While reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis, the spring constant in the axial direction is increased and the first divided into two parts. It aims at providing the vibration isolator which can suppress that an outer cylinder part and a 2nd outer cylinder part move to the direction which makes a mutual division surface approach.

課題を解決するための手段および発明の効果Means for Solving the Problems and Effects of the Invention

請求項1記載の防振装置によれば、径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部を有する内筒部材と、その内筒部材の膨出部を取り囲む凹状の球面である凹状内周面を有する外筒部材と、それら内筒部材の膨出部の外周面および外筒部材の凹状内周面の間を連結するゴム基体とを備えるので、こじり方向の変位の入力に対しては、ゴム基体を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができる。よって、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくできるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 1, the inner cylinder member having a spherical bulge that bulges radially outward, and the concave shape that is a concave spherical surface that surrounds the bulge of the inner cylinder member. Since it has an outer cylinder member having an inner peripheral surface and a rubber base that connects between the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion of the inner cylindrical member and the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylindrical member, Thus, the rubber substrate can be deformed mainly in the shear direction. Therefore, there is an effect that the spring constant in the twisting direction can be reduced.

この場合、請求項1によれば、外筒部材が、第1外筒部と第2外筒部とに軸方向に2分割されると共に、第1外筒部における凹状内周面および第2外筒部における凹状内周面と内筒部材の膨出部の外周面との間が、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部によって、それぞれ連結され、第1外筒部および第2外筒部をその外周側に配設される筒状の筒状部材により保持固定する構造である。   In this case, according to the first aspect, the outer cylinder member is divided into two parts in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, and the concave inner peripheral surface and the second outer cylinder part in the first outer cylinder part. The first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are connected by the first rubber part and the second rubber part, respectively, between the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylinder part and the outer peripheral surface of the bulging part of the inner cylinder member. Is held and fixed by a cylindrical cylindrical member disposed on the outer peripheral side.

よって、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部が加硫成形された後、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面とが軸方向に離間し互いの分割面の間に空間が形成された状態で、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を筒状部材により保持固定できる。このように、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面との間に空間を形成できることで、その空間の分、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分を抑制しつつ、軸方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   Therefore, after the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion are vulcanized and molded, the dividing surface of the first rubber portion and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion are separated in the axial direction so that there is a space between the dividing surfaces. In the state of being formed, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be held and fixed by the cylindrical member. Thus, by forming a space between the dividing surface of the first rubber part and the dividing surface of the second rubber part, the shear component of the rubber substrate in the twisting direction and the rubber substrate in the direction perpendicular to the axis can be formed. The compression component of the rubber base in the axial direction can be ensured while suppressing the compression component. As a result, it is possible to increase the spring constant in the axial direction while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

さらに、請求項1によれば、第1外筒部の分割面と第2外筒部の分割面との間に介設される規制手段を備えるので、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面との間に空間を確保しつつ、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制手段により規制することができる。即ち、かかる方向への移動を筒状部材の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに規制することができるので、軸方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部または第2外筒部が筒状部材に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   Furthermore, according to the first aspect, since the regulating means interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part is provided, the dividing surface of the first rubber part and the second It is possible to restrict the movement of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part in the direction in which the respective divided surfaces are brought close to each other while securing a space between the rubber part and the divided surface. That is, since the movement in such a direction can be regulated without relying on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member, when the large displacement is input in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer cylinder It can suppress reliably that a part shifts position with respect to a cylindrical member.

なお、ゴム基体は、第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とが軸方向に完全に分割(分断)されている必要はなく、少なくとも外筒部材側で軸方向に分割されていれば足りる。よって、内筒部材側で第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とが連結されていても(軸方向に分割されていなくても)良い。即ち、内筒部材の外周面を被覆するゴム基体の一部によって、第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とが連結されていても良い。   In the rubber base, the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion do not need to be completely divided (divided) in the axial direction, and it is sufficient that the rubber base is divided in the axial direction at least on the outer cylinder member side. Therefore, the 1st rubber part and the 2nd rubber part may be connected by the inner cylinder member side (it does not need to be divided in the direction of an axis). That is, the first rubber part and the second rubber part may be connected by a part of the rubber base that covers the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylinder member.

請求項2記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、内筒部材の膨出部における最大の外径寸法が、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の軸方向端部開口における最小の内径寸法よりも大きくされるので、軸方向への変位に対し、受圧面積を大きくして、ゴム基体の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくする効果を顕著とすることができる。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 2, in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to claim 1, the maximum outer diameter of the bulging portion of the inner cylinder member is the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder. Since it is made larger than the minimum inner diameter at the axial end opening of the cylindrical portion, the pressure receiving area can be increased with respect to displacement in the axial direction, and the compression component of the rubber base can be secured. As a result, the effect of increasing the spring constant in the axial direction can be made remarkable while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

なお、このような請求項2の構成は、内筒部材の膨出部と外筒部材の凹状内周面との間にゴム基体が連続して配設される従来品では、軸方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分と同時に、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分も増大させるため、採用することが不可能であり、本発明のように、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面との間に空間を形成することで初めて採用可能となったものであり、これにより、軸方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分は確保しつつ、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分を抑制することができる。即ち、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   Note that, in the conventional product in which the rubber base is continuously disposed between the bulging portion of the inner cylindrical member and the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylindrical member, the configuration according to claim 2 is the rubber in the axial direction. Simultaneously with the compressive component of the base, the shear component of the rubber base in the twisting direction and the compressive component of the rubber base in the direction perpendicular to the axis also increase, and thus cannot be employed. This is possible for the first time by forming a space between the dividing surface and the dividing surface of the second rubber part, thereby ensuring the compression component of the rubber base in the axial direction and the rubber in the twisting direction. The shear component of the substrate and the compression component of the rubber substrate in the direction perpendicular to the axis can be suppressed. That is, the spring constant in the axial direction can be increased while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

請求項3記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1又は2に記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されると共に分割面から軸方向に沿って部分的に突設される規制突起を備え、その規制突起が規制手段とされるので、製品コストの削減を図ることができると共に、筒状部材に対する第1外筒部および第2外筒部の位置ずれ抑制効果の信頼性の向上を図ることができるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 3, in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to claim 1 or 2, it is integrally formed with at least one of the first outer cylinder part or the second outer cylinder part. Since the control projection includes a control projection that partially protrudes along the axial direction from the dividing surface, and the control projection serves as a control means, the product cost can be reduced and the first outer cylinder with respect to the cylindrical member There is an effect that it is possible to improve the reliability of the effect of suppressing the positional deviation of the portion and the second outer cylinder portion.

即ち、規制手段である規制突起が第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されるので、規制手段が第1外筒部および第2外筒部と別体に形成される場合と比較して、部品点数の削減を図ることができる。これにより、部品コストおよび組み立て工数(加硫金型への設置工数)の削減を図ることができ、その分、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。   In other words, the restricting projection as the restricting means is formed integrally with at least one of the first outer cylinder part or the second outer cylinder part, so that the restricting means is formed separately from the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part. Compared with the case where it is done, the number of parts can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to reduce the part cost and the assembly man-hour (installation man-hour for the vulcanization mold), and the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

また、規制手段が第1外筒部および第2外筒部と別体に形成される場合には、第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間から規制手段が脱落し、分割面の間に規制手段が介設されなくなることで、位置ずれ抑制効果が発揮されなくなるおそれがある。これに対し、請求項3のように、規制手段である規制突起が第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されていれば、第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間に規制手段(規制突起)を脱落させることなく介設された状態を維持できるので、位置ずれ抑制効果を確実に発揮させ、その信頼性の向上を図ることができる。   Further, when the restricting means is formed separately from the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, the restricting means is provided between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part. It is likely that the effect of suppressing displacement will not be exhibited due to the falling off and no restriction means being interposed between the divided surfaces. On the other hand, as in claim 3, if the restricting projections that are restricting means are integrally formed on at least one of the first outer cylinder part or the second outer cylinder part, the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part and Since it is possible to maintain the interposed state without dropping the regulating means (regulating projection) between the split surfaces of the second outer cylinder portion, it is possible to reliably exert the effect of suppressing displacement and improve its reliability. Can do.

さらに、規制突起は、第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方の分割面から部分的に突設されるので、加硫金型による加硫成形によって、第1外筒部および第2外筒部と内筒部材との間を第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部により連結する際には、規制突起が突設されていない領域を利用して、第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に加硫金型を配設することができる。これにより、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の位置ずれ抑制効果を規制突起部により発揮可能としつつ、第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に空間を形成することができるという効果がある。   Further, since the restricting projection is partially projected from at least one split surface of the first outer cylinder part or the second outer cylinder part, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are vulcanized by a vulcanization mold. (2) When connecting the outer cylinder part and the inner cylinder member by the first rubber part and the second rubber part, the dividing surface of the first rubber part and A vulcanization mold can be disposed between the divided surfaces of the second rubber part. Accordingly, a space is formed between the divided surface of the first rubber portion and the divided surface of the second rubber portion while the effect of suppressing the displacement of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion can be exhibited by the restricting projection portion. There is an effect that can be done.

請求項4記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1又は2に記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間に介設される筒状の介設部材を備え、その介設部材が規制手段とされるので、第1外筒部の分割面と第2外筒部の分割面との間に規制手段である介設部材が介設される範囲を周方向のほぼ全周とすることができる。よって、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 4, in addition to the effect produced by the vibration isolator according to claim 1 or 2, the vibration isolator is interposed between the split surface of the first outer cylinder part and the split surface of the second outer cylinder part. Since the interposed member is provided as a restricting means, the interposed member is a restricting means between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part. The range in which the installation member is interposed can be almost the entire circumference in the circumferential direction. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to stably regulate the movement of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

また、介設部材は、位相を180度異ならせた2ヶ所が分断されて2分割されるか、又は、1ヶ所が分断されるので、第1外筒部の分割面と第2外筒部の分割面との間に介設部材を装着して介設させる工程において、その装着作業の作業性の向上を図ることができるという効果がある。   Further, since the interposition member is divided into two parts by dividing two places whose phases are different by 180 degrees, or one part is divided, the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part In the process of mounting and interposing an interposition member between the divided surfaces, there is an effect that the workability of the mounting operation can be improved.

さらに、規制手段である介設部材は、第1外筒部および第2外筒部と別部材として形成されるので、第1外筒部および第2外筒部と内筒部材との間を第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部により連結した加硫成形体を加硫金型により加硫成形した後、その加硫成形に対して、介設部材が装着される。即ち、第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に空間を形成する部分の加硫金型の構造において、介設部材の形状等を考慮する必要がないので、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができるという効果がある。   Further, since the interposed member as the regulating means is formed as a separate member from the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, the gap between the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part and the inner cylinder member is formed. After the vulcanized molded body connected by the first rubber part and the second rubber part is vulcanized by a vulcanization mold, an interposed member is attached to the vulcanized mold. That is, in the structure of the vulcanization mold of the part that forms a space between the dividing surface of the first rubber part and the dividing surface of the second rubber part, it is not necessary to consider the shape of the interposed member. There is an effect that the structure of the mold can be simplified.

請求項5記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1又は2に記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材は、軸方向中央の内周面部分が径方向内方へ向けて膨出して形成され第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間に介設される規制膨出部を備え、その規制膨出部が規制手段とされるので、軽量化と製品コストの削減を図ることができるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 5, in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to claim 1 or 2, the cylindrical member has an inner peripheral surface portion at the center in the axial direction directed radially inward. A bulge formed and formed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part, and the restriction bulging part is used as a regulating means, so that it is lightweight. This has the effect of reducing the cost and product cost.

即ち、規制手段である規制膨出部は、筒状部材の一部を変形(径方向内方へ向けて膨出)させることで形成され、規制手段を構成するための別部材の追加が不要なので、その分、軽量化を図ることができる。また、別部材の追加が不要とされ、部品点数が抑制されることで、部品コストの削減を図ることができると共に、組み立てコストを削減することができるので、その分、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。   In other words, the restriction bulging portion, which is the restriction means, is formed by deforming a part of the cylindrical member (bulging inward in the radial direction), and no additional member is required to constitute the restriction means. Therefore, the weight can be reduced accordingly. In addition, it is not necessary to add another member, and the number of parts is reduced, so that the part cost can be reduced and the assembling cost can be reduced, thereby reducing the product cost accordingly. be able to.

さらに、規制手段である規制膨出部は、第1外筒部および第2外筒部とは別部材の筒状部材に形成されるので、第1外筒部および第2外筒部と内筒部材との間を第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部により連結した加硫成形体を加硫金型により加硫成形した後、その加硫成形に対して、筒状部材が装着される際に、規制膨出部が介設される。即ち、第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に空間を形成する部分の加硫金型の構造において、規制膨出部の形状等を考慮する必要がないので、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができるという効果がある。   Furthermore, since the restriction bulging portion, which is the restriction means, is formed on a cylindrical member that is a separate member from the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion, When a vulcanized molded body connected with a cylindrical member by a first rubber part and a second rubber part is vulcanized by a vulcanization mold, and then the cylindrical member is mounted for the vulcanization molding In addition, a restriction bulging portion is interposed. That is, in the structure of the vulcanization mold in the portion that forms a space between the dividing surface of the first rubber part and the dividing surface of the second rubber part, it is not necessary to consider the shape of the restriction bulging part. There is an effect that the structure of the metal mold can be simplified.

請求項6記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1から5のいずれかに記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部の剥がれや亀裂の発生を抑制しつつ、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部に径方向(軸直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与できるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 6, in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to any one of claims 1 to 5, the occurrence of peeling and cracking of the first rubber part and the second rubber part is suppressed. On the other hand, there is an effect that preliminary compression in the radial direction (perpendicular to the axis) can be imparted to the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion.

ここで、防振装置は、その耐久性を確保するために、ゴム基体に径方向への予備圧縮を付与する。ゴム基体への径方向への予備圧縮の付与は、通常、外筒部材に絞り加工を施すことにより行われる。この場合、従来品のように、外筒部材(外筒)の内周面部分に部分的に凹状の球面を形成する構造では、凹状の球面を形成した部分と凹状の球面が非形成となる部分との間に肉厚の差が生じると共に、凹状の球面が非形成となる部分の肉厚が厚くなるため、外筒部材の絞り加工が困難となる。   Here, the vibration isolator imparts preliminary compression in the radial direction to the rubber base in order to ensure the durability thereof. The provision of the precompression in the radial direction to the rubber base is usually performed by drawing the outer cylinder member. In this case, in the structure in which a concave spherical surface is formed on the inner peripheral surface portion of the outer cylinder member (outer cylinder) as in the conventional product, the concave spherical surface and the concave spherical surface are not formed. A difference in thickness occurs between the portions and the thickness of the portion where the concave spherical surface is not formed becomes thick, so that drawing of the outer cylinder member becomes difficult.

そのため、従来品では、外筒部材の内周面に、軸方向に延びると共に凹状の球面と同等の深さを有する複数の凹溝を周方向に分散して形成する。これにより、絞り加工に伴って、外筒部材は、各凹溝の溝幅が狭くなるように絞り変形するので、肉厚の差があり、かつ、凹状の球面が非形成となる部分の肉厚が厚くても、絞り加工を施すことができる。   Therefore, in the conventional product, a plurality of concave grooves extending in the axial direction and having a depth equivalent to that of the concave spherical surface are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the outer cylinder member in the circumferential direction. As a result, the outer cylinder member undergoes drawing deformation so that the groove width of each concave groove becomes narrow with drawing, so there is a difference in thickness and the thickness of the portion where the concave spherical surface is not formed. Drawing can be performed even if the thickness is large.

しかしながら、この従来品では、こじり方向におけるばね定数は小さくできるが、外筒部材に凹溝を形成して、その絞り加工を可能とすることで、ゴム基体(ゴム状弾性体)に予備圧縮を付与する構造であるので、外筒部材に絞り加工を施すと、凹溝に変形が集中し、この凹溝に接着される部位でゴム状弾性体の剥がれが発生すると共に、溝幅が狭まった凹溝に挟まれてゴム基体に亀裂が発生する。   However, with this conventional product, the spring constant in the twisting direction can be reduced, but by forming a concave groove in the outer cylindrical member to enable drawing, the rubber base (rubber-like elastic body) can be pre-compressed. Since it is a structure to be applied, when the outer cylinder member is drawn, deformation concentrates on the concave groove, and the rubber-like elastic body is peeled off at the portion bonded to the concave groove, and the groove width is narrowed. Cracks are generated in the rubber substrate between the concave grooves.

これに対し、請求項6によれば、第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工が施された状態で、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が筒状部材により保持固定されるので、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部に径方向への予備圧縮を付与することができるという効果がある。また、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の板厚が一定の素材から凹状内周面を備える形状に形成されるので、第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工を可能とするための凹溝を形成する必要がない。よって、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部の剥がれや亀裂の発生を抑制しつつ、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部に径方向への予備圧縮を付与できるという効果がある。   On the other hand, according to the sixth aspect, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are held and fixed by the cylindrical member in a state in which the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are drawn. Therefore, there is an effect that preliminary compression in the radial direction can be applied to the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion. In addition, since the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are formed from a material having a constant plate thickness into a shape having a concave inner peripheral surface, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be drawn. It is not necessary to form a concave groove for Therefore, there is an effect that radial compression can be applied to the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion while suppressing occurrence of peeling and cracking of the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion.

即ち、本発明では、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を筒状部材が保持固定する構造であるので、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状(例えば、サスペンションアームの圧入穴へ圧入可能な外形形状)を筒状部材に担わせることができ、第1外筒部および第2外筒部は、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状を考慮する必要がない。よって、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を、板厚が一定の素材から例えばプレス加工により形成することができ、その結果、凹溝を設けなくても、これら第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工を施すことが可能となる。   That is, in the present invention, since the cylindrical member holds and fixes the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, the shape as an attachment site to the mating member (for example, press-fitting into the press-fitting hole of the suspension arm is possible. The outer shape) can be carried by the cylindrical member, and the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion do not need to take into account the shape as an attachment site to the mating member. Therefore, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be formed from a material having a constant plate thickness, for example, by pressing, and as a result, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be formed without providing a concave groove. The second outer cylinder portion can be drawn.

請求項7記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1から6のいずれかに記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材に絞り加工が施される、即ち、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面側が筒状部材の内周面側によって締め付けられることで、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が筒状部材により保持固定されるので、かかる保持固定を簡易に行うことができるという効果がある。また、絞り加工を施す前の筒状部材の内径を第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外径よりも大きくしておけるので、組み立て工程において、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を筒状部材の内周側へ軸方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator according to claim 7, in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to any one of claims 1 to 6, the cylindrical member is subjected to drawing processing, that is, the first outer cylinder portion. Since the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are held and fixed by the cylindrical member by tightening the outer peripheral surface side of the second outer cylinder part by the inner peripheral surface side of the cylindrical member, the holding and fixing are performed. There is an effect that it can be performed easily. Further, since the inner diameter of the cylindrical member before the drawing process can be made larger than the outer diameters of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder in the assembly process. There is an effect that the operation of inserting the portion into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member along the axial direction can be efficiently performed.

この場合、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面と筒状部材の内周面とが直接接触する(即ち、金属材料どうしが接触する)場合には、両者の間での摩擦係数の確保が困難となる。また、絞り加工後のスプリングバックは、外周側に位置する部材が大きくなるので、締め代の確保が困難となる。そのため、筒状部材から第1外筒部および第2外筒部が軸方向へ抜け出すおそれがある。   In this case, when the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part and the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member are in direct contact (that is, the metal materials are in contact with each other), the friction between the two It is difficult to secure the coefficient. Moreover, since the member located in the outer peripheral side becomes large, the spring back after a drawing process becomes difficult to ensure a fastening allowance. Therefore, there is a possibility that the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part may come out in the axial direction from the cylindrical member.

これに対し、本発明では、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面または筒状部材の内周面の少なくとも一方の少なくとも一部にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム膜部が覆設されるので、かかるゴム膜部の介在により、摩擦係数を確保することができる。また、ゴム膜部が介在することで、筒状部材のスプリングバックによる締め代の不足分を、ゴム膜部の弾性回復による圧縮力で補うことができる。よって、軸方向への抜け出しに対する保持力を確保して、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が筒状部材から軸方向へ抜け出すことを抑制できるという効果がある。   On the other hand, in the present invention, a rubber film portion composed of a rubber-like elastic body is provided on at least a part of at least one of the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion or the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member. Since it is covered, the friction coefficient can be secured by the intervention of the rubber film portion. Further, the rubber film portion is interposed, so that the shortage of the tightening allowance due to the spring back of the cylindrical member can be compensated by the compressive force due to the elastic recovery of the rubber film portion. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to secure a holding force against the axial withdrawal and to prevent the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion from coming out of the cylindrical member in the axial direction.

また、請求項7によれば、筒状部材に絞り加工が施されるので、かかる筒状部材の内周側で第1外筒部および第2外筒部が径方向(軸直角方向)にがたつくことを抑制することができるという効果がある。   According to the seventh aspect, since the cylindrical member is drawn, the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion are radially arranged (perpendicular to the axis) on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member. There is an effect that it is possible to suppress rattling.

請求項8記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1から7のいずれかに記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材には、絞り加工が施され、筒状部材の軸方向一端側および軸方向他端側が、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の凹状内周面の背面側となる外周面に沿って縮径された形状に形成されるので、筒状部材に対して、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が、互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することだけでなく、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動することも規制することができるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 8, in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to any of claims 1 to 7, the cylindrical member is subjected to drawing processing, and the axial direction of the cylindrical member Since one end side and the other end side in the axial direction are formed in a shape reduced in diameter along the outer peripheral surface which is the back side of the concave inner peripheral surface of the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion, On the other hand, not only the movement of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other but also the movement in the direction in which the divided surfaces are separated from each other can be restricted. There is an effect.

即ち、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が、互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を規制手段により規制すると共に、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を筒状部材の軸方向一端側または軸方向他端側により規制することができる。これにより、これら両方向への移動を筒状部材の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに規制することができるので、軸方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部または第2外筒部が筒状部材に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   That is, when the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part move in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other, the movement is restricted by the regulating means, and is moved in the direction in which the divided surfaces are separated from each other. In that case, the movement can be restricted by one axial end side or the other axial end side of the cylindrical member. As a result, the movement in both directions can be regulated without relying on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member. Therefore, when a large displacement is input in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer It is possible to reliably suppress the displacement of the tubular portion with respect to the tubular member.

(a)は、本発明の第1実施の形態における防振装置の上面図であり、(b)は、図1(a)のIb−Ib線における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the vibration isolator in 1st Embodiment of this invention, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the Ib-Ib line | wire of Fig.1 (a). (a)は、内筒部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図2(a)のIIb−IIb線における内筒部材の断面図である。(A) is a top view of an inner cylinder member, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner cylinder member in the IIb-IIb line | wire of Fig.2 (a). (a)は、第1外筒部の上面図であり、(b)は、図3(a)のIIIb−IIIb線における第1外筒部の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a 1st outer cylinder part, (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part in the IIIb-IIIb line | wire of Fig.3 (a). (a)は、筒状部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図4(a)のIVb−IVb線における筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a cylindrical member, (b) is sectional drawing of the cylindrical member in the IVb-IVb line | wire of Fig.4 (a). (a)は、加硫成形体の上面図であり、(b)は、図5(a)のVb−Vb線における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a vulcanization molded object, (b) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object in the Vb-Vb line | wire of Fig.5 (a). (a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体の断面図であり、(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a sectional view of a vulcanized molded body in a state before being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step, and (b) is a vulcanization in a state after being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step. It is sectional drawing of a molded object. (a)は、ゴム基体圧縮工程においてゴム基体が軸方向に圧縮された状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state where a rubber base was compressed in the direction of an axis in a rubber base compression process, (b) is a cylindrical member in a cylindrical member squeezing process. It is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state after drawing processing. (a)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図であり、(b)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state before a bending process is given in a bending process, (b) is in the state after a bending process was given in the bending process. It is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member. (a)は、第2実施の形態における防振装置を構成する加硫成形体Bの断面図であり、(b)は、第2実施の形態における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object B which comprises the vibration isolator in 2nd Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in 2nd Embodiment. (a)は、第3実施の形態における防振装置を構成する加硫成形体の断面図であり、図10(b)は、第3実施の形態における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object which comprises the vibration isolator in 3rd Embodiment, FIG.10 (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in 3rd Embodiment. (a)は、第4実施の形態における防振装置の上面図であり、(b)は、図11(a)のXIb−XIb線における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the vibration isolator in 4th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the XIb-XIb line | wire of Fig.11 (a). (a)は、第1外筒部の上面図であり、(b)は、図12(a)のXIIb−XIIb線における第1外筒部の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a 1st outer cylinder part, (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part in the XIIb-XIIb line | wire of Fig.12 (a). 介設部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図13(a)のXIIIb−XIIIb線における介設部材の断面図である。It is a top view of an interposed member, (b) is sectional drawing of the interposed member in the XIIIb-XIIIb line | wire of Fig.13 (a). (a)は、加硫成形体の側面図であり、(b)は、図14(a)のXIVb−XIVb線における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a side view of a vulcanization molded object, (b) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object in the XIVb-XIVb line | wire of Fig.14 (a). (a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体の断面図であり、(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a sectional view of a vulcanized molded body in a state before being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step, and (b) is a vulcanization in a state after being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step. It is sectional drawing of a molded object. (a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体及び筒状体の断面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical body in the state before a cylindrical member is drawn in a cylindrical member drawing process, (b) is a cylindrical member drawing process. It is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the state after the drawing process was given to the cylindrical member. (a)は、第5実施の形態における介設部材の上面図であり、(b)は、第6実施の形態における介設部材の上面図である。(A) is a top view of the interposed member in 5th Embodiment, (b) is a top view of the interposed member in 6th Embodiment. (a)は、第7実施の形態における筒状部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図18(a)のXVIIIb−XVIIIb線における筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the cylindrical member in 7th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the cylindrical member in the XVIIIb-XVIIIb line | wire of Fig.18 (a). (a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体および筒状体の断面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置の部分断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical body in the state before a cylindrical member is drawn in a cylindrical member drawing process, (b) is a cylindrical member drawing process. It is a fragmentary sectional view of the vibration isolator in the state after the drawing process was given to the cylindrical member. 第8実施の形態における防振装置を示す図であり、(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図であり、(b)は、曲げ工程において外筒部材に曲げ加工が施された後の状態における防振装置の断面図である。It is a figure which shows the vibration isolator in 8th Embodiment, (a) is a cross section of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state after a cylindrical member was drawn in the cylindrical member drawing process It is a figure and (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the state after the bending process was given to the outer cylinder member in the bending process. (a)は、第9実施の形態における第1外筒部の底面図であり、(b)は、図21(a)のXXIb−XXIb線における第1外筒部の断面図である。(A) is a bottom view of the 1st outer cylinder part in 9th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part in the XXIb-XXIb line | wire of Fig.21 (a). (a)は、外筒部材の斜視図であり、(b)は、加硫成形体の側面図である。(A) is a perspective view of an outer cylinder member, (b) is a side view of a vulcanization molded object. (a)は、防振装置の上面図であり、(b)は、図23(a)のXXIIIb−XXIIIb線における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a vibration isolator, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the XXIIIb-XXIIIb line | wire of Fig.23 (a). (a)は、第10実施の形態における外筒部材の斜視図であり、(b)は、第11実施の形態における外筒部材の斜視図である。(A) is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member in 10th Embodiment, (b) is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member in 11th Embodiment.

以下、本発明の好ましい実施の形態について添付図面を参照して説明する。まず、図1を参照して、防振装置100の全体構成について説明する。図1(a)は、本発明の第1実施の形態における防振装置100の上面図であり、図1(b)は、図1(a)のIb−Ib線における防振装置100の断面図である。   Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, the overall configuration of the vibration isolator 100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1A is a top view of the vibration isolator 100 according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 100 taken along the line Ib-Ib in FIG. FIG.

図1に示すように、防振装置100は、自動車のサスペンション装置(懸架装置)に使用される防振ブッシュであり、筒状の内筒部材10と、その内筒部材10の外周側に配設される外筒部材20と、それら内筒部材10及び外筒部材20の間を連結すると共にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム基体30と、外筒部材20の外周側に配設される筒状の筒状部材40とを備える。   As shown in FIG. 1, a vibration isolator 100 is a vibration isolating bush used for an automobile suspension device (suspension device), and is arranged on a cylindrical inner cylinder member 10 and an outer peripheral side of the inner cylinder member 10. The outer cylinder member 20 is provided, the inner cylinder member 10 and the outer cylinder member 20 are connected to each other, and the rubber base 30 formed of a rubber-like elastic body is disposed on the outer peripheral side of the outer cylinder member 20. And a tubular member 40 having a tubular shape.

防振装置100は、サスペンションメンバーのブラケットにおける一対の挟持部の間に、内筒部材10に挿通される取り付けボルトを介して、内筒部材10の軸O方向端面が挟持固定されると共に、筒状部材40が、サスペンションアーム(本実施の形態では、ロアアーム)の一端における圧入穴に圧入され、これにより、自動車のサスペンション装置に装着される。   The vibration isolator 100 is configured such that the end surface in the axial O direction of the inner cylinder member 10 is clamped and fixed between a pair of clamping portions in the bracket of the suspension member via an attachment bolt inserted into the inner cylinder member 10. The shaped member 40 is press-fitted into a press-fitting hole at one end of the suspension arm (in this embodiment, the lower arm), and is thereby mounted on the suspension device of the automobile.

次いで、図2から図4を参照して、防振装置100を構成する各部の詳細構成について説明する。まず、図2を参照して、内筒部材1の詳細構成について説明する。図2(a)は、内筒部材10の上面図であり、図2(b)は、図2(a)のIIb−IIb線における内筒部材10の断面図である。   Next, with reference to FIGS. 2 to 4, the detailed configuration of each part constituting the vibration isolator 100 will be described. First, with reference to FIG. 2, the detailed structure of the inner cylinder member 1 is demonstrated. 2A is a top view of the inner cylinder member 10, and FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view of the inner cylinder member 10 taken along the line IIb-IIb in FIG. 2A.

図2に示すように、内筒部材10は、取り付けボルトが挿通される挿通孔が軸Oに沿って貫通形成された筒状の軸部11と、その軸部11の外周面から径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部12とを備え、これらが金属材料から一体に構成される。なお、軸部11と膨出部12とは別材料(例えば、膨出部12が樹脂材料)から別体に構成されていても良い。   As shown in FIG. 2, the inner cylinder member 10 includes a cylindrical shaft part 11 in which an insertion hole through which a mounting bolt is inserted is formed along the axis O, and a radially outer side from the outer peripheral surface of the shaft part 11. And a spherical bulging portion 12 that bulges toward the direction, and these are integrally formed of a metal material. Note that the shaft portion 11 and the bulging portion 12 may be configured separately from different materials (for example, the bulging portion 12 is a resin material).

膨出部12は、軸部11の軸O方向中央(図2(b)上下方向中央)に配設され、膨出部12における凸状の球面の中心は、軸部11の軸O上に位置する。即ち、内筒部材10は、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称形状に形成される。   The bulging portion 12 is disposed at the center of the shaft portion 11 in the axis O direction (the center in the vertical direction in FIG. 2B), and the center of the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 12 is on the axis O of the shaft portion 11. To position. That is, the inner cylinder member 10 is formed in a rotationally symmetric shape with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation center).

図3を参照して、外筒部材20の詳細構成について説明する。図3(a)は、第1外筒部21の上面図であり、図3(b)は、図3(a)のIIIb−IIIb線における第1外筒部21の断面図である。なお、図3では、外筒絞り工程における絞り加工(図6参照)が施される前の状態が図示される。   With reference to FIG. 3, the detailed structure of the outer cylinder member 20 is demonstrated. Fig.3 (a) is a top view of the 1st outer cylinder part 21, FIG.3 (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part 21 in the IIIb-IIIb line | wire of Fig.3 (a). FIG. 3 shows a state before the drawing process (see FIG. 6) in the outer cylinder drawing process.

なお、外筒部材20は、軸O方向の中央部で第1外筒部21と第2外筒部22とに2分割される(図1参照)。これら第1外筒部21と第2外筒部22とは、同一の部材(構成)であり、名称のみが異なる部材であるので、以下においては、第1外筒部21について説明し、第2外筒部22の説明は省略する。   In addition, the outer cylinder member 20 is divided into two at the center part in the axis O direction into a first outer cylinder part 21 and a second outer cylinder part 22 (see FIG. 1). Since the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are the same member (configuration) and are different only in names, the first outer cylinder portion 21 will be described below. Description of the 2 outer cylinder part 22 is abbreviate | omitted.

図3に示すように、第1外筒部21は、板厚が一定の板状の金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)をプレス加工により器状に成形して得られる部材であり、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称に形成される。   As shown in FIG. 3, the first outer cylinder portion 21 is a member obtained by forming a plate-like metal material (steel material in the present embodiment) with a constant plate thickness into a vessel shape by pressing, It is formed in rotational symmetry with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation center).

なお、第1外筒部21は、板厚が一定の素材から形成されるので、従来品のように絞り加工を可能とするための凹溝を形成する必要がない。よって、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22に絞り加工を施す外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32の剥がれや亀裂の発生を抑制しつつ、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に径方向(軸O直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   In addition, since the 1st outer cylinder part 21 is formed from a raw material with a fixed plate | board thickness, it is not necessary to form the ditch | groove for enabling drawing like the conventional product. Therefore, in the outer cylinder drawing process (see FIG. 6) in which the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are drawn, the occurrence of peeling and cracking of the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 is suppressed. However, preliminary compression in the radial direction (direction perpendicular to the axis O) can be applied to the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32.

即ち、第1外筒部21(及び、第2外筒部22)は、筒状部材40に保持固定されるので(図1参照)、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状(本実施の形態では、ロアアームの圧入穴へ圧入可能な外形形状)を筒状部材40に担わせることができ、第1外筒部21は、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状を考慮する必要がない。よって、第1外筒部21を、板厚が一定の素材からプレス加工により成形することができ、その結果、凹溝を設けなくても、第1外筒部21(及び、第2外筒部22)に絞り加工を施すことが可能となる。   That is, since the first outer cylinder portion 21 (and the second outer cylinder portion 22) is held and fixed to the cylindrical member 40 (see FIG. 1), the shape (this embodiment) as an attachment site to the counterpart member Then, the cylindrical member 40 can be made to bear the outer shape that can be press-fitted into the press-fitting hole of the lower arm, and the first outer cylinder portion 21 does not need to consider the shape as an attachment site to the counterpart member. Therefore, the 1st outer cylinder part 21 can be shape | molded by a press work from the raw material with fixed board thickness, As a result, even if it does not provide a ditch | groove, the 1st outer cylinder part 21 (and 2nd outer cylinder) Part 22) can be drawn.

第1外筒部21は、軸Oに直交する円環板状に形成される環状部20aと、その環状部20aの内縁に接続されると共に断面形状が円弧状に湾曲する湾曲部20bと、その湾曲部20bの終端(図3(b)下側)に接続され湾曲部20bから離間する従って内径が漸次拡大される円錐筒状の拡径部20cと、その拡径部20cの最大径側に接続されると共に内径が略一定に形成される円筒状の円筒部20dとを備え、これら各部20a〜20dが軸Oに沿って同軸に一体に形成される。   The first outer cylinder portion 21 includes an annular portion 20a formed in an annular plate shape orthogonal to the axis O, a curved portion 20b that is connected to the inner edge of the annular portion 20a and whose cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape, A conical cylindrical enlarged portion 20c that is connected to the end of the curved portion 20b (lower side in FIG. 3 (b)) and is spaced apart from the curved portion 20b so that the inner diameter is gradually enlarged, and the largest diameter side of the enlarged portion 20c And a cylindrical portion 20d having a substantially constant inner diameter, and these portions 20a to 20d are integrally formed coaxially along the axis O.

拡径部20cと円筒部20dとの間は断面円弧状に滑らかに接続される。また、環状部20aが軸Oに直交する環状板状に形成され、後述する曲げ工程(図8参照)において筒状部材40の軸O方向端部が径方向内方に曲げられた場合には、その曲げられた部分が環状部20aと軸O方向で重なる(図1参照)。よって、筒状部材40の曲げられた部分と環状部20aとの係合を強固とすることができる。   The enlarged diameter portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are smoothly connected in a circular arc shape in cross section. Further, when the annular portion 20a is formed in an annular plate shape orthogonal to the axis O, and the end portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40 is bent radially inward in a bending step (see FIG. 8) described later. The bent portion overlaps the annular portion 20a in the direction of the axis O (see FIG. 1). Therefore, the engagement between the bent portion of the tubular member 40 and the annular portion 20a can be strengthened.

ここで、拡径部20c及び円筒部20dの内周面が凹状内周面ISとされる。凹状内周面ISは、内筒部材10の膨出部12を取り囲む部位であり、外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、拡径部20c及び円筒部20dが絞り加工(絞り変形される)ことで、その凹状内周面ISの形状が、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成される(図1参照)。   Here, the inner peripheral surfaces of the enlarged diameter portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are defined as the concave inner peripheral surface IS. The concave inner peripheral surface IS is a portion surrounding the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10, and the enlarged diameter portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are drawn (drawn and deformed) in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6). Thus, the shape of the concave inner peripheral surface IS is formed into a concave spherical surface concentric with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10 (see FIG. 1).

なお、本実施の形態では、図3に示すように、環状部20aの外径(環状部20aの外縁における径)D1が、円筒部20dの外径(円筒部20dの外周面における径)D2よりも小さくされる(D1<D2)。これにより、外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、円筒部20dの部分のみをダイス片(図示せず)に当接させ、そのダイス片により径方向内方へ押圧(移動)させることができるので、凹状内周面ISの形状を、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に近づけることができる。   In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, the outer diameter of the annular portion 20a (the diameter at the outer edge of the annular portion 20a) D1 is the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion 20d (the diameter of the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d) D2. (D1 <D2). Thereby, in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6), only the portion of the cylindrical portion 20d can be brought into contact with a die piece (not shown) and can be pressed (moved) radially inward by the die piece. Therefore, the shape of the concave inner peripheral surface IS can be brought close to a concave spherical surface that is concentric with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

図4を参照して、筒状部材40について説明する。図4(a)は、筒状部材40の上面図であり、図4(b)は、図4(a)のIVb−IVb線における筒状部材40の断面図である。なお、図4では、筒状部材絞り工程(図7参照)前の状態(即ち、絞り加工前の筒状部材40)が図示される。   The cylindrical member 40 will be described with reference to FIG. 4A is a top view of the tubular member 40, and FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view of the tubular member 40 taken along line IVb-IVb of FIG. 4A. 4 shows a state before the cylindrical member drawing step (see FIG. 7) (that is, the cylindrical member 40 before drawing).

図4に示すように、筒状部材40は、金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)から軸Oを有する筒状に形成される部材である。即ち、筒状部材40は、軸Oを対称軸(回転軸)として回転対称となる形状に形成される。   As shown in FIG. 4, the cylindrical member 40 is a member formed in a cylindrical shape having an axis O from a metal material (a steel material in the present embodiment). That is, the cylindrical member 40 is formed in a shape that is rotationally symmetric with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation axis).

筒状部材40の内径は、後述する外筒絞り工程による絞り加工(図6(b)参照)が施された後の加硫成形体Aの最大外径(ゴム膜部33,34の外周面における径)よりも大きくされる。本実施の形態では、絞り加工前の加硫成形体Aの最大外径(円筒部20dの外径D2)よりも大きくされる。これにより、防振装置100の組み立て作業において、加硫成形体Aを筒状部材40の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができる(図7(a)参照)。   The inner diameter of the cylindrical member 40 is the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body A after the drawing process (see FIG. 6B) in the outer cylinder drawing process described later (the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film portions 33 and 34). Larger than the diameter). In the present embodiment, it is made larger than the maximum outer diameter (outer diameter D2 of the cylindrical portion 20d) of the vulcanized molded body A before drawing. Thereby, in the assembly work of the vibration isolator 100, the work of inserting the vulcanized molded body A into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 40 along the axis O direction can be efficiently performed (FIG. 7A). reference).

また、筒状部材40の軸O方向(図4(b)上下方向)端部には、内周面側の角部に面取り加工が施され、断面直線状の面取り面40aが形成される。この面取り面40aの形成によっても、筒状部材40の内周側へ加硫成形体Aを軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業性の向上を図ることができる。更に、面取り面40aを備えることで、後述する曲げ工程(図8参照)において、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部を径方向内方へ曲げ加工し易くすることができる。   Further, at the end of the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 4 (b)), a chamfering process is performed on a corner portion on the inner peripheral surface side to form a chamfered surface 40a having a linear cross section. The formation of the chamfered surface 40a can also improve the workability of inserting the vulcanized molded body A along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 40. Furthermore, by providing the chamfered surface 40a, it is possible to easily bend the end portion in the axial O direction of the tubular member 40 radially inward in a bending step (see FIG. 8) described later.

次いで、図5から図8を参照して、防振装置100の製造方法について説明する。まず、図5を参照して、加硫成形体Aの製造方法について説明し、併せて、ゴム基体30の構成について説明する。図5(a)は、加硫成形体Aの上面図であり、図5(b)は、図5(a)のVb−Vb線における加硫成形体Aの断面図である。   Next, a method for manufacturing the vibration isolator 100 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, with reference to FIG. 5, the manufacturing method of the vulcanization molded object A is demonstrated, and the structure of the rubber base | substrate 30 is demonstrated collectively. 5A is a top view of the vulcanized molded body A, and FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A taken along the line Vb-Vb in FIG. 5A.

図5に示すように、加硫成形体Aは、加硫金型により成形された部品であり、防振装置100の一要素を構成する。即ち、加硫成形体Aに筒状部材40を装着することで、防振装置100が構成される。加硫成形体Aの製造は、内筒部材10と外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)とを加硫金型内に設置し、型締め後、ゴム材料を充填して、ゴム基体30を加硫成形することで行われる。これにより、内筒部材10の外周面と外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)の内周面との間がゴム基体30により連結され、加硫成形体Aが製造される。   As shown in FIG. 5, the vulcanized molded body A is a part molded by a vulcanization mold and constitutes one element of the vibration isolator 100. That is, the vibration isolator 100 is configured by mounting the tubular member 40 on the vulcanized molded body A. The vulcanized molded body A is manufactured by placing the inner cylinder member 10 and the outer cylinder member 20 (the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22) in a vulcanization mold, and after clamping the mold, a rubber material And the rubber substrate 30 is vulcanized and molded. Thereby, the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylindrical member 10 and the inner peripheral surface of the outer cylindrical member 20 (the first outer cylindrical portion 21 and the second outer cylindrical portion 22) are connected by the rubber base 30, and the vulcanized molded body A Is manufactured.

なお、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22は、互いの円筒部20dどうしを向かい合わせた姿勢で同軸状に加硫金型内に設置される。加硫金型は、内筒部材10の軸O方向(図5(b)上下方向)中央に位置する中型を備え、この中型は、型締め後の形状が円環状となり、型締め時は、その中型の内周先端縁部が、膨出部12の外周面であって球面の頂部に密着される。   In addition, the 1st outer cylinder part 21 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 22 are coaxially installed in a vulcanization metal mold | die with the attitude | position which mutually faced the cylindrical parts 20d. The vulcanization mold includes an intermediate mold located in the center of the inner cylinder member 10 in the direction of the axis O (the vertical direction in FIG. 5 (b)). The intermediate mold has an annular shape after clamping, The inner peripheral front end edge of the middle mold is in close contact with the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 and the top of the spherical surface.

これにより、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の分割面どうしの間に中型が介在されることで、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22は、その分割面(円筒部20dの軸O方向端面、図3(b)下側面)を軸O方向に離間させた状態で加硫金型内に設置され、ゴム基体30は、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とに軸O方向に2分割された状態に加硫成形される。即ち、加硫成形体Aのゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)は、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部21の分割面とが軸O方向に離間し所定の間隔を隔てた状態を形成する。   Thereby, the middle type is interposed between the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22, so that the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 have their split surfaces ( The end portion of the cylindrical portion 20d in the axis O direction and the lower side surface of FIG. 3 (b) are placed in the vulcanization mold in a state of being separated in the direction of the axis O, and the rubber base 30 includes the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber. It is vulcanized and molded into a portion 32 divided into two in the direction of the axis O. That is, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32) of the vulcanized molded body A has a split surface of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and a split surface of the second outer cylinder portion 21 in the axis O direction. And a state in which a predetermined interval is provided.

第1ゴム部31は、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面および第1外筒部21における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位であり、第2ゴム部32は、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面および第2外筒部22における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位である。これら第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32は、互いの分割面の間に所定の間隔を隔てて配設される。この分割面の間の間隔は、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22から内筒部材10の膨出部12へ近接するに従って狭くなるように形成される。   The first rubber portion 31 is a portion that connects the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylinder portion 21, and the second rubber portion 32 is the inner cylinder member 10. This is a portion for connecting the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS in the second outer cylindrical portion 22. The first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 are disposed with a predetermined interval between the divided surfaces. The interval between the divided surfaces is formed so as to become narrower from the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 toward the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

なお、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とは、軸O方向に完全に分割(分断)されている必要はない。例えば、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面を被覆するゴム基体30の一部(例えば、膜状体)によって、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とが連結されていても良い。   The first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 do not have to be completely divided (divided) in the axis O direction. For example, even if the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 are connected by a part (for example, a film-like body) of the rubber base 30 that covers the outer peripheral surface of the bulging part 12 of the inner cylinder member 10. good.

ゴム基体30は、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面に覆設されるゴム膜部33,34を備える。ゴム膜部33,34は、軸Oを中心とする上面視円形の外周面を形成する部位であり、円環部20aから円錐部20cの中途に亘る範囲に形成されると共に、円環部20aの上面または下面(例えば、ゴム膜33であれば図5(b)上側面)と湾曲部20bの内周面を介して、第1ゴム部31又は第2ゴム部32に連なる。   The rubber base 30 includes rubber film portions 33 and 34 that are covered on the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. The rubber film portions 33 and 34 are portions that form a circular outer peripheral surface with the axis O as the center, and are formed in a range from the annular portion 20a to the middle of the conical portion 20c, and the annular portion 20a. Are connected to the first rubber part 31 or the second rubber part 32 via the upper or lower surface (for example, the upper side surface of FIG. 5B in the case of the rubber film 33) and the inner peripheral surface of the curved part 20b.

なお、本実施の形態では、図5に示すように、ゴム膜部33,34の外径(ゴム膜部33,34の外周面における径)D3が、円筒部20dの外径(円筒部20dの外周面における径)D2よりも小さくされる(D3<D2)。   In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5, the outer diameter of the rubber film portions 33, 34 (the diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the rubber film portions 33, 34) D3 is the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion 20d (cylindrical portion 20d). Is smaller than D2 (D3 <D2).

ここで、ゴム膜部33,34の覆設範囲は、円錐部20cの中途までの範囲であり、円筒部20d及びその円筒部20d側となる円錐部20cの残部には、ゴム膜部33,34が覆設されない(即ち、外周面が露出される)。これにより、外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、ゴム膜部33,34を介さずに、円筒部20dを絞り金型(図示せず)により直接押圧可能として、円筒部20d及び円錐部20cの絞り加工を高精度に行うことができる。   Here, the covering range of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 is a range up to the middle of the conical portion 20c, and the rubber film portion 33 and the remaining portion of the conical portion 20c on the cylindrical portion 20d side are disposed on the cylindrical portion 20d. 34 is not covered (that is, the outer peripheral surface is exposed). Thus, in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6), the cylindrical portion 20d and the conical portion 20c can be directly pressed by the drawing die (not shown) without using the rubber film portions 33 and 34. The drawing process can be performed with high accuracy.

ゴム膜部33,34は、その外周面から円錐部20cへ向けて凹設されると共に円筒部20d側に位置する受入凹部33a,34aを備える。これにより、加硫金型と円錐部20cとの当接面積を確保して、加硫成形時のシール性を高めることができるので、円筒部20dの外周面にゴム膜部33,34が形成されることを抑制できる。また、この受入凹部33a,34aの凹設により、筒状部材絞り工程(図7参照)において、筒状部材40の内周面と円錐部20cの外周面との間に空間を形成して、その空間に、余肉となったゴム膜部33,34を受け入れることができる。   The rubber film portions 33 and 34 are provided with receiving recesses 33a and 34a that are recessed from the outer peripheral surface thereof toward the conical portion 20c and are located on the cylindrical portion 20d side. As a result, the contact area between the vulcanization mold and the conical portion 20c can be secured and the sealing performance at the time of vulcanization molding can be improved, so that the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d. Can be suppressed. In addition, by providing the receiving recesses 33a and 34a, a space is formed between the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 40 and the outer peripheral surface of the conical portion 20c in the cylindrical member drawing step (see FIG. 7). In the space, the rubber film portions 33 and 34 that have become surplus can be received.

図6から図8を参照して、加硫成形体Aと筒状部材40とから防振装置100を組み立てる組み立て方法について説明する。防振装置100の組み立ては、外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)に絞り加工を施す外筒絞り工程(図6参照)、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)を軸O方向へ圧縮するゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)、筒状部材40に絞り加工を施す筒状部材絞り工程(図7参照)、及び、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す曲げ工程(図8参照)を順に実施することで行われる。   An assembly method for assembling the vibration isolator 100 from the vulcanized molded body A and the tubular member 40 will be described with reference to FIGS. The vibration isolator 100 is assembled by an outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6) for drawing the outer cylinder member 20 (first outer cylinder portion 21 and second outer cylinder portion 22), and a rubber base 30 (first rubber portion). 31 and the second rubber portion 32) in the direction of the axis O, a rubber base compression step (see FIG. 7), a cylindrical member drawing step for drawing the cylindrical member 40 (see FIG. 7), and a cylindrical member This is performed by sequentially performing a bending step (see FIG. 8) for bending the end portions of the 40 axis O directions.

図6を参照して、外筒絞り工程について説明する。図6(a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体Aの断面図であり、図6(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体Aの断面図である。   The outer cylinder drawing process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A in a state before the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process, and FIG. 6B is a diagram after the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molding A in the state.

外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)に絞り加工を施すための絞り金型は、環状のダイスと、その環状のダイスを外周側から保持して案内する環状のホルダとを備える(いずれも図示せず)。ダイスは、周方向に複数のダイス片に分割されると共に外周面にテーパ面が形成され、ホルダは、ダイスのテーパ面に対応するテーパ面が内周に形成される。   The drawing die for drawing the outer cylinder member 20 (the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22) is an annular die and an annular shape that holds and guides the annular die from the outer peripheral side. (All are not shown). The die is divided into a plurality of die pieces in the circumferential direction, and a tapered surface is formed on the outer peripheral surface. The holder has a tapered surface corresponding to the tapered surface of the die formed on the inner periphery.

外筒絞り工程は、プレス装置の台上に設置されたホルダにダイスを保持させ、加硫成形体Aをダイスの内周側にセットした後、プレス装置の加圧力により、ダイスをホルダに対して相対移動させる。かかる相対移動により、各ダイス片は、その外周面のテーパ面がホルダの内周面のテーパ面によって案内されることで、加硫成形体Aの径方向内方であって軸心Oへ向けて互いに接近するように移動され、ダイスの径寸法が小さくなる。   In the outer cylinder drawing step, the die is held by a holder installed on the table of the press device, the vulcanized molded body A is set on the inner peripheral side of the die, and then the die is pressed against the holder by the pressing force of the press device. To move relative. By such relative movement, each die piece is guided radially by the taper surface of the inner peripheral surface of the holder to the axial center O of the vulcanized molded body A toward the axis O. Are moved closer to each other and the diameter of the die is reduced.

これにより、図6(b)に示すように、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の円筒部20dの外周面が、各ダイス片の内周面により、径方向内方へ押圧され、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22に絞り加工が施される。   Thereby, as shown in FIG.6 (b), the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical part 20d of the 1st outer cylinder part 21 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 22 presses radially inward by the inner peripheral surface of each die piece. Then, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 are drawn.

この外筒絞り工程により、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の円筒部20dは、外径D2から外径D4まで縮径される(D4<D2)。これにより、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)に径方向(軸O直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   By this outer cylinder drawing process, the cylindrical part 20d of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 is reduced in diameter from the outer diameter D2 to the outer diameter D4 (D4 <D2). Thereby, preliminary compression in the radial direction (direction perpendicular to the axis O) can be applied to the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32).

また、円筒部20dの縮径に伴い、円錐部20c及び円筒部20dが湾曲部20b側を支点として径方向内方へ曲げられるように絞り変形されることで、これら円錐部20c及び円筒部20dが湾曲される。その結果、凹状内周面ISの形状を、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に近づけることができる。   Further, as the diameter of the cylindrical portion 20d is reduced, the conical portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are drawn and deformed so as to be bent radially inward with the curved portion 20b as a fulcrum. Is curved. As a result, the shape of the concave inner peripheral surface IS can be brought close to a concave spherical surface that is concentric with the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

なお、本実施の形態では、外径D2が53.6mmとされ、外径D4が52.0mmとされる。また、外径D4は、ゴム膜部33,34の外径D3(図5参照)よりも小さくされる(D4<D3)。即ち、外筒絞り工程が行われた後の図6(b)に示す加硫成形体Aにおいては、ゴム膜部33,34が円筒部20dよりも大径とされ、ゴム膜部33,34の外周面が、円筒部20dの外周面よりも、径方向外方(軸Oから離間した位置)に配設される。   In the present embodiment, the outer diameter D2 is 53.6 mm, and the outer diameter D4 is 52.0 mm. Further, the outer diameter D4 is made smaller than the outer diameter D3 (see FIG. 5) of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 (D4 <D3). That is, in the vulcanized molded body A shown in FIG. 6B after the outer cylinder drawing process is performed, the rubber film portions 33 and 34 have a larger diameter than the cylindrical portion 20d, and the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are formed. The outer peripheral surface is disposed radially outward (a position spaced apart from the axis O) from the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d.

図7を参照して、ゴム基体圧縮工程および筒状部材絞り工程について説明する。図7(a)は、ゴム基体圧縮工程においてゴム基体30が軸O方向に圧縮された状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図であり、図7(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材40に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図である。   With reference to FIG. 7, a rubber base | substrate compression process and a cylindrical member squeezing process are demonstrated. FIG. 7A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A and the cylindrical member 40 in a state where the rubber base 30 is compressed in the axis O direction in the rubber base compression step, and FIG. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object A and the cylindrical member 40 in the state after the drawing process was given to the cylindrical member 40 in the member drawing process.

図7(a)に示すように、ゴム基体圧縮工程では、まず、筒状部材40に加硫成形体Aを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Aを筒状部材40の内周側に設置する。次いで、加硫成形体Aの第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を、それら両外筒部21,22の分割面(円筒部20dの軸O方向端面、図3(b)下側面)どうしが互いに近接するように、軸O方向に相対移動させる。   As shown in FIG. 7A, in the rubber base compression process, first, the vulcanized molded body A is inserted into the cylindrical member 40 along the direction of the axis O, and the vulcanized molded body A is inserted into the cylindrical member 40. Install on the circumference side. Subsequently, the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 of the vulcanized molded body A are divided into the split surfaces of both the outer cylinder portions 21 and 22 (the end surface in the axis O direction of the cylindrical portion 20d, FIG. 3B lower). Side surface) Relatively move in the direction of axis O so that they are close to each other.

具体的には、一対の筒状の治具Jの端面間に、第1外筒部21の環状部20a及び第2外筒部22の環状部20aを挟み込み、上方の治具Jを下方の治具Jへ向けて軸O方向へ所定量だけ押し下げる。なお、本実施の形態では、図7(a)に示すように、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部22の分割面との間に所定の隙間が形成される位置で、一対の治具Jが固定される。   Specifically, the annular part 20a of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the annular part 20a of the second outer cylinder part 22 are sandwiched between the end surfaces of the pair of cylindrical jigs J, and the upper jig J is placed on the lower side. Push down toward the jig J by a predetermined amount in the direction of the axis O. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7A, a predetermined gap is formed between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 22. The pair of jigs J is fixed.

図7(b)に示すように、筒状部材絞り工程による筒状部材40の絞り加工は、一対の治具Jを固定した状態で(即ち、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)が軸O方向に圧縮された状態を維持しつつ)行われる。なお、筒状部材40に絞り加工を施すための絞り金型の構成およびその作用は、外筒絞り工程で使用される絞り金型と同様であるので、その説明は省略する。   As shown in FIG. 7B, the drawing of the tubular member 40 by the tubular member drawing step is performed with the pair of jigs J fixed (that is, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber member 30). The rubber part 32) is carried out while maintaining the state compressed in the direction of the axis O). The configuration of the drawing die for drawing the cylindrical member 40 and the operation thereof are the same as those of the drawing die used in the outer cylinder drawing step, and the description thereof will be omitted.

ここで、筒状部材40の絞り加工は、筒状部材40の内周面によって第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の円筒部20dを径方向内方へ押圧して、かかる円筒部20dに所定の締め代(本実施の形態では、半径で0.01mm〜0.02mm程度)を付与することで、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を筒状部材40内に保持することを目的とする。このように、締め代が小さな値に設定され、比較的低い加圧力での絞り金型の動作により絞り加工を行うことができるため、プレス装置の小型化を図ることができる。なお、この場合には、後述するように、圧縮されたゴム膜部33,34の弾性回復力により、筒状部材40の内周面とゴム膜部33,34とが密着される。   Here, the drawing of the cylindrical member 40 is performed by pressing the cylindrical portion 20d of the first outer cylindrical portion 21 and the second outer cylindrical portion 22 inward in the radial direction by the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 40. By giving a predetermined fastening allowance (in the present embodiment, about 0.01 mm to 0.02 mm in radius) to the part 20d, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 are placed in the cylindrical member 40. The purpose is to hold on. In this way, the tightening margin is set to a small value, and drawing can be performed by the operation of the drawing die with a relatively low pressure, so that the press device can be downsized. In this case, as will be described later, the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 40 and the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are brought into close contact with each other by the elastic recovery force of the compressed rubber film portions 33 and 34.

図8を参照して、曲げ工程について説明する。図8(a)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図であり、図8(b)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図である。   The bending process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A and the cylindrical member 40 in a state before the bending process is performed in the bending process, and FIG. 8B is a diagram illustrating the bending process performed in the bending process. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object A and the cylindrical member 40 in the state after being done.

筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施すためのかしめ金型は、一対の環状のダイスと、それら一対のダイスを軸O方向に移動可能に保持するホルダとを備える。一対のダイスの対向面には、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部が当接される部位に、軸Oを含む平面で切断した断面形状が円弧状に湾曲する凹部である湾曲凹部が凹設される。   The caulking die for bending the end of the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction includes a pair of annular dies and a holder that holds the pair of dies so as to be movable in the axis O direction. On the opposing surfaces of the pair of dies, a curved concave portion, which is a concave portion in which a cross-sectional shape cut along a plane including the axis O curves in a circular arc shape, is recessed at a portion where the end portion in the axial O direction of the cylindrical member 40 abuts. Established.

曲げ工程は、プレス装置の台上に設置されたかしめ金型の一対のダイス間に、図8(a)に示す状態の加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40をセットした後、プレス装置の加圧力により、一対のダイスを互いに近接する方向へ相対移動させる。かかる相対移動に伴い、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部が、ダイスの湾曲凹部の内面形状に沿って変形され、径方向内方へ向けて曲げられる。その結果、図8(b)に示すように、加硫成形体Aに筒状部材40が装着され、これらの組み立て(防振装置100の製造)が完了される。   In the bending process, after the vulcanized molded body A and the cylindrical member 40 in the state shown in FIG. 8A are set between a pair of dies of a caulking die installed on a table of the press apparatus, The pair of dies are moved relative to each other in the direction approaching each other by the applied pressure. With this relative movement, the end portion in the axis O direction of the tubular member 40 is deformed along the inner surface shape of the curved concave portion of the die and bent toward the radially inward side. As a result, as shown in FIG. 8B, the tubular member 40 is attached to the vulcanized molded body A, and the assembly thereof (manufacture of the vibration isolator 100) is completed.

ここで、筒状部材40には、上述した筒状部材絞り工程における絞り加工が施されていることで(図7参照)、図8(a)に示すように、一対の治具Jが取り外された状態でも、その内周側に、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を保持しておくことができる。   Here, the cylindrical member 40 has been subjected to the drawing process in the cylindrical member drawing step described above (see FIG. 7), so that the pair of jigs J are removed as shown in FIG. Even in this state, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 can be held on the inner peripheral side.

この場合、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面と筒状部材40の内周面とが直接接触する(即ち、金属材料どうしが接触する)場合には、両者の間での摩擦係数の確保が困難となる。また、絞り加工後のスプリングバックは、外周側に位置する筒状部材40で大きくなるので、締め代の確保が困難となる。そのため、筒状部材40から第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が軸O方向へ抜け出すおそれがある。   In this case, when the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 and the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 40 are in direct contact (that is, the metal materials are in contact with each other), It is difficult to ensure the coefficient of friction. Further, since the spring back after the drawing process is enlarged by the cylindrical member 40 located on the outer peripheral side, it is difficult to secure the tightening allowance. Therefore, the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 may come out from the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction.

これに対し、本実施の形態では、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面の一部にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム膜部33,34が覆設されるので、かかるゴム膜部の介在により、摩擦係数を確保することができる。また、ゴム膜部33,34が介在することで、筒状部材40のスプリングバックによる締め代の不足分を、ゴム膜部33,34の弾性回復による圧縮力で補うことができる。よって、軸O方向への抜け出しに対する保持力を確保して、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が筒状部材40から軸O方向へ抜け出すことを抑制できる。これにより、曲げ工程において使用するかしめ金型は、治具Jとの関係を考慮する必要がない(即ち、治具Jが取り外された状態で曲げ加工を行うことができる)ので、その構造を簡素化することができる。   On the other hand, in the present embodiment, rubber film portions 33 and 34 made of a rubber-like elastic body are covered on part of the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. The friction coefficient can be secured by the intervention of the rubber film portion. Further, the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are interposed, so that the shortage of the tightening allowance due to the spring back of the tubular member 40 can be compensated by the compression force due to the elastic recovery of the rubber film portions 33 and 34. Therefore, it is possible to secure a holding force against the withdrawal in the axis O direction, and to prevent the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 from coming out of the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction. Thereby, the caulking die used in the bending process does not need to consider the relationship with the jig J (that is, the bending process can be performed with the jig J removed). It can be simplified.

なお、一対の治具Jを取り外すことで、筒状部材40に対して第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が軸O方向へ多少ずれた(抜け出す方向へ移動した)としても、曲げ工程において筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す際に、その曲げられた部分により第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を押し戻し、軸O方向の位置を規定する(適正な位置に配置する)ことができる。   In addition, even if the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are slightly shifted in the direction of the axis O (moved in the direction of withdrawal) by removing the pair of jigs J, When bending the axial O-direction end of the cylindrical member 40 in the bending step, the bent portions are used to push back the first outer cylindrical portion 21 and the second outer cylindrical portion 22 to define the position in the axial O direction. (Can be placed at an appropriate position).

また、筒状部材40に絞り加工が施され、その内周面が、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22とゴム膜部33,34とに密着されていることで、防振装置100の使用時において、かかる筒状部材40の内周側で加硫成形体Aが径方向(軸O直角方向)にがたつくことを抑制することができる。   In addition, the cylindrical member 40 is subjected to drawing processing, and the inner peripheral surface thereof is in close contact with the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 and the rubber film portions 33 and 34, thereby preventing vibration. When the apparatus 100 is used, the vulcanized molded body A can be prevented from rattling in the radial direction (perpendicular to the axis O) on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 40.

以上のように、防振装置100によれば、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)が、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面と、外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)の凹状内周面IS(即ち、内筒部材10の膨出部12を取り囲む同心状の凹状の球面)との間を連結するので、こじり方向の変位の入力に対しては、ゴム基体30を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができる。よって、防振装置100のこじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくすることができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 100, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32) includes the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10 and the outer cylinder member 20 ( Since the connection is made between the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22) (that is, the concentric concave spherical surface surrounding the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10). In response to the input of the directional displacement, the rubber base 30 can be deformed mainly in the shearing direction. Therefore, the spring constant in the twisting direction of the vibration isolator 100 can be reduced.

この場合、加硫成形体Aは、加硫工程により、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部22の分割面とを軸O方向に離間させた(所定の間隔を隔てた)状態に第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32が加硫成形される(図6(a)参照)。このような形態に加硫成形された加硫成形体Aは、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図6(b)及び図7(a)参照)、筒状部材絞り工程(図7(a)及び図7(b)参照)、及び、曲げ工程(図8(a)及び図8(b)参照)により、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が、軸O方向に相対移動されて分割面どうしを互いに近接させた状態で、筒状部材40により保持固定される。これにより、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   In this case, in the vulcanized molded body A, the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion 22 are separated in the axis O direction by a vulcanization process (with a predetermined interval). ), The first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 are vulcanized (see FIG. 6A). The vulcanized molded body A vulcanized and molded in such a form has a rubber base compression step (see FIGS. 6B and 7A) and a cylindrical member squeezing step (FIGS. 7A and 7). (B)) and the bending process (see FIGS. 8A and 8B), the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are relatively moved in the axis O direction and divided. It is held and fixed by the cylindrical member 40 in a state where the surfaces are close to each other. Thereby, preliminary compression in the direction of the axis O can be applied to the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32.

なお、このような軸O方向への予備圧縮の付与は、従来品のように絞り加工に伴う外筒部材の縮径を利用する構造では付与不可能なものであり、防振装置100のように、軸O方向へ相対移動させた第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を、筒状部材40により保持固定する構造を採用したことで始めて付与可能となったものである。これにより、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができると共に、軸O方向変位に対する耐久性の向上を図ることができる。   Note that such provision of pre-compression in the direction of the axis O is impossible with a structure that uses the reduced diameter of the outer cylinder member that accompanies drawing as in the conventional product, and is similar to that of the vibration isolator 100. In addition, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 that are relatively moved in the direction of the axis O can be provided only by adopting a structure in which the cylindrical member 40 holds and fixes the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22. Thereby, the spring constant in the direction of the axis O can be increased, and the durability against the displacement in the direction of the axis O can be improved.

また、防振装置100によれば、上述したように、加硫成形体Aは、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部22の分割面とを軸O方向に離間させた(所定の間隔を隔てた)状態で加硫成形され(図6(a)参照)、その加硫成形後に、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を軸O方向へ相対移動させ(図6(b)及び図7(a)参照)、筒状部材40により保持固定する構成なので(図8(b)参照)、第1外筒部21と第2外筒部22との間の軸O方向における相対距離(即ち、筒状部材40に保持固定された際の分割面どうしの軸O方向における離間距離(図8(b)上下方向距離))を調整することができる。これにより、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に付与する軸O方向への予備圧縮量を調整することができるので、軸O方向におけるばね定数の値を増減させることができる。   Further, according to the vibration isolator 100, as described above, the vulcanized molded body A has the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 22 separated in the axis O direction. Vulcanization molding is performed in a state (with a predetermined interval) (see FIG. 6A), and after the vulcanization molding, the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are relatively moved in the direction of the axis O. (Refer to FIG. 6B and FIG. 7A) Since it is configured to be held and fixed by the cylindrical member 40 (see FIG. 8B), it is between the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. The relative distance in the axis O direction (that is, the separation distance in the axis O direction between the split surfaces when held and fixed to the cylindrical member 40 (the vertical distance in FIG. 8B)) can be adjusted. Thereby, since the amount of preliminary compression in the direction of the axis O applied to the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 can be adjusted, the value of the spring constant in the direction of the axis O can be increased or decreased.

なお、この場合には、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部の曲げ変形の量を調整する必要があり、曲げ工程(図8参照)で使用するかしめ金型の湾曲凹部の形状を調整する。この曲げ変形の量(湾曲凹部の形状)の調整で不足する場合には、筒状部材40の軸O方向寸法を変更する。   In this case, it is necessary to adjust the amount of bending deformation of the end portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40, and the shape of the curved concave portion of the caulking die used in the bending step (see FIG. 8) is adjusted. . When the amount of bending deformation (shape of the curved concave portion) is insufficient, the dimension of the tubular member 40 in the axis O direction is changed.

次いで、図9を参照して、第2実施の形態における防振装置200について説明する。なお、上述した第1実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。図9(a)は、第2実施の形態における防振装置200を構成する加硫成形体Bの断面図であり、図9(b)は、第2実施の形態における防振装置200の断面図である。なお、図9(a)では、外筒絞り工程により外筒部材20に絞り加工が施されれる前の状態の加硫成形体Bが図示される。   Next, a vibration isolator 200 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as 1st Embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body B constituting the vibration isolator 200 in the second embodiment, and FIG. 9B is a cross section of the vibration isolator 200 in the second embodiment. FIG. 9A shows the vulcanized molded body B in a state before the outer cylinder member 20 is drawn by the outer cylinder drawing step.

第2実施の形態における加硫成形体Bは、ゴム膜部233,234の構成(形成範囲)が、第1実施の形態におけるゴム膜部33,34の構成と異なる点を除き、他の構成は第1実施の形態における加硫成形体Aと同一である。また、防振装置200の製造方法は、防振装置100の場合と同一である。よって、これらの説明は省略する。   The vulcanized molded body B in the second embodiment has other configurations except that the configuration (formation range) of the rubber film portions 233 and 234 is different from the configuration of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 in the first embodiment. Is the same as the vulcanized molded product A in the first embodiment. The method for manufacturing the vibration isolator 200 is the same as that for the vibration isolator 100. Therefore, these descriptions are omitted.

図9(a)に示すように、第2実施の形態におけるゴム膜部233,234は、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面の全体に亘って覆設される。即ち、第1実施の形態におけるゴム膜部33,34の覆設範囲が円環部20aから円錐部20cの中途に亘る範囲であったのに対し(図5(b)参照)、この覆設範囲が延長され、円錐部20cの外周面および円筒部20dの外周面にもゴム膜部233,234が覆設される。   As shown in FIG. 9A, the rubber film portions 233 and 234 in the second embodiment are covered over the entire outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. That is, the covering range of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 in the first embodiment is a range extending from the annular portion 20a to the middle of the conical portion 20c (see FIG. 5B). The range is extended, and the rubber film portions 233 and 234 are also covered on the outer peripheral surface of the conical portion 20c and the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d.

ゴム膜部233,234は、第1実施の形態の場合と同様に、軸Oを中心とする上面視円形の外周面を形成する。これらゴム膜部233,234の外径(ゴム膜部233,234の外周面における径)は、筒状部材40の内径よりも小さくされる。   The rubber film portions 233 and 234 form a circular outer peripheral surface with the axis O as the center, as in the case of the first embodiment. The outer diameters of these rubber film parts 233 and 234 (the diameters on the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film parts 233 and 234) are made smaller than the inner diameter of the tubular member 40.

第2実施の形態における防振装置200によれば、ゴム膜部233,234の覆設範囲が拡大されたことで、筒状部材40の内周面との接触面積を増加させることができる。これにより、筒状部材40による加硫成形体Bの保持力を確保できるので、筒状部材絞り工程により筒状部材40に絞り加工を施した後、曲げ工程へ移行するまでの間に(図8参照)、筒状部材40の内周側から加硫成形体Bが軸O方向へ抜け出すことをより確実に抑制することができる。   According to the vibration isolator 200 in the second embodiment, the contact area with the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 40 can be increased by expanding the covering range of the rubber film portions 233 and 234. Accordingly, the holding force of the vulcanized molded body B by the cylindrical member 40 can be secured, and therefore, after the cylindrical member 40 is drawn by the cylindrical member drawing process, the process proceeds to the bending process (see FIG. 8), it is possible to more reliably suppress the vulcanized molded body B from coming out in the direction of the axis O from the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 40.

次いで、図10を参照して、第3実施の形態における防振装置300について説明する。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。図10(a)は、第3実施の形態における防振装置300を構成する加硫成形体Cの断面図であり、図10(b)は、第3実施の形態における防振装置300の断面図である。   Next, a vibration isolator 300 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body C constituting the vibration isolator 300 in the third embodiment, and FIG. 10B is a cross section of the vibration isolator 300 in the third embodiment. FIG.

第3実施の形態における加硫成形体Cは、第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322の構成が、第1実施の形態における第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の構成と異なる点を除き、他の構成は第1実施の形態における加硫成形体Aと同一である。但し、ゴム膜部233,234については、第2実施の形態における加硫成形体Bと同一である。また、防振装置300の製造方法は、外筒絞り工程(図6参照、外筒部材320の絞り加工)が省略される点を除き、他の工程は防振装置100の場合と同一である。よって、これらの説明は省略する。   In the vulcanized molded body C in the third embodiment, the configuration of the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 is the same as that of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 in the first embodiment. Except for the differences from the configuration, the other configurations are the same as those of the vulcanized molded body A in the first embodiment. However, the rubber film portions 233 and 234 are the same as the vulcanized molded body B in the second embodiment. The manufacturing method of the vibration isolator 300 is the same as that of the vibration isolator 100 except that the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6, drawing of the outer cylinder member 320) is omitted. . Therefore, these descriptions are omitted.

図10(a)に示すように、第3実施の形態における外筒部材320は、鋳造により形成される中実状の部材(本実施の形態ではアルミダイカスト製の部材)であり、内周側に凹状の球面として形成される凹状内周面ISを備えると共に、その凹状内周面ISの軸O方向における中央部で第1外筒部321と第2外筒部322とに2分割される。これら第1外筒部321と第2外筒部322とは、同一の部材(構成)である。   As shown in FIG. 10 (a), the outer cylinder member 320 in the third embodiment is a solid member (a member made of aluminum die casting in the present embodiment) formed by casting, and on the inner peripheral side. A concave inner peripheral surface IS formed as a concave spherical surface is provided, and is divided into a first outer cylindrical portion 321 and a second outer cylindrical portion 322 at the central portion in the axis O direction of the concave inner peripheral surface IS. The first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are the same member (configuration).

加硫成形体Cは、第1実施の形態における加硫成形体Aの場合と同様に、第1外筒部321の分割面と第2外筒部322の分割面とが軸O方向に離間し所定の間隔を隔てた状態に加硫形成される。凹状内周面ISは、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)において、第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322が、それら両外筒部321,322の分割面どうしが互いに近接するように、軸O方向に相対移動されることで、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成される。   In the vulcanized molded body C, the divided surface of the first outer cylinder portion 321 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder portion 322 are spaced apart in the axis O direction as in the case of the vulcanized molded body A in the first embodiment. Then, it is vulcanized and formed at a predetermined interval. The concave inner circumferential surface IS is formed so that the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are close to each other in the divided surfaces of the outer cylinder parts 321 and 322 in the rubber base compression process (see FIG. 7). Further, by being relatively moved in the direction of the axis O, a convex spherical surface is formed concentrically with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

防振装置300によれば、こじり方向の変位の入力に対して、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができるので、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくすることができる。   According to the vibration isolator 300, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32) can be mainly deformed in the shearing direction in response to the input of the displacement in the twisting direction. The spring constant at can be reduced.

また、第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322が、軸O方向に相対移動させて分割面どうしを互いに近接させた状態で、筒状部材40により保持固定されるので、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   Further, since the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are relatively moved in the direction of the axis O and the divided surfaces are brought close to each other, the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are held and fixed by the cylindrical member 40. Preliminary compression in the direction of the axis O can be applied to the part 31 and the second rubber part 32.

即ち、外筒部材320(第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322)が絞り加工(縮径加工)を施すことができない形状の場合であっても、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与して、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができると共に、軸O方向変位に対する耐久性の向上を図ることができる。   That is, even if the outer cylinder member 320 (the first outer cylinder portion 321 and the second outer cylinder portion 322) has a shape that cannot be subjected to drawing processing (diameter reduction processing), the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 31 are provided. By preliminarily compressing the rubber part 32 in the axis O direction, the spring constant in the axis O direction can be increased, and durability against displacement in the axis O direction can be improved.

次いで、図11から図16を参照して、第4実施の形態における防振装置400について説明する。図11(a)は、第4実施の形態における防振装置400の上面図であり、図11(b)は、図11(a)のXIb−XIb線における防振装置400の断面図である。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。   Next, a vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 11A is a top view of the vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 400 taken along the line XIb-XIb in FIG. . In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

図11に示すように、内筒部材410は、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称形状に形成される部材であり、挿通孔が軸Oに沿って貫通形成された筒状の軸部411と、その軸部411の外周面から径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部412とを備え、これらが金属材料から一体に構成される。膨出部412は、軸部411の軸O方向中央(図11(b)上下方向中央)に配設され、膨出部412における凸状の球面の中心は、軸部411の軸O上に位置する。   As shown in FIG. 11, the inner cylinder member 410 is a member formed in a rotationally symmetric shape having an axis O as a symmetric axis (rotation center), and a cylindrical shape in which an insertion hole is formed through the axis O. A shaft portion 411 and a spherical bulging portion 412 that bulges radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the shaft portion 411 are formed integrally from a metal material. The bulging portion 412 is disposed in the center of the shaft portion 411 in the axis O direction (the center in the vertical direction in FIG. 11B), and the center of the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 412 is on the axis O of the shaft portion 411. To position.

外筒部材420は、軸O方向の中央部で第1外筒部421と第2外筒部422とに2分割される。ここで、図12を参照して、外筒部材420の詳細構成について説明する。なお、第1外筒部421と第2外筒部422とは、同一の部材(構成)であり、名称のみが異なる部材であるので、以下においては、第1外筒部421について説明し、第2外筒部422の説明は省略する。   The outer cylinder member 420 is divided into a first outer cylinder part 421 and a second outer cylinder part 422 at the center in the axis O direction. Here, with reference to FIG. 12, the detailed structure of the outer cylinder member 420 is demonstrated. In addition, since the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 are the same members (structure), and are only members from which a name differs, the 1st outer cylinder part 421 is demonstrated below, The description of the second outer cylinder portion 422 is omitted.

図12(a)は、第1外筒部421の上面図であり、図12(b)は、図12(a)のXIIb−XIIb線における第1外筒部421の断面図である。なお、図12では、外筒絞り工程における絞り加工(図15参照)が施される前の状態が図示される。   12A is a top view of the first outer cylinder portion 421, and FIG. 12B is a cross-sectional view of the first outer cylinder portion 421 taken along the line XIIb-XIIb of FIG. 12A. FIG. 12 shows a state before drawing (see FIG. 15) in the outer cylinder drawing process.

図12に示すように、第1外筒部421は、板厚が一定の板状の金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)をプレス加工により器状に成形して得られる部材であり、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称に形成される。なお、第1外筒部421に対し、従来品のように絞り加工を可能とするための凹溝を形成する必要がない点およびその効果は、第1実施の形態における第1外筒部21と同様であるので、その説明は省略する。   As shown in FIG. 12, the first outer cylinder portion 421 is a member obtained by forming a plate-like metal material (steel material in the present embodiment) having a constant plate thickness into a container shape by pressing, It is formed in rotational symmetry with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation center). In addition, the point which does not need to form the ditch | groove for enabling a drawing process like the conventional product with respect to the 1st outer cylinder part 421, and the effect are the 1st outer cylinder parts 21 in 1st Embodiment. Since this is the same, the description thereof is omitted.

第1外筒部421は、軸O方向一端側(図12(b)上側)に位置し、直径(内径および外径)が略一定に形成される円筒状の部位と、その円筒状の部位に接続され、分割面(図12(b)下側端面)へ向かうに従って直径が漸次拡大されると共に断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位とからなる。   The first outer cylinder portion 421 is located on one end side in the axis O direction (upper side in FIG. 12B), and has a cylindrical portion having a substantially constant diameter (inner diameter and outer diameter), and the cylindrical portion. And the diameter is gradually enlarged toward the dividing surface (lower end surface in FIG. 12 (b)) and the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape.

第1外筒部421は、後述する外筒絞り工程による絞り加工が施される前の状態において、円筒状の部位の内径寸法(即ち、第1外筒部421の軸O方向端部開口(図12(b)上側)における最小の内径寸法)が、内筒部材410の膨出部412における最大の外径寸法よりも小さくされる(図13(b)参照)。   The first outer cylinder portion 421 has an inner diameter dimension of the cylindrical portion (that is, an opening at the end of the first outer cylinder portion 421 in the direction of the axis O in the state before being drawn by an outer cylinder drawing step described later). The minimum inner diameter dimension in FIG. 12B (upper side) is made smaller than the maximum outer diameter dimension in the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylinder member 410 (see FIG. 13B).

断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位には、周方向等間隔に複数(本実施の形態では4個)の貫通孔421aが貫通形成される。また、円弧状に湾曲される部位の内周面が、内筒部材410の膨出部412を取り囲む凹状内周面ISとされる。凹状内周面ISは、外筒絞り工程(図14参照)において、絞り加工が施されることで、内筒部材410の膨出部412における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に近づけられる。   A plurality of (four in the present embodiment) through-holes 421a are formed through the region where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. Further, the inner peripheral surface of the portion curved in an arc shape is a concave inner peripheral surface IS surrounding the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylinder member 410. The concave inner circumferential surface IS is brought closer to the concave spherical surface concentric with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylindrical member 410 by performing drawing in the outer cylindrical drawing step (see FIG. 14). It is done.

図11に戻って説明する。筒状部材440は、面取り面40aの形成が省略される点を除き、第1実施の形態における筒状部材40と同様の構成であるため(図4及び図16(a)参照)、その説明は省略する。なお、図11では、筒状部材絞り工程(図16参照)により絞り加工が施された後の筒状部材440が図示される。   Returning to FIG. The cylindrical member 440 has the same configuration as that of the cylindrical member 40 in the first embodiment except that the formation of the chamfered surface 40a is omitted (see FIGS. 4 and 16A). Is omitted. In addition, in FIG. 11, the cylindrical member 440 after drawing by the cylindrical member drawing process (refer FIG. 16) is illustrated.

第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間には、介設部材450が介設される。介設部材450は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が筒状部材440内で互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制するための部材である。ここで、図13を参照して、介設部材450の詳細構成について説明する。   An interposed member 450 is interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part 422. The interposed member 450 is a member for restricting the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other in the cylindrical member 440. Here, with reference to FIG. 13, the detailed structure of the interposed member 450 is demonstrated.

図13(a)は、介設部材450の上面図であり、図13(b)は、図13(a)のXIIIb−XIIIb線における介設部材450の断面図である。なお、図13では、理解を容易とするために、2分割された部材(介設部材450)を互いに離間させた状態が図示される。   13A is a top view of the interposed member 450, and FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view of the interposed member 450 taken along line XIIIb-XIIIb in FIG. In FIG. 13, for easy understanding, a state where the two divided members (interposition members 450) are separated from each other is illustrated.

図13に示すように、介設部材450は、金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)から円筒状に形成される部材であり、位相を180度異ならせた2ヶ所(図13(a)上側および下側)で分断されて2つの部材に2分割される。よって、介設部材450を構成する2つの部材は、互いに同じ形状(構成)とされるので、その分、部品種類の削減を図ることができる。   As shown in FIG. 13, the interposition member 450 is a member formed in a cylindrical shape from a metal material (in this embodiment, a steel material), and has two phases (FIG. 13A) whose phases are different by 180 degrees. The upper part and the lower part are divided into two parts. Therefore, since the two members constituting the interposed member 450 have the same shape (configuration), the types of components can be reduced accordingly.

介設部材450の板厚寸法は、外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)と同じ板厚寸法に設定されると共に、介設部材450を構成する2つの部材の分割面を互いに当接させて得られる円筒の直径(内径および外径)は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面(図12(b)下側面)における直径(内径および外径)とほぼ等しくされる。よって、防振装置400の組み立て状態では、介設部材450の端面が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面に対面され、介設部材450の内周面側に後述する空間SPが確保される(図11(b)参照)。   The plate thickness dimension of the interposed member 450 is set to the same plate thickness dimension as the outer cylinder member 420 (the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422), and two members constituting the interposed member 450 The diameter (inner diameter and outer diameter) of the cylinder obtained by bringing the divided surfaces into contact with each other is the diameter (the lower side surface in FIG. 12 (b)) of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. The inner diameter and the outer diameter). Therefore, in the assembled state of the vibration isolator 400, the end surface of the interposed member 450 faces the split surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422, and is described later on the inner peripheral surface side of the interposed member 450. A space SP is secured (see FIG. 11B).

次いで、図14から図16を参照して、防振装置400の製造方法について説明する。まず、図14を参照して、加硫成形体Dの製造方法について説明し、併せて、ゴム基体430の構成について説明する。図14(a)は、加硫成形体Dの側面図であり、図14(b)は、図14(a)のXIVb−XIVb線における加硫成形体Dの断面図である。   Next, a method for manufacturing the vibration isolator 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, with reference to FIG. 14, the manufacturing method of the vulcanization molded object D is demonstrated, and the structure of the rubber base | substrate 430 is also demonstrated. FIG. 14A is a side view of the vulcanized molded body D, and FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D along the line XIVb-XIVb in FIG. 14A.

図14に示すように、加硫成形体Dは、第1実施の形態の場合と同様に、内筒部材410と外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)とを加硫金型内に設置すると共に、ゴム基体430(第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432)を加硫成形し、内筒部材410の外周面と外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の内周面との間がゴム基体430により連結されることで、製造される。   As shown in FIG. 14, the vulcanized molded body D includes an inner cylinder member 410 and an outer cylinder member 420 (a first outer cylinder part 421 and a second outer cylinder part 422), as in the case of the first embodiment. Is installed in the vulcanization mold, and the rubber base 430 (the first rubber portion 431 and the second rubber portion 432) is vulcanized to form the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylinder member 410 and the outer cylinder member 420 (first outer cylinder). The part 421 and the inner peripheral surface of the second outer cylinder part 422) are connected by a rubber base 430 to be manufactured.

この場合、加硫金型は、内筒部材410の軸O方向(図14(b)上下方向)中央に位置すると共に型締め後の形状が円環状となる中型を備え、型締め時には、その中型の内周先端縁部が、膨出部412の外周面(頂部)に所定の間隔を隔てて対面すると共に、中型の上面および下面が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面を支持する。なお、この分割面の中型による支持部分(図示せず)は、周方向に断続して配置される。   In this case, the vulcanization mold is provided with an intermediate mold that is located in the center of the inner cylinder member 410 in the direction of the axis O (the vertical direction in FIG. 14 (b)) and has an annular shape after the mold clamping. The inner peripheral front end edge of the middle mold faces the outer circumferential surface (top) of the bulging portion 412 with a predetermined interval, and the upper and lower surfaces of the middle mold are the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. Support the split surface. In addition, the support part (not shown) by the middle mold | type of this division surface is intermittently arrange | positioned in the circumferential direction.

中型の介在により、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422は、その分割面を軸O方向に離間させた状態で加硫金型内に設置され、ゴム基体430は、第1ゴム部431と第2ゴム部432とに軸O方向に2分割された状態に加硫成形される。即ち、加硫成形体Dには、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間(及び第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面との間)に中型に対応する形状(本実施の形態では断面コ字状)の空間SPが形成される。   Due to the intermediate mold, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are installed in the vulcanization mold with their divided surfaces spaced apart in the direction of the axis O, and the rubber base 430 is the first rubber. The part 431 and the second rubber part 432 are vulcanized and molded into two parts in the direction of the axis O. That is, the vulcanized molded body D has a space between the dividing surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion 432 (and the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the division of the second outer cylinder portion 422). A space SP having a shape corresponding to the middle size (in the present embodiment, a U-shaped cross section) is formed between the two surfaces.

第1ゴム部431は、内筒部材410の膨出部412の外周面および第1外筒部421における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位であり、第2ゴム部432は、内筒部材410の膨出部412の外周面および第2外筒部422における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位である。   The first rubber portion 431 is a portion that connects the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylindrical member 410 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylindrical portion 421, and the second rubber portion 432 is the inner cylindrical member 410. The outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 412 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS in the second outer cylinder portion 422 are connected to each other.

ゴム基体430は、第1外筒部421の外周面に覆設されるゴム膜部431a,431bを備える。ゴム膜部431a,431bは、周方向に連続する2本の帯状の膜であり、ゴム膜部431aは第1外筒部421の貫通孔421aを介して、ゴム膜部431bは第1外筒部421の分割面を介して、それぞれ第1ゴム部431に連なる。   The rubber base 430 includes rubber film portions 431 a and 431 b that are covered on the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421. The rubber film portions 431a and 431b are two belt-like films that are continuous in the circumferential direction. The rubber film portion 431a is passed through the through hole 421a of the first outer cylinder portion 421, and the rubber film portion 431b is the first outer cylinder. The first rubber portions 431 are connected to each other through the dividing surface of the portion 421.

なお、本実施の形態では、ゴム膜部431bが、第1外筒部421の分割面を介して、第1ゴム部431に連なる構成を採用するので、貫通孔421aに加え、更に、ゴム膜部431bを第1ゴム部431に連ならせるための貫通孔を第1外筒部421に貫通形成する必要がない。よって、貫通孔の形成を最小限に抑制できるので、その分、第1外筒部421の剛性を確保して、その耐久性の向上を図ることができる。   In the present embodiment, since the rubber film portion 431b employs a configuration that continues to the first rubber portion 431 via the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421, in addition to the through hole 421a, a rubber film is further provided. There is no need to form a through hole in the first outer cylinder part 421 for connecting the part 431b to the first rubber part 431. Therefore, since formation of a through-hole can be suppressed to the minimum, the rigidity of the 1st outer cylinder part 421 can be ensured by that much, and the durable improvement can be aimed at.

ここで、ゴム膜部431a,431bの覆設範囲は部分的であり、ゴム膜部431aの上方(図13(b)上側)及びゴム膜部431a,431bの間の領域には、ゴム膜部431a,431bが覆設されない(即ち、第1外筒部421の外周面が露出される)。これにより、外筒絞り工程(図14参照)において、ゴム膜部431a,431bを介さずに、第1外筒部421の外周面を絞り金型(図示せず)により直接押圧可能として、その絞り加工を高精度に行うことができる。   Here, the covering range of the rubber film portions 431a and 431b is partial, and there is a rubber film portion in the region above the rubber film portion 431a (upper side in FIG. 13B) and between the rubber film portions 431a and 431b. 431a and 431b are not covered (that is, the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 is exposed). Thereby, in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 14), the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 can be directly pressed by a drawing die (not shown) without using the rubber film parts 431a and 431b. Drawing can be performed with high accuracy.

ゴム基体430は、第2外筒部422の外周面に覆設されるゴム膜部432a,432bを備える。これらゴム膜部432a,432bは、ゴム膜部431a,431bとそれぞれ同一に構成されるので、その説明は省略する。   The rubber base 430 includes rubber film portions 432 a and 432 b that are provided on the outer peripheral surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. The rubber film portions 432a and 432b are configured in the same manner as the rubber film portions 431a and 431b, respectively, and thus description thereof is omitted.

図15及び図16を参照して、加硫成形体Dと筒状部材440とから防振装置400を組み立てる組み立て方法について説明する。第1実施の形態(防振装置100)では、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)によりゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)が軸O方向へ圧縮されたが、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)では、かかるゴム基体圧縮工程は省略される。   With reference to FIG.15 and FIG.16, the assembly method which assembles the vibration isolator 400 from the vulcanization molded object D and the cylindrical member 440 is demonstrated. In the first embodiment (anti-vibration device 100), the rubber base 30 (the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32) is compressed in the axis O direction by the rubber base compression step (see FIG. 7). In the fourth embodiment (anti-vibration device 400), the rubber base compression step is omitted.

図15(a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体Dの断面図であり、図15(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体Dの断面図である。   FIG. 15A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D in a state before the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process, and FIG. 15B is a diagram after the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molding D in the state.

図15に示すように、加硫成形体Dは、外筒絞り工程において、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が、外径D401から外径D402に縮径される(D402<D401)。これにより、ゴム基体430(第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432)に径方向(軸O直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与することができる。なお、絞り金型の構成および作用は、第1実施の形態の場合と同様であるので、その説明は省略する。   As shown in FIG. 15, in the vulcanized molded body D, in the outer cylinder drawing step, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are reduced in diameter from the outer diameter D401 to the outer diameter D402 (D402 < D401). Thereby, preliminary compression in the radial direction (perpendicular to the axis O) can be applied to the rubber base 430 (the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432). The configuration and operation of the drawing die are the same as in the case of the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.

なお、加硫成形体Dは、空間SP(第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面の間)に、介設部材450が配設可能に加硫成形される(図16(a)参照)。   The vulcanized molded body D is vulcanized and molded so that the interposed member 450 can be disposed in the space SP (between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 422). (See FIG. 16 (a)).

図16(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材440に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体D及び筒状体440の断面図であり、図16(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材440に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置400の断面図である。   FIG. 16A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D and the cylindrical body 440 in a state before the cylindrical member 440 is subjected to the drawing process in the cylindrical member drawing process, and FIG. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 400 in a state after the cylindrical member 440 has been subjected to drawing processing in the cylindrical member drawing step.

図16に示すように、第4実施の形態では、ゴム基体圧縮工程が省略されるので、筒状部材440に加硫成形体Dを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440の内周側に設置した後は(図16(a))、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材440に絞り加工が施される(図16(b))。   As shown in FIG. 16, in the fourth embodiment, since the rubber base compression step is omitted, the vulcanized molded body D is inserted into the cylindrical member 440 along the axis O direction, and the vulcanized molded body D is inserted. After installation on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 440 (FIG. 16A), the cylindrical member 440 is drawn (FIG. 16B) in the cylindrical member drawing step.

加硫成形体Dの筒状部材440への挿入は、図16(a)に示すように、加硫成形体Dの空間SP(第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間)に介設部材450を装着した状態で行われる。この場合、介設部材450を構成する2つの部材は、互いに同じ形状とされるので、方向性を考慮する必要がなく、装着の作業性の向上が図られる。   As shown in FIG. 16 (a), the vulcanized molded body D is inserted into the cylindrical member 440. The space SP (the split surface of the first outer cylindrical portion 421 and the second outer cylindrical portion 422) is inserted into the vulcanized molded body D. This is performed in a state in which the interposition member 450 is mounted between the divided surfaces of the two. In this case, since the two members constituting the interposed member 450 have the same shape as each other, it is not necessary to consider the directionality, and the mounting workability can be improved.

また、このように、介設部材450は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422と別部材として形成される。よって、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422と内筒部材410との間を第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432により連結した加硫成形体Dを加硫金型により加硫成形した後、その加硫成形Dに対して、介設部材450を装着すれば良い。即ち、第1ゴム部431の分割面および第2ゴム部432の分割面の間に空間SPを形成する部分の加硫金型の構造(例えば、中型の型割構造)において、介設部材450の形状等を考慮する必要がないので、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。   In this way, the interposed member 450 is formed as a separate member from the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. Therefore, the vulcanized molded body D in which the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 and the inner cylinder member 410 are connected by the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 is added by the vulcanization mold. After the vulcanization molding, the interposed member 450 may be attached to the vulcanization molding D. That is, in the structure of the vulcanization mold (for example, the middle mold splitting structure) of the portion that forms the space SP between the dividing surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion 432, the interposed member 450. Therefore, the structure of the vulcanization mold can be simplified.

筒状部材絞り工程では、2段階の絞り加工が筒状部材440に施される。即ち、第1段階の絞り加工により、筒状部材440の全体が、外径D403から外径D404に縮径される(D404<D403)。次いで、第2段階の絞り加工により、筒状部材440は、軸O方向中央部分を除く軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側の部位が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の凹状内周面ISの背面側となる(即ち、断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位の)外周面に沿って密着する形状に縮径される(断面視において径方向内方へ折り曲げられる)。その結果、加硫成形体Dに筒状部材440が装着され、これらの組み立て(防振装置400の製造)が完了される。   In the cylindrical member drawing step, two-stage drawing is performed on the cylindrical member 440. That is, the entire cylindrical member 440 is reduced from the outer diameter D403 to the outer diameter D404 by the first stage drawing (D404 <D403). Next, by the second stage drawing process, the cylindrical member 440 has the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder at the one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction excluding the central portion in the axis O direction. The diameter of the portion 422 is reduced to a shape close to the outer peripheral surface of the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the concave inner peripheral surface IS (that is, a portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc) (inward in the radial direction in a cross-sectional view). Bend). As a result, the tubular member 440 is mounted on the vulcanized molded body D, and the assembly thereof (manufacture of the vibration isolator 400) is completed.

組み立てが完了した防振装置400では、図16(b)に示すように、第2段階の絞り加工において、筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側が径方向内方へ変形されることに伴い、介設部材450の上下(軸O方向)の端面が、第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面によって上下からを挟圧保持される。   In the vibration isolator 400 that has been assembled, as shown in FIG. 16B, in the second stage of drawing, one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 440 are radially inward. Along with the deformation, the upper and lower end surfaces (in the direction of the axis O) of the interposed member 450 are clamped and held from above and below by the divided surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. .

なお、第1段階の絞り加工と第2段階の絞り加工とは、異なる絞り金型によって行われるものであっても良く、或いは、同じ絞り金型により行われるものであっても良い。同じ絞り金型により行われる場合には、第1段階の絞り加工と第2段階の絞り加工とが同時に進行するものであっても良い。   The first stage drawing and the second stage drawing may be performed by different drawing dies, or may be performed by the same drawing dies. When the same drawing mold is used, the first stage drawing and the second stage drawing may proceed simultaneously.

筒状部材絞り工程では、筒状部材440の内周面によって第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422を径方向内方へ押圧して、かかる第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422に所定の締め代(本実施の形態では、半径で0.01mm〜0.02mm程度)を付与する。これにより、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422を筒状部材440内に強固に保持できる。この場合、圧縮されたゴム膜部431a〜432bの弾性回復力により、筒状部材440の内周面とゴム膜部431a〜432bとが密着される。   In the cylindrical member squeezing step, the first outer cylindrical portion 421 and the second outer cylindrical portion 422 are pressed radially inward by the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 440, and the first outer cylindrical portion 421 and the second outer cylindrical portion 422 are pressed. A predetermined fastening allowance (in the present embodiment, about 0.01 mm to 0.02 mm in radius) is given to the cylindrical portion 422. Thereby, the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 can be firmly hold | maintained in the cylindrical member 440. FIG. In this case, the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 440 and the rubber film portions 431a to 432b are brought into close contact with each other by the elastic recovery force of the compressed rubber film portions 431a to 432b.

なお、図16(a)に示すように、筒状部材440の内径は、外筒絞り工程による絞り加工(図15(b)参照)が施された後の外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の外径D402よりも大きくされる。本実施の形態では、筒状部材440の内径が、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における外径)よりも大きくされる。これにより、防振装置400の組み立て作業において、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができる。   As shown in FIG. 16A, the inner diameter of the cylindrical member 440 is the outer cylinder member 420 (first outer cylinder) after the drawing process (see FIG. 15B) by the outer cylinder drawing process. Part 421 and second outer cylinder part 422) are made larger than the outer diameter D402. In the present embodiment, the inner diameter of the tubular member 440 is made larger than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the outer diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). Thereby, in the assembly work of the vibration isolator 400, the work of inserting the vulcanized molded body D along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 440 can be efficiently performed.

但し、筒状部材440の内径が、外筒部材420の外径D402よりも大きく、かつ、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における径)よりも小さくされ、ゴム膜部431b,432bが弾性変形されつつ圧入される関係にあっても良い。筒状部材440に施す絞り加工の加工量を抑制して、歩留まりの向上や加工コストの削減を図ることができる。   However, the inner diameter of the cylindrical member 440 is larger than the outer diameter D402 of the outer cylindrical member 420 and smaller than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). The rubber film portions 431b and 432b may be press-fitted while being elastically deformed. The processing amount of the drawing process applied to the cylindrical member 440 can be suppressed, and the yield can be improved and the processing cost can be reduced.

また、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の外周面にゴム膜部431a〜432bが覆設されるので、第1実施の形態の場合と同様に、摩擦係数を確保すると共に、筒状部材440のスプリングバックによる締め代の不足分を、ゴム膜部431a〜432bの弾性回復による圧縮力で補うことができる。よって、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間が離間されていても、軸O方向への移動に対する保持力を確保できる。これにより、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ筒状部材440内で移動することを抑制することができる。   In addition, since the rubber film portions 431a to 432b are covered on the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422, as in the case of the first embodiment, a friction coefficient is ensured, The shortage of the fastening allowance due to the spring back of the tubular member 440 can be compensated by the compressive force due to the elastic recovery of the rubber film portions 431a to 432b. Therefore, even if the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422 are separated from each other, a holding force against movement in the axis O direction can be ensured. Thereby, when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are prevented from moving in the cylindrical member 440 in a direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other. it can.

以上のように、防振装置400によれば、ゴム基体圧縮工程が省略され、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面とが軸O方向に離間し互いの分割面の間に空間SPが形成された状態(即ち、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432に軸O方向への予備圧縮が付与されない状態)で、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が筒状部材440により保持固定される。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 400, the rubber base compression step is omitted, and the divided surface of the first rubber part 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber part 432 are separated from each other in the axis O direction. The first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder in a state in which the space SP is formed between them (that is, the first rubber portion 431 and the second rubber portion 432 are not preliminarily compressed in the direction of the axis O). The portion 422 is held and fixed by the cylindrical member 440.

このように、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPが形成されることで、その空間SPの分、こじり方向における第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432のせん断成分および軸O直角方向における第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の圧縮成分を抑制しつつ、軸O方向における第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸O直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   Thus, by forming the space SP between the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432, the first rubber portion 431 and the first rubber portion 431 in the twisting direction corresponding to the space SP. The compression component of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 in the axis O direction while suppressing the shear component of the two rubber parts 432 and the compression component of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 in the direction perpendicular to the axis O Can be secured. As a result, the spring constant in the axis O direction can be increased while the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis O are reduced.

一方で、このように、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを形成する構造では、その空間SPを加硫金型で形成する(即ち、中型を配置する)ために、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面とを軸O方向に離間させておく必要がある。しかし、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面とが軸O方向に離間されていると、これら第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動するおそれがある。   On the other hand, in such a structure in which the space SP is formed between the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432, the space SP is formed by a vulcanization mold (that is, In order to arrange the middle mold), it is necessary to separate the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part 422 in the axis O direction. However, when the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated in the axis O direction, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are mutually connected. There is a risk of moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

これに対し、防振装置400によれば、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介設部材450が介設されるので、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを介設部材450により規制することができる。   On the other hand, according to the vibration isolator 400, since the interposed member 450 is interposed between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 422, the first rubber part The first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 move in a direction in which the respective division surfaces are brought close to each other while ensuring the space SP between the division surface of 431 and the division surface of the second rubber portion 432. Can be regulated by the interposed member 450.

また、筒状部材440の軸O方向中央部分を除く軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側の部位が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の凹状内周面ISの背面側となる(即ち、断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位の)外周面に沿って密着する形状に縮径される(断面視において径方向内方へ折り曲げられる)ので、筒状部材440に対して、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動することも規制することができる。   Further, the portions on one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction excluding the central portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 440 are the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. The cylindrical member 440 is reduced in diameter so as to be in close contact with the outer peripheral surface (that is, the portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape) (bent inward in the radial direction in the cross-sectional view). On the other hand, the movement of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 in the direction in which the divided surfaces are separated from each other can also be restricted.

即ち、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が、互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を介設部材450により規制すると共に、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側または軸O方向他端側の部位により規制することができる。これにより、これら両方向への移動を筒状部材440の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに規制することができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421又は第2外筒部422が筒状部材440に対して軸O方向に位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   That is, when the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 move in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other, the movement is restricted by the interposed member 450 and the divided surfaces are separated from each other. In the case of moving in the direction, the movement can be restricted by a portion of the cylindrical member 440 on one end side in the axis O direction or on the other end side in the axis O direction. Thereby, since the movement in these both directions can be controlled without relying on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 440, when the large displacement is input in the axis O direction, The second outer cylinder portion 422 can be reliably suppressed from being displaced in the axis O direction with respect to the cylindrical member 440.

特に、介設部材450は、その介設部材450を構成する2つの部材を組み合わせることで、円筒状となるため、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介設される範囲を、周方向のほぼ全周とすることができる。よって、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができる。   In particular, the interposition member 450 is formed into a cylindrical shape by combining two members constituting the interposition member 450, so that the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422 The range interposed between the two can be almost the entire circumference in the circumferential direction. Therefore, it can be controlled stably that the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 move to the direction which makes a mutual division surface approach.

また、防振装置400によれば、内筒部材410の膨出部412における最大の外径寸法(軸O方向中央部分における外径)が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の軸O方向端部開口における最小の内径寸法(円筒状の部位の内径寸法)よりも大きくされるので、軸O方向への変位に対し、受圧面積を大きくして、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸O直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくする効果を顕著とすることができる。   Further, according to the vibration isolator 400, the maximum outer diameter dimension (outer diameter at the central portion in the axis O direction) of the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylinder member 410 is the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. Is larger than the minimum inner diameter dimension (inner diameter dimension of the cylindrical portion) at the end opening in the axis O direction, so that the pressure receiving area is increased with respect to the displacement in the axis O direction, and the first rubber section 431 and The compression component of the second rubber part 432 can be ensured. As a result, the effect of increasing the spring constant in the axis O direction can be made remarkable while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis O.

なお、このような膨出部412の最大外径と外筒部材420の最小内径との関係は、内筒部材410の膨出部412と外筒部材420の凹状内周面ISとの間にゴム基体が連続して配設される(即ち、空間SPを有さない)従来品では、軸O方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分と同時に、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸O直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分も増大させるため、採用することが不可能であり、防振装置400のように、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを形成することで初めて採用可能となったものである。   The relationship between the maximum outer diameter of the bulging portion 412 and the minimum inner diameter of the outer cylindrical member 420 is between the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylindrical member 410 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the outer cylindrical member 420. In the conventional product in which the rubber base is continuously disposed (that is, having no space SP), the rubber base shear component in the twisting direction and the direction perpendicular to the base O are simultaneously with the compressive component of the rubber base in the axial O direction. Since the compression component of the rubber base is also increased, it is impossible to employ the compression component, and the space SP is formed between the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432 as in the vibration isolator 400. Can be adopted for the first time.

ここで、本実施の形態は、第1実施の形態に対し、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)を省略し、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与しないことを技術思想とするが、筒状部材絞り工程(図15参照)において、筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側の変形に伴い、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432が軸O方向に圧縮変形されることは許容される。即ち、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPが確保されていれば足りる趣旨である。   Here, the present embodiment omits the rubber base compression step (see FIG. 7) compared to the first embodiment, and pre-compresses the first rubber portion 431 and the second rubber portion 432 in the axis O direction. Although it is a technical idea not to apply, in the cylindrical member squeezing step (see FIG. 15), the first rubber portion 431 and the cylindrical member 440 are deformed on one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction. The second rubber portion 432 is allowed to be compressed and deformed in the axis O direction. That is, it is sufficient that a space SP is secured between the dividing surface of the first rubber part 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber part 432.

図17(a)は、第5実施の形態における介設部材550の上面図であり、図17(b)は、第6実施の形態における介設部材650の上面図である。図17(a)及び図17(b)を参照して、第5及び第6実施の形態における介設部材550,650について説明する。   FIG. 17A is a top view of the interposed member 550 in the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 17B is a top view of the interposed member 650 in the sixth embodiment. With reference to FIGS. 17A and 17B, the interposed members 550 and 650 in the fifth and sixth embodiments will be described.

なお、介設部材550,650の高さ寸法(図17(a)及び図17(b)紙面垂直方向寸法)は、第4実施の形態における介設部材450の高さ寸法(図13(b)上下方向寸法)と同一とされる。また、介設部材550,650の非変形時の直径(内径および外径)は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面(図12(b)下側面)における直径(内径および外径)とほぼ等しくされる。   Note that the height dimension of the interposition members 550 and 650 (the vertical dimension in FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B) is the height dimension of the interposition member 450 in the fourth embodiment (FIG. 13B). ) Vertical dimension)). Further, the diameters (inner diameter and outer diameter) of the interposition members 550 and 650 when not deformed are the diameters (the lower side surface in FIG. 12B) of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 (the lower side surface). The inner diameter and the outer diameter).

図17(a)に示すように、介設部材550は、金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)から円筒状に形成される部材であり、周方向の1ヶ所のみが分断される。よって、その分断箇所を起点として、介設部材550の直径を拡径させる(分断箇所を同一面内で周方向に離間させる)、或いは、介設部材550をねじり変形させる(分断箇所を軸方向(図17(a)紙面垂直方向)に互いに異なる方向へ離間させる)ことができ、これにより、加硫成形体Dへの介設部材550の装着を容易に行うことができる。   As shown to Fig.17 (a), the interposed member 550 is a member formed in a cylindrical shape from a metal material (in this embodiment, steel material), and only one place in the circumferential direction is divided. Therefore, the diameter of the interposition member 550 is expanded from the parting point as a starting point (the parting part is separated in the circumferential direction in the same plane), or the interposition member 550 is twisted and deformed (the parting part is axially separated). (In FIG. 17A, the direction perpendicular to the paper surface) can be separated from each other), whereby the interposing member 550 can be easily attached to the vulcanized molded body D.

一方、装着後は、介設部材550が自身の弾性回復力により元の形状に復帰されるので、かかる介設部材550を脱落させることなく、加硫成形体Dの空間SP内に保持することができる。よって、加硫成形体Dを介設部材550と共に筒状部材440へ挿入する作業(図16(a)参照)を容易とすることができる。   On the other hand, since the interposition member 550 is restored to its original shape by its own elastic recovery force after mounting, the interposition member 550 is held in the space SP of the vulcanized molded body D without dropping off. Can do. Therefore, the operation | work (refer FIG. 16 (a)) which inserts the vulcanization molding D into the cylindrical member 440 with the interposed member 550 can be made easy.

図17(b)に示すように、介設部材650には、分断される箇所と反対側となる位置(位相を180°異ならせた位置)に屈曲部650aが形成される。屈曲部650aは、上面視C字状に湾曲して形成され、介設部材650の弾性的な変形(直径を拡径させる変形、或いは、ねじり変形)を補助する。これにより、加硫成形体Dへの介設部材650の装着を容易に行うことができる。   As shown in FIG. 17B, the interposed member 650 is formed with a bent portion 650a at a position opposite to the part to be divided (position where the phase is changed by 180 °). The bent portion 650a is formed to be curved in a C shape when viewed from above, and assists in elastic deformation (deformation that increases the diameter or torsional deformation) of the interposed member 650. Thereby, mounting | wearing of the interposed member 650 to the vulcanization molded object D can be performed easily.

屈曲部650及びその近傍は、図17(b)に示す上面視において、径方向内方(中心側)へオフセットして配設されており、介設部材650の外周面により形成される円形の外形(図17(b)では二点鎖線で模式的に図示する)よりも屈曲部650aが径方向外方にはみ出さないように形成される。これにより、介設部材650が装着された加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440へ挿入する作業(図16(a)参照)において、屈曲部650aが作業を阻害する(筒状部材440に引っ掛かる)ことを回避して、作業性の向上を図ることができる。   The bent portion 650 and the vicinity thereof are arranged to be offset radially inward (center side) in the top view shown in FIG. 17B, and are circular shapes formed by the outer peripheral surface of the interposed member 650. The bent portion 650a is formed so as not to protrude outward in the radial direction from the outer shape (schematically illustrated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 17B). Thereby, in the operation | work (refer FIG. 16 (a)) which inserts the vulcanization molding D with which the interposed member 650 was mounted | worn into the cylindrical member 440 (refer Fig.16 (a)), the bending | flexion part 650a inhibits an operation | work (it catches on the cylindrical member 440). ) Can be avoided and workability can be improved.

なお、屈曲部650aを、介設部材650の外周面により形成される円形の外形よりも径方向外方へはみ出させて形成しても良い。また、図17(a)及び図17(b)では、理解を容易とするために、介設部材550,650の分割される箇所における周方向の離間量(間隔)が、模式的に拡大して図示されるが、かかる周方向の離間量は材質などに応じて任意に設定できる。   The bent portion 650a may be formed so as to protrude outward in the radial direction from the circular outer shape formed by the outer peripheral surface of the interposed member 650. Further, in FIGS. 17A and 17B, in order to facilitate understanding, the circumferential separation amount (interval) at the portion where the interposition members 550 and 650 are divided is schematically enlarged. The circumferential distance can be arbitrarily set according to the material and the like.

次いで、図18及び図19を参照して、第7実施の形態における防振装置700について説明する。第4実施の形態では、介設部材450を装着することで、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制したが、第7実施の形態における防振装置700は、別部材(介設部材)を装着することなく、上記移動を規制するように構成される。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。   Next, a vibration isolator 700 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the fourth embodiment, by mounting the interposition member 450, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other. The vibration isolator 700 in the embodiment is configured to restrict the movement without mounting a separate member (interposition member). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

図18(a)は、第7実施の形態における筒状部材740の上面図であり、図18(b)は、図18(a)のXVIIIb−XVIIIb線における筒状部材740の断面図である。   18A is a top view of the cylindrical member 740 according to the seventh embodiment, and FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view of the cylindrical member 740 taken along the line XVIIIb-XVIIIb of FIG. .

なお、第7実施の形態における防振装置700は、第4実施の形態における防振装置400に対し、筒状部材740に規制膨出部740aが形成される点のみが異なり、他の構成および組み立て方法は同一である。よって、以下においては、異なる点のみについて説明する。   The vibration isolator 700 according to the seventh embodiment is different from the vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment only in that a restriction bulging portion 740a is formed on the tubular member 740. The assembly method is the same. Therefore, only different points will be described below.

筒状部材740には、軸O方向中央の内周面部分に規制膨出部740aが径方向内方へ向けて膨出して形成される。規制膨出部740aは、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介在することで、それら第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための部位であり、正面視矩形状に形成されると共に、複数(本実施の形態では4個)が周方向等間隔に配置される。   In the tubular member 740, a restriction bulging portion 740 a is formed to bulge inward in the radial direction on the inner peripheral surface portion at the center in the axis O direction. The restriction bulging portion 740a is interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422, so that the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are arranged. It is a part for restricting movement, and is formed in a rectangular shape in front view, and a plurality (four in the present embodiment) are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.

図19(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材740に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体D及び筒状体740の断面図であり、図19(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材740に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置700の部分断面図である。なお、図19(b)では、一部のみが断面視される。   FIG. 19A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D and the cylindrical body 740 in a state before the cylindrical member 740 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing process, and FIG. FIG. 10 is a partial cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 700 in a state after the cylindrical member 740 has been subjected to drawing processing in the cylindrical member drawing step. In FIG. 19B, only a part is seen in cross section.

図19に示すように、第7実施の形態における防振装置700の組み立ては、第4実施の形態における防振装置400の場合と同様に(図16参照)、筒状部材740に加硫成形体Dを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材740の内周側に設置した後(図19(a))、筒状部材絞り工程による絞り加工を筒状部材740に施すことで行われる(図19(b))。   As shown in FIG. 19, the vibration isolator 700 in the seventh embodiment is assembled in the same manner as the vibration isolator 400 in the fourth embodiment (see FIG. 16). After inserting the body D along the axis O direction and installing the vulcanized molded body D on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 740 (FIG. 19A), the tubular member is subjected to drawing processing by the tubular member drawing step. This is done by applying to 740 (FIG. 19B).

ここで、図19(a)に示すように、筒状部材740は、規制膨出部740aの内径が、外筒絞り工程による絞り加工(図15(b)参照)が施された後の外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の外径D402よりも大きくされる。   Here, as shown in FIG. 19 (a), the cylindrical member 740 has an outer diameter after the inner diameter of the restriction bulging portion 740a is subjected to drawing processing (see FIG. 15 (b)) by the outer cylinder drawing process. It is made larger than the outer diameter D402 of the cylindrical member 420 (the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422).

本実施の形態では、規制膨出部740aの内径が、外径D402よりも大きく、かつ、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における外径)よりも小さくされる。よって、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する際には、ゴム膜部431b,432bが弾性変形されつつ圧入される。   In the present embodiment, the inner diameter of the restriction bulging portion 740a is larger than the outer diameter D402 and smaller than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the outer diameter of the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). Is done. Therefore, when the vulcanized molded body D is inserted along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 440, the rubber film portions 431b and 432b are press-fitted while being elastically deformed.

この場合、防振装置700によれば、規制膨出部740aが周方向に断続的に配置されるので、弾性変形されたゴム膜部431b,432bを受け入れる空間を確保することができ、これにより、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材740の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業の作業性の向上を図ることができる。また、筒状部材740に施す絞り加工の加工量を抑制して、歩留まりの向上や加工コストの削減を図ることができる。   In this case, according to the vibration isolator 700, the restriction bulge portion 740a is intermittently arranged in the circumferential direction, so that it is possible to secure a space for receiving the elastically deformed rubber film portions 431b and 432b. The workability of the operation of inserting the vulcanized molded body D along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 740 can be improved. Further, it is possible to suppress the amount of drawing processing performed on the cylindrical member 740, thereby improving the yield and reducing the processing cost.

但し、筒状部材740の規制膨出部740aにおける内径を、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における径)よりも大きくしても良い。加硫成形体Dを筒状部材740の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができる。   However, the inner diameter of the restriction bulging portion 740a of the tubular member 740 may be larger than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the diameter of the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). The operation | work which inserts the vulcanization molded object D along the axis | shaft O direction to the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 740 can be performed efficiently.

組み立てが完了した防振装置700では、図19(b)に示すように、上述した第2段階の絞り加工において、筒状部材740の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側が径方向内方へ変形されることに伴い、筒状部材740の規制膨出部740aの上下(軸O方向)の端面が、第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面によって上下からを挟圧保持される。   In the vibration isolator 700 that has been assembled, as shown in FIG. 19B, in the second stage drawing described above, one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 740 are radially inward. The upper and lower end surfaces (in the direction of the axis O) of the restriction bulging portion 740a of the cylindrical member 740 are caused by the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. The pressure is maintained from above and below.

以上のように、防振装置700によれば、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に、筒状部材740の規制膨出部740aが介設されるので、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制膨出部740aにより規制することができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 700, the restriction bulging portion 740a of the cylindrical member 740 is interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. Therefore, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated from each other while securing the space SP between the division surface of the first rubber part 431 and the division surface of the second rubber part 432. Can be regulated by the regulation bulge portion 740a.

即ち、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することの規制を、筒状部材740の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに行うことができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421又は第2外筒部422が筒状部材740に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   In other words, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other without depending on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 740. Therefore, the displacement of the first outer cylinder part 421 or the second outer cylinder part 422 with respect to the cylindrical member 740 can be reliably suppressed when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O.

特に、本実施の形態によれば、規制膨出部740aが、筒状部材740の一部を変形(径方向内方へ向けて膨出)させることで形成され、規制手段(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための手段)を構成するための別部材の追加が不要なので、その分、軽量化を図ることができる。また、別部材の追加が不要とされ、部品点数が抑制されることで、部品コストの削減を図ることができる。さらに、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)の場合のように、規制手段(介設部材450)を加硫成形体Dに装着する必要がないので、工程が不要となる分、組み立てコストを削減して、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。   In particular, according to the present embodiment, the restriction bulging portion 740a is formed by deforming (bulging radially inward) a part of the cylindrical member 740, and restricting means (first outer cylinder). It is not necessary to add another member for configuring the portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422), so that the weight can be reduced accordingly. Further, it is not necessary to add another member, and the number of parts is suppressed, so that the part cost can be reduced. Further, as in the case of the fourth embodiment (vibration isolation device 400), it is not necessary to attach the restricting means (the interposed member 450) to the vulcanized molded body D, so that the assembly cost is reduced as the process becomes unnecessary. This can reduce the product cost.

また、このように、規制膨出部740aが、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422とは別部材として形成されることで、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)の場合と同様に、第1ゴム部431の分割面および第2ゴム部432の分割面の間に空間SPを形成する部分の加硫金型の構造(例えば、中型の型割構造)において、規制膨出部740aの形状等を考慮する必要がないので、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。   In addition, in this way, the restriction bulging part 740a is formed as a separate member from the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422, and thus in the case of the fourth embodiment (anti-vibration device 400). In the same manner as in the above, in the structure of the vulcanization mold (for example, the middle mold split structure) of the part that forms the space SP between the divided surface of the first rubber part 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber part 432, the restriction expansion Since it is not necessary to consider the shape or the like of the protruding portion 740a, the structure of the vulcanization mold can be simplified.

ここで、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)では、規制手段としての介設部材450が別部材として構成されるため、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面の間から介設部材450が脱落した場合には、位置ずれ抑制効果が発揮されなくなるおそれがある。これに対し、防振装置700によれば、規制膨出部740aが筒状部材740に一体に形成されるので、分割面の間に規制手段(規制膨出部740a)が介設された状態を維持できる。よって、位置ずれ抑制効果を確実に発揮させ、その信頼性の向上を図ることができる。   Here, in the fourth embodiment (anti-vibration device 400), the interposed member 450 serving as the restricting unit is configured as a separate member, and therefore the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated. If the interposition member 450 falls off from the gap, there is a risk that the effect of suppressing displacement will not be exhibited. On the other hand, according to the vibration isolator 700, since the restriction bulging portion 740a is formed integrally with the cylindrical member 740, the restriction means (regulation bulging portion 740a) is interposed between the divided surfaces. Can be maintained. Therefore, it is possible to reliably exhibit the effect of suppressing displacement and improve its reliability.

次いで、図20を参照して、第8実施の形態における防振装置800について説明する。第4実施の形態では、介設部材450を装着することで、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制したが、第8実施の形態における防振装置800は、別部材(介設部材)を装着することなく、上記移動を規制するように構成される。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。   Next, with reference to FIG. 20, a vibration isolator 800 according to the eighth embodiment will be described. In the fourth embodiment, by mounting the interposition member 450, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the split surfaces are brought close to each other. The vibration isolator 800 in the embodiment is configured to restrict the movement without mounting a separate member (interposition member). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

なお、第8実施の形態における防振装置800は、第4実施の形態における防振装置400に対し、筒状部材840に面取り面840aが形成される点、ゴム基体830の軸O方向端部における形状、及び、外筒部材420の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す曲げ工程が追加となる点が異なり、他の構成および組み立て方法は同一である。よって、以下においては、異なる点のみについて説明する。   Note that the vibration isolator 800 according to the eighth embodiment is different from the vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment in that a chamfered surface 840a is formed on the cylindrical member 840, and the end portion in the axis O direction of the rubber base 830. And the point that the bending process for bending the end portion in the axis O direction of the outer cylinder member 420 is added, and the other configuration and the assembling method are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described below.

図20(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材840に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体E及び筒状部材840の断面図であり、図20(b)は、曲げ工程において外筒部材420に曲げ加工が施された後の状態における防振装置800の断面図である。   FIG. 20A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body E and the cylindrical member 840 in a state after the cylindrical member 840 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing step, and FIG. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 800 in a state after the outer cylinder member 420 is bent in the bending step.

図20(a)に示すように、ゴム基体830は、軸O方向端部において外筒部材420に覆設されず、第1外筒部421の円筒状の部位(図20(a)上側)及び第2外筒部422の円筒状の部位(図20(a)下側)の内周面を露出させる。これにより、後述する曲げ工程において、ゴム膜を介さずに、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の円筒状の部位をかしめ金型(図示せず)により直接押圧可能として、その曲げ加工を高精度に行うことができる。   As shown in FIG. 20 (a), the rubber base 830 is not covered by the outer cylinder member 420 at the end in the axis O direction, and the cylindrical portion of the first outer cylinder 421 (upper side in FIG. 20 (a)). And the internal peripheral surface of the cylindrical site | part (FIG. 20 (a) lower side) of the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 is exposed. Thereby, in the bending process described later, the cylindrical parts of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 can be directly pressed by a caulking die (not shown) without using a rubber film, Bending can be performed with high accuracy.

筒状部材840には、軸O方向端部であって外周面側の角部に面取り加工が施されることで、断面直線状の面取り面840aが形成される。即ち、筒状部材840の面取り面840aは、第1実施の形態における筒状部材40の面取り面40a(図4(b)参照)と逆側に形成される。この筒状部材840の面取り面840aは、図20(a)に示すように、筒状部材絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態では、軸O方向に垂直な平坦面を形成する。これにより、後述する曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施された外筒部材420の端部を強固に受け止めることができる。   The cylindrical member 840 is chamfered at the corner on the outer peripheral surface side at the end portion in the axis O direction to form a chamfered surface 840a having a linear cross section. That is, the chamfered surface 840a of the cylindrical member 840 is formed on the opposite side of the chamfered surface 40a (see FIG. 4B) of the cylindrical member 40 in the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 20A, the chamfered surface 840a of the tubular member 840 forms a flat surface perpendicular to the direction of the axis O in the state after being drawn in the tubular member drawing step. Thereby, the edge part of the outer cylinder member 420 to which the bending process was given in the bending process mentioned later can be received firmly.

第8実施の形態では、加硫成形体Eを筒状部材840の内周側に軸O方向に沿って挿入し、図20(a)に示すように、筒状部材絞り工程による絞り加工を筒状部材840に施した後は、次いで、曲げ工程において、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の円筒状の部位が、径方向外方へ向けて曲げられる。その結果、図20(b)に示すように、加硫成形体Eに筒状部材840が装着され、これらの組み立て(防振装置800の製造)が完了される。   In the eighth embodiment, the vulcanized molded body E is inserted along the axis O direction on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 840, and as shown in FIG. After the cylindrical member 840 is applied, the cylindrical portions of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are then bent radially outward in a bending step. As a result, as shown in FIG. 20B, the tubular member 840 is mounted on the vulcanized molded body E, and the assembly thereof (manufacture of the vibration isolator 800) is completed.

なお、かかる曲げ加工を施すためのかしめ金型は、湾曲凹部の向きが異なる点を除き、第1実施の形態で説明した筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施すためのかしめ金型と同一の構成であるため、その説明は省略する。   The caulking die for performing the bending process is caulking for bending the end portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40 described in the first embodiment except that the direction of the curved concave portion is different. Since it is the same structure as a metal mold | die, the description is abbreviate | omitted.

以上のように、防振装置800によれば、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の軸O方向端部(円筒状の部位)が径方向外方へ向けて曲げられて、筒状部材840の軸O方向端部(面取り面840a)に係止される。よって、かかる係止により、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制することができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 800, the end portions (cylindrical portions) in the axis O direction of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are bent outward in the radial direction, The cylindrical member 840 is locked to the end portion in the axis O direction (the chamfered surface 840a). Therefore, by this locking, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are mutually connected while securing the space SP between the division surface of the first rubber part 431 and the division surface of the second rubber part 432. It is possible to restrict the movement in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

即ち、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することの規制を、筒状部材740の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに行うことができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421又は第2外筒部422が筒状部材840に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   In other words, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other without depending on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 740. Therefore, the displacement of the first outer cylinder part 421 or the second outer cylinder part 422 with respect to the cylindrical member 840 can be reliably suppressed when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O.

特に、本実施の形態によれば、外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の一部を変形させる(径方向外方へ向けて折り曲げる)ことで、規制手段(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための手段)が構成される。よって、第7実施の形態(防振装置700)の場合と同様に、軽量化を図ることができると共に、部品コスト及び組み立てコストの削減に伴い、製品コストの削減を図ることができ、更に、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。   Particularly, according to the present embodiment, by restricting a part of the outer cylinder member 420 (the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422) (bending outward in the radial direction), the restricting means (Means for restricting movement of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422) are configured. Therefore, as in the case of the seventh embodiment (anti-vibration device 700), the weight can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced along with the reduction of the component cost and the assembly cost. Simplification of the structure of the vulcanization mold can be achieved.

次いで、図21から図23を参照して、第9実施の形態について説明する。第4実施の形態では、介設部材450を装着することで、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制したが、第9実施の形態における防振装置900は、別部材(介設部材)を装着することなく、上記移動を規制するように構成される。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。   Next, a ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the fourth embodiment, by attaching the interposition member 450, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other. The vibration isolator 900 in the embodiment is configured to restrict the movement without mounting a separate member (interposition member). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

図21(a)は、第9実施の形態における第1外筒部921の底面図であり、図21(b)は、図21(a)のXXIb−XXIb線における第1外筒部921の断面図である。なお、第1外筒部921と第2外筒部922とは、同一の部材(構成)であり、名称のみが異なる部材であるので、以下においては、第1外筒部921について説明し、第2外筒部922の説明は省略する。   FIG. 21A is a bottom view of the first outer tube portion 921 in the ninth embodiment, and FIG. 21B is a view of the first outer tube portion 921 taken along the line XXIb-XXIb in FIG. It is sectional drawing. In addition, since the 1st outer cylinder part 921 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 922 are the members (structure) which are the same, and only a name differs, it demonstrates the 1st outer cylinder part 921 below, The description of the second outer cylinder portion 922 is omitted.

図21に示すように、第1外筒部921には、断面形状が円弧状に湾曲して形成される部位の底面(図21(b)上側の面、即ち、分割面)から規制突起921bが軸O方向に沿って部分的に突設される。規制突起921bは、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介在することで、それら第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための部位であり、正面視矩形状に形成されると共に、複数(本実施の形態では2個)が周方向等間隔となる(即ち、位相を180°異ならせた)位置に配置される。   As shown in FIG. 21, the first outer cylinder portion 921 has a restriction projection 921b from the bottom surface (the upper surface in FIG. 21 (b), that is, the divided surface) of the portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape. Are partially projected along the direction of the axis O. The restricting protrusion 921b is interposed between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 422, thereby allowing the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 to move. It is a part for regulation, and is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and a plurality (two in the present embodiment) are arranged at positions that are equally spaced in the circumferential direction (that is, the phases are different by 180 °). The

次いで、図22を参照して、加硫成形体Fについて説明する。図22(a)は、外筒部材920の斜視図であり、図22(b)は、加硫成形体Fの側面図である。   Next, the vulcanized molded body F will be described with reference to FIG. 22A is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member 920, and FIG. 22B is a side view of the vulcanized molded body F. FIG.

なお、第9実施の形態における加硫成形体F及び防振装置900は、第4実施の形態における加硫成形体D及び防振装置400に対し、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922に規制突起921b,922bが形成される点のみが異なり、他の構成および組み立て方法は同一である。よって、以下においては、異なる点のみについて説明する。   Note that the vulcanized molded body F and the vibration isolator 900 in the ninth embodiment are different from the vulcanized molded body D and the vibration isolator 400 in the fourth embodiment in the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder. The only difference is that the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b are formed on the portion 922, and the other configuration and assembly method are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described below.

加硫成形体Fは、第4実施の形態(加硫成形体D)の場合と同様に、内筒部材410と外筒部材920(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922)とを加硫金型内に設置すると共に、ゴム基体430(第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432)を加硫成形し、内筒部材410の外周面と外筒部材920(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922)の内周面との間がゴム基体430により連結されることで、製造される。   As in the case of the fourth embodiment (vulcanized molded body D), the vulcanized molded body F includes an inner cylindrical member 410 and an outer cylindrical member 920 (first outer cylindrical portion 921 and second outer cylindrical portion 922). Is installed in the vulcanization mold, and the rubber base 430 (the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432) is vulcanized and molded, and the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylinder member 410 and the outer cylinder member 920 (first outer cylinder). The part 921 and the inner peripheral surface of the second outer cylinder part 922) are connected by a rubber base 430 to be manufactured.

この場合、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922を加硫金型に設置する際には、図22(a)に示すように、周方向の位置決めを行い、規制突起921b,922bの突設先端面どうしが当接する状態とする。これにより、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922の分割面を支持する中型の割り面の位置を、規制突起921b,922bに対応する位置とする(即ち、中型の型抜き方向を、図22(b)の紙面垂直方向とする)ことで、図22(b)に示すように、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の分割面の間に形成される空間SPを、周方向の全周にわたって連続して存在させることができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸O直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   In this case, when the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922 are installed in the vulcanization mold, as shown in FIG. 22 (a), the circumferential positioning is performed and the restriction protrusions 921b, 922b are arranged. It is set as the state which the projecting front end surfaces contact | abut. As a result, the position of the split surface of the middle mold that supports the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder section 921 and the second outer cylinder section 922 is set to a position corresponding to the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b (that is, the mold release direction of the middle mold is set). 22B), the space SP formed between the divided surfaces of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 as shown in FIG. It can exist continuously over the entire circumference in the circumferential direction. As a result, the spring constant in the axis O direction can be increased while the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis O are reduced.

図23(a)は、防振装置900の上面図であり、図23(b)は、図23(a)のXXIIIb−XXIIIb線における防振装置900の断面図である。   FIG. 23A is a top view of the vibration isolator 900, and FIG. 23B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 900 along the line XXIIIb-XXIIIb in FIG.

図23に示すように、第9実施の形態における防振装置900の組み立ては、第4実施の形態における防振装置400の場合と同様に(図16参照)、筒状部材440に加硫成形体Fを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Fを筒状部材440の内周側に設置した後、筒状部材絞り工程による絞り加工を筒状部材440に施すことで行われる。   As shown in FIG. 23, the vibration isolator 900 according to the ninth embodiment is assembled in the same manner as the vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment (see FIG. 16). After the body F is inserted along the axis O direction and the vulcanized molded body F is installed on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 440, the tubular member 440 is subjected to a drawing process by a tubular member drawing step. .

組み立てが完了した防振装置900は、図23(b)に示すように、上述した第2段階の絞り加工において、筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側が径方向内方へ変形されることに伴い、第1外筒部921の規制突起921bと第2外筒部922の規制突起922bとが、その突設先端面どうしを軸O方向に突き合わせた状態とされる。   As shown in FIG. 23B, the vibration isolator 900 that has been assembled is such that the one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 440 are in the radial direction in the second stage drawing process described above. With this deformation, the restricting projection 921b of the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the restricting projection 922b of the second outer cylinder portion 922 are brought into a state in which the projecting leading end surfaces are butted in the axis O direction. .

以上のように、防振装置900によれば、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922の分割面から規制突起921b,922bが突設されることで、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制することができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 900, the restriction protrusions 921b and 922b protrude from the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922, thereby dividing the first rubber portion 431. The first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922 are restricted from moving in a direction in which the respective divided surfaces are brought close to each other while securing the space SP between the surface and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432. be able to.

即ち、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することの規制を、筒状部材440の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに行うことができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部921又は第2外筒部922が筒状部材440に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   In other words, the movement of the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922 in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other is regulated without depending on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 440. Therefore, the displacement of the first outer cylinder portion 921 or the second outer cylinder portion 922 relative to the cylindrical member 440 can be reliably suppressed when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O.

特に、本実施の形態によれば、外筒部材920(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922)の一部を突設させることで、規制手段(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922の移動を規制するための手段)が構成される。よって、第7実施の形態(防振装置700)の場合と同様に、軽量化を図ることができると共に、部品コスト及び組み立てコストの削減に伴い、製品コストの削減を図ることができ、更に、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。   In particular, according to the present embodiment, by restricting a part of the outer cylinder member 920 (the first outer cylinder part 921 and the second outer cylinder part 922), the restricting means (the first outer cylinder part 921 and the first outer cylinder part 921 and the second outer cylinder part 922). 2 means for restricting the movement of the outer cylindrical portion 922). Therefore, as in the case of the seventh embodiment (anti-vibration device 700), the weight can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced along with the reduction of the component cost and the assembly cost. Simplification of the structure of the vulcanization mold can be achieved.

ここで、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)では、規制手段としての介設部材450が別部材として構成されるため、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面の間から介設部材450が脱落した場合には、位置ずれ抑制効果が発揮されなくなるおそれがある。これに対し、防振装置900によれば、規制突起921b,922bが第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922に一体に形成されるので、分割面の間に規制手段(規制突起921b,922b)が介設された状態を維持できる。よって、位置ずれ抑制効果を確実に発揮させ、その信頼性の向上を図ることができる。   Here, in the fourth embodiment (anti-vibration device 400), the interposed member 450 serving as the restricting unit is configured as a separate member, and therefore the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated. If the interposition member 450 falls off from the gap, there is a risk that the effect of suppressing displacement will not be exhibited. On the other hand, according to the vibration isolator 900, the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b are formed integrally with the first outer cylinder part 921 and the second outer cylinder part 922, so that the restricting means (the restricting protrusion 921b is provided between the divided surfaces. , 922b) can be maintained. Therefore, it is possible to reliably exhibit the effect of suppressing displacement and improve its reliability.

図24(a)は、第10実施の形態における外筒部材1020の斜視図であり、図24(b)は、第11実施の形態における外筒部材1120の斜視図である。図24(a)及び図24(b)を参照して、第10及び第11実施の形態における外筒部材1020,1120について説明する。   FIG. 24A is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member 1020 in the tenth embodiment, and FIG. 24B is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member 1120 in the eleventh embodiment. With reference to Fig.24 (a) and FIG.24 (b), the outer cylinder members 1020 and 1120 in 10th and 11th Embodiment are demonstrated.

なお、外筒部材1020,1120は、第9実施の形態における外筒部材920に対し、規制突起921b,922b,1122bの配設個数が異なる点、又は、規制突起1122bの突設高さが異なる点を除き、他の構成は同一とされる。よって、異なる点のみを説明する。   The outer cylinder members 1020 and 1120 are different from the outer cylinder member 920 in the ninth embodiment in that the number of arrangement of the restriction projections 921b, 922b, and 1122b is different, or the protrusion height of the restriction projection 1122b is different. Except for this point, the other configurations are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described.

図24(a)に示すように、第10実施の形態における外筒部材1020は、第1外筒部1021及び第2外筒部1022の分割面からそれぞれ4個の規制突起921b,922bが周方向等間隔に突設される。これにより、規制突起921b,922bの突設先端面どうしが当接される領域を周方向に分散させることができるので、第1外筒部1021及び第2外筒部1022が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができる。   As shown in FIG. 24 (a), the outer cylinder member 1020 in the tenth embodiment has four restricting projections 921b and 922b around the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder part 1021 and the second outer cylinder part 1022, respectively. Protruding at equal intervals in the direction. Thereby, since the area | region where the projecting front end surfaces of regulation protrusion 921b, 922b contact | abut can be disperse | distributed to the circumferential direction, the 1st outer cylinder part 1021 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 1022 can mutually separate a dividing surface. It is possible to stably regulate movement in the approaching direction.

図24(b)に示すように、第11実施の形態における外筒部材1120は、第1外筒部421に規制突起が形成されず、第2外筒部1122のみに規制突起1122bが形成される。なお、本実施の形態では、位相を180°異ならせた位置に2個の規制突起1122bが分割面から軸O方向に沿って突設される。規制突起1122bは、分割面からの突設高さが2倍とされる点を除き、規制突起921b,922bと同一に構成される。   As shown in FIG. 24 (b), in the outer cylinder member 1120 in the eleventh embodiment, the restriction projections 1122b are formed only on the second outer cylinder part 1122 without the restriction projections formed on the first outer cylinder part 421. The In the present embodiment, two restricting projections 1122b are projected from the dividing surface along the axis O direction at positions where the phases are different by 180 °. The restricting protrusion 1122b is configured in the same manner as the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b except that the protruding height from the dividing surface is doubled.

第11実施の形態における外筒部材1120によれば、第1外筒部421には、規制突起が形成されないので、その周方向の方向性をなくすことができる。これにより、加硫金型に外筒部材1120を設置する際には、第1外筒部材421及び第2外筒部材1122の周方向の位置合わせを行うことを不要とすることができ、その分、設置作業における作業性の向上を図ることができる。   According to the outer cylinder member 1120 in the eleventh embodiment, no restriction projection is formed on the first outer cylinder part 421, so the directionality in the circumferential direction can be eliminated. Thereby, when installing the outer cylinder member 1120 in the vulcanization mold, it is not necessary to perform the circumferential alignment of the first outer cylinder member 421 and the second outer cylinder member 1122. Therefore, workability in installation work can be improved.

以上、実施の形態に基づき本発明を説明したが、本発明は上記実施の形態に何ら限定されるものではなく、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内で種々の改良変形が可能であることは容易に推察できるものである。   As described above, the present invention has been described based on the embodiments, but the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various improvements and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be easily guessed.

上記各実施の形態で挙げた数値は一例であり、他の数値を採用することは当然可能である。例えば、各構成の寸法(外径D1〜D4,D401〜D404など)や締め代などの値は任意に設定することができる。   The numerical values given in the above embodiments are merely examples, and other numerical values can naturally be adopted. For example, values such as dimensions (outer diameters D1 to D4, D401 to D404, etc.) and fastening allowances of each component can be arbitrarily set.

上記各実施の形態における防振装置の一部または全部を、他の実施の形態における防振装置の一部または全部と組み合わせて、又は、他の実施の形態における防振装置の一部または全部と置き換えて、防振装置を構成しても良い。   A part or all of the vibration isolator in each of the above embodiments is combined with a part or all of the vibration isolator in the other embodiment, or a part or all of the vibration isolator in the other embodiment. Alternatively, a vibration isolator may be configured.

上記第1から第3実施の形態では、加硫成形体A〜Cにおいて、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とが分割される(互いの分割面が軸O方向に離間される)場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、第1ゴム部31の分割面と第2ゴム部32の分割面とがその一部(内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面側の一部)で連結されていても良い。一方、第4から第11実施の形態では、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面とがその一部で連なる場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、第1ゴム部431と第2ゴム部432とが分割されていても良い。   In the first to third embodiments, in the vulcanized molded bodies A to C, the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 are divided (the respective divided surfaces are separated in the axis O direction). Although the case has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and a part of the dividing surface of the first rubber part 31 and the dividing surface of the second rubber part 32 (the outer peripheral surface of the bulging part 12 of the inner cylinder member 10) (A part of the side) may be connected. On the other hand, in the fourth to eleventh embodiments, the case where the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432 are partially connected is described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. The first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 may be divided.

上記第1から第3実施の形態では、完成状態(防振装置100〜300の状態)において、第1外筒部21,321の分割面と第2外筒部22,322の分割面とが軸O方向に離間されている場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、完成状態において、第1外筒部21,321の分割面と第2外筒部22,322の分割面とが当接されていても良い。   In the first to third embodiments, in the completed state (the state of the vibration isolator 100 to 300), the divided surfaces of the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the divided surfaces of the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322 are separated. Although the case where it was spaced apart in the direction of the axis O has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and in the completed state, the divided surfaces of the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the divided surfaces of the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322 May be in contact with each other.

即ち、ゴム基体圧縮工程において、第1外筒部21,321の分割面と第2外筒部22,322の分割面とが当接される位置までゴム基体430(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)を軸O方向へ圧縮し、その状態で、筒状部材絞り工程において、筒状部材40に絞り加工を施すと共に、曲げ工程において、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施すことで、上記状態となるように防振装置100〜300を製造しても良い。   That is, in the rubber base compression step, the rubber base 430 (the first rubber portion 31 and the first rubber portion 31) is moved to a position where the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the split surfaces of the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322 abut. 2) the rubber part 32) is compressed in the direction of the axis O, and in this state, the cylindrical member 40 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing process, and in the bending process, the end of the cylindrical member 40 at the end in the axis O direction. You may manufacture the vibration isolator 100-300 so that it may be in the said state by giving a bending process.

一方、第1から第3実施の形態において、ゴム基体圧縮工程を省略しても良い。即ち、外筒絞り工程の後、ゴム基体圧縮工程を行うことなく(ゴム基体430に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与することなく)、筒状部材絞り工程に移行しても良い。   On the other hand, in the first to third embodiments, the rubber base compression step may be omitted. That is, after the outer cylinder squeezing process, the process may be shifted to the cylindrical member squeezing process without performing the rubber base compressing process (without providing the rubber base 430 with preliminary compression in the axis O direction).

上記各実施の形態では、ゴム膜部33,34,233,234,431a,431bを外筒部材20,320,420,620,720の外周面に覆設する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、これに代えて、或いは、これに加えて、筒状部材40,440の内周面にゴム膜部33,34,233,234,431a,431bを覆設しても良い。   In each of the above embodiments, the case where the rubber film portions 33, 34, 233, 234, 431a, 431b are covered on the outer peripheral surface of the outer cylinder member 20, 320, 420, 620, 720 has been described. The rubber film portions 33, 34, 233, 234, 431 a and 431 b may be provided on the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical members 40 and 440 instead of or in addition to this. .

上記第1から第3実施の形態では、曲げ工程を行う(筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す)場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、曲げ工程を省略して、防振装置100〜300を製造しても良い。即ち、筒状部材絞り工程において絞り加工が施された筒状部材40とゴム膜部33,34,333,334との間の保持力により、加硫成形品A〜Cを筒状部材40の内周側に保持しても良い。   In the first to third embodiments, the case where the bending process is performed (bending process is performed on the end portion in the axis O direction of the tubular member 40) has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the bending process is performed. You may abbreviate | omit and manufacture the vibration isolator 100-300. That is, the vulcanized molded products A to C are formed on the cylindrical member 40 by the holding force between the cylindrical member 40 that has been subjected to drawing processing in the cylindrical member drawing step and the rubber film portions 33, 34, 333, and 334. You may hold | maintain on the inner peripheral side.

上記第1から第3実施の形態では、その説明を省略したが、第1外筒部21,321及び第2外筒部22,322に貫通孔を形成しても良い。加硫成形工程におけるゴム状弾性体の流動性を貫通孔により確保することができるので、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に連なるゴム膜部33,34,333,334の歩留まりを高めることができる。   Although the description thereof is omitted in the first to third embodiments, through holes may be formed in the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322. Since the fluidity of the rubber-like elastic body in the vulcanization molding process can be ensured by the through holes, the yield of the rubber film portions 33, 34, 333, 334 connected to the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 is increased. be able to.

上記各実施の形態では、説明を省略したが、曲げ工程の後、内筒部材10,410に拡径加工(内筒部材10を軸O方向に圧縮して、軸O方向端部を拡径させることで、座面の面積を拡大させる加工)を施しても良い。   In each of the above embodiments, the description is omitted, but after the bending step, the inner cylinder members 10 and 410 are expanded in diameter (the inner cylinder member 10 is compressed in the axis O direction, and the end portion in the axis O direction is expanded. By doing so, you may give the process which expands the area of a seat surface.

上記第1、第2及び第4から第11実施の形態では、外筒絞り工程を行う(外筒部材20,420,920,1020,1120(第1外筒部21,421,921,1021,1121及び第2外筒部22,422,922,1022,1122)に絞り加工を施す)場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、外筒絞り工程を省略して、防振装置100,200,400,700,800,900を製造しても良い。   In the first, second, and fourth to eleventh embodiments, the outer cylinder squeezing step is performed (outer cylinder members 20, 420, 920, 1020, 1120 (first outer cylinder portions 21, 421, 921, 1021, 1121 and the second outer cylinder portion 22, 422, 922, 1022, 1122) are described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the outer cylinder drawing step is omitted, and the vibration isolator is provided. 100, 200, 400, 700, 800, 900 may be manufactured.

上記第3実施の形態では、外筒部材320を鋳造により形成する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、外筒部材320を、例えば、鍛造や切削により形成しても良い。   Although the case where the outer cylinder member 320 is formed by casting has been described in the third embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the outer cylinder member 320 may be formed by forging or cutting, for example.

上記第4から第11実施の形態では、ゴム基体圧縮工程を省略する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、ゴム基体圧縮工程によりゴム基体430,830に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与した状態で、防振装置400,700,800,900を製造しても良い。   In the fourth to eleventh embodiments, the case where the rubber base compression step is omitted has been described. However, the invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the rubber bases 430 and 830 are spared in the axis O direction by the rubber base compression step. The vibration isolator 400, 700, 800, 900 may be manufactured with compression applied.

上記第7実施の形態では、規制膨出部740aが周方向に断続的に形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、規制膨出部740aを周方向に連続して形成しても良い。   In the seventh embodiment, the case where the restriction bulging portion 740a is intermittently formed in the circumferential direction has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the restriction bulging portion 740a is continuously provided in the circumferential direction. It may be formed.

上記第11実施の形態では、位相を180°異ならせて2個の規制突起1122bを突設する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、周方向等間隔に4個の規制突起1122bを突設しても良い。この場合には、規制突起1122bの突設先端面が第1外筒部421の分割面に当接される領域を周方向に分散させ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部1122が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができる。   In the eleventh embodiment, the case where the two restricting protrusions 1122b are protruded by changing the phase by 180 ° has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and four restricting protrusions are equally spaced in the circumferential direction. You may project 1122b. In this case, the region where the projecting leading end surface of the restricting projection 1122b is in contact with the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 is dispersed in the circumferential direction, and the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 1122 are It is possible to stably regulate the movement in the direction in which the divided surfaces come close to each other.

上記第11実施の形態では、2個の規制突起1122b(即ち、突設高さが規制突起921b,922bの2倍とされるもの)が第2外筒部1122の分割面から突設される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、2個の規制突起1122bの内の一方が第1外筒部の分割面から、他方が第2外筒部の分割面から、それぞれ突設されても良い。この場合には、第1外筒部と第2外筒部とを共通の部品とすることができるので、部品コストの削減を図ることができる。   In the eleventh embodiment, the two restricting projections 1122b (that is, the projecting height is twice that of the restricting projections 921b and 922b) are projected from the dividing surface of the second outer cylindrical portion 1122. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and one of the two restricting projections 1122b protrudes from the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the other protrudes from the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion. May be provided. In this case, since the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be used as a common part, it is possible to reduce the part cost.

ここで、請求項1記載の「凹状の球面」とは、完全な球面形状を要求するものではなく、少なくとも内筒部材の膨出部における凸状の球面に対向配置される凹状の面として形成されていれば足りる趣旨である。同様に、「凸状の球面と同心状」も、完全に中心が一致することを要求するものではなく、第1外筒部および第2外筒部から視て、凹状の球面の中心が、凸状の球面の中心と同じ側に位置すれば足りる趣旨である。   Here, the “concave spherical surface” described in claim 1 does not require a complete spherical shape, but is formed as a concave surface disposed opposite to the convex spherical surface at least in the bulging portion of the inner cylinder member. If it is done, it is enough. Similarly, “concentric with a convex spherical surface” does not require that the centers coincide completely, and the center of the concave spherical surface is viewed from the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion, This means that it suffices if it is located on the same side as the center of the convex spherical surface.

100,200,300,400,700,800,900 防振装置
10,410 内筒部材
12,412 膨出部
20,320,420,920,1020,1120 外筒部材
21,321,421,921,1021,1121 第1外筒部
22,322,422,922,1022,1122 第2外筒部
921b,922b,1122b 規制突起(規制手段)
IS 凹状内周面
30,430,830 ゴム基体
31,431 第1ゴム部
32,432 第2ゴム部
33,333,431a,431b ゴム膜部
34,334,432a,432b ゴム膜部
40,440,840 筒状部材
740a 規制膨出部(規制手段)
450,550,650 介設部材(規制手段)
O 軸
SP 空間
100, 200, 300, 400, 700, 800, 900 Vibration isolator 10, 410 Inner cylinder member 12, 412 Swelling part 20, 320, 420, 920, 1020, 1120 Outer cylinder member 21, 321, 421, 921, 1021, 1121 1st outer cylinder part 22,322,422,922,1022,1122 2nd outer cylinder part 921b, 922b, 1122b Restriction protrusion (regulation means)
IS concave inner peripheral surface 30, 430, 830 Rubber base 31, 431 First rubber part 32, 432 Second rubber part 33, 333, 431a, 431b Rubber film part 34, 334, 432a, 432b Rubber film part 40, 440, 840 Cylindrical member 740a Restricted bulging portion (regulating means)
450, 550, 650 Interposition member (regulation means)
O-axis SP space

本発明は、防振装置に関し、特に、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすると共に、2分割された第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを抑制することができる防振装置に関するものである。   The present invention relates to a vibration isolator, and in particular, while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis, the spring constant in the axial direction is increased, and the first outer cylinder portion and the second portion divided into two are divided. The present invention relates to a vibration isolator capable of suppressing the movement of the outer cylinder portion in a direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

内筒部材と外筒部材との間をゴム状弾性体からなるゴム基体で連結し、サスペンション装置に使用されるブッシュ(防振装置)では、自動車の乗り心地を確保するために、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくすることが要請される。   In the bush (vibration isolation device) used for the suspension device, the inner cylinder member and the outer cylinder member are connected by a rubber base made of a rubber-like elastic body. It is required to reduce the spring constant.

特許文献1には、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくするために、内筒1(内筒部材)の軸方向中間部に、径方向外方へ膨出する球状の膨出部4を設け、その膨出部4を囲む外筒2(外筒部材)の内周面部分を、膨出部4の凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成する防振ブッシュ101(防振装置)が開示される。   In Patent Document 1, in order to reduce the spring constant in the twisting direction, a spherical bulging portion 4 bulging outward in the radial direction is provided at an axially intermediate portion of the inner cylinder 1 (inner cylinder member). An anti-vibration bush 101 (anti-vibration device) that forms an inner peripheral surface portion of the outer cylinder 2 (outer cylinder member) surrounding the bulging portion 4 into a concave spherical surface that is concentric with the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 4. Disclosed.

この防振ブッシュ101によれば、こじり方向の変位の入力に対し、凸状の球面と、これに同心状の凹状の球面との間で、ゴム状弾性体3(ゴム基体)を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができるので、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくできる。   According to this anti-vibration bush 101, the rubber-like elastic body 3 (rubber base) is mainly formed between a convex spherical surface and a concentric concave spherical surface with respect to an input of displacement in the twisting direction. Since it can be deformed in the shearing direction, the spring constant in the twisting direction can be reduced.

特開2008−019927(段落0006,0020、図1など)JP 2008-019927 (paragraphs 0006, 0020, FIG. 1, etc.)

しかしながら、上述した従来の防振ブッシュ101では、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることが十分にできないという問題点があった。   However, the conventional anti-vibration bush 101 described above has a problem that it is not possible to sufficiently increase the spring constant in the axial direction while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

これに対し、本願出願人は、鋭意検討した結果、上記問題点を解消するために、ゴム基体を軸方向中央部で第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とに2分割し、それら第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に空間を形成する構成に想到した(本願出願時において未公知)。   On the other hand, as a result of diligent study, the applicant of the present application divided the rubber base into a first rubber part and a second rubber part at an axially central part in order to solve the above problems, and the first rubber. The present inventors have come up with a configuration in which a space is formed between the divided surface of the part and the divided surface of the second rubber part (not known at the time of filing this application).

この場合、外筒部材も軸方向中央で第1外筒部と第2外筒部とに2分割し、それら第1外筒部および第2外筒部は、互いの分割面を軸方向に離間させた状態で、筒状部材により保持固定される。   In this case, the outer cylinder member is also divided into a first outer cylinder part and a second outer cylinder part at the center in the axial direction, and the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part have their respective split surfaces in the axial direction. In a separated state, it is held and fixed by a cylindrical member.

しかしながら、このように、第1外筒部の分割面と第2外筒部の分割面とが軸方向に離間されていると、軸方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することが判明した。   However, in this way, when the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion are separated in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder portion and the first outer cylinder portion are It has been found that the two outer cylinder parts move in a direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

本発明は、このような事情を背景になされたものであり、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすると共に、2分割された第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを抑制することができる防振装置を提供することを目的としている。   The present invention has been made against the background of the above circumstances. While reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis, the spring constant in the axial direction is increased and the first divided into two parts. It aims at providing the vibration isolator which can suppress that an outer cylinder part and a 2nd outer cylinder part move to the direction which makes a mutual division surface approach.

課題を解決するための手段および発明の効果Means for Solving the Problems and Effects of the Invention

請求項1記載の防振装置によれば、径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部を有する内筒部材と、その内筒部材の膨出部を取り囲む凹状の球面である凹状内周面を有する外筒部材と、それら内筒部材の膨出部の外周面および外筒部材の凹状内周面の間を連結するゴム基体とを備えるので、こじり方向の変位の入力に対しては、ゴム基体を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができる。よって、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくできるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 1, the inner cylinder member having a spherical bulge that bulges radially outward, and the concave shape that is a concave spherical surface that surrounds the bulge of the inner cylinder member. Since it has an outer cylinder member having an inner peripheral surface and a rubber base that connects between the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion of the inner cylindrical member and the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylindrical member, Thus, the rubber substrate can be deformed mainly in the shear direction. Therefore, there is an effect that the spring constant in the twisting direction can be reduced.

この場合、請求項1によれば、外筒部材が、第1外筒部と第2外筒部とに軸方向に2分割されると共に、第1外筒部における凹状内周面および第2外筒部における凹状内周面と内筒部材の膨出部の外周面との間が、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部によって、それぞれ連結され、第1外筒部および第2外筒部をその外周側に配設される筒状の筒状部材により保持固定する構造である。   In this case, according to the first aspect, the outer cylinder member is divided into two parts in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, and the concave inner peripheral surface and the second outer cylinder part in the first outer cylinder part. The first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are connected by the first rubber part and the second rubber part, respectively, between the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylinder part and the outer peripheral surface of the bulging part of the inner cylinder member. Is held and fixed by a cylindrical cylindrical member disposed on the outer peripheral side.

よって、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部が加硫成形された後、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面とが軸方向に離間し互いの分割面の間に空間が形成された状態で、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を筒状部材により保持固定できる。このように、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面との間に空間を形成できることで、その空間の分、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分を抑制しつつ、軸方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   Therefore, after the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion are vulcanized and molded, the dividing surface of the first rubber portion and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion are separated in the axial direction so that there is a space between the dividing surfaces. In the state of being formed, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be held and fixed by the cylindrical member. Thus, by forming a space between the dividing surface of the first rubber part and the dividing surface of the second rubber part, the shear component of the rubber substrate in the twisting direction and the rubber substrate in the direction perpendicular to the axis can be formed. The compression component of the rubber base in the axial direction can be ensured while suppressing the compression component. As a result, it is possible to increase the spring constant in the axial direction while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

さらに、請求項1によれば、第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されると共に第1外筒部の分割面と第2外筒部の分割面から軸方向に沿って部分的に突設される規制突起を備えるので、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面との間に空間を確保しつつ、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制突起により規制することができる。即ち、かかる方向への移動を筒状部材の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに規制することができるので、軸方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部または第2外筒部が筒状部材に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。 Further, according to the first aspect , the first outer cylinder part or the second outer cylinder part is formed integrally with at least one of the first outer cylinder part and the split surface of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part in the axial direction. Since the control projection is provided so as to partially project along the first and second outer cylindrical portions and the second outer portion while securing a space between the first rubber portion dividing surface and the second rubber portion dividing surface. It is possible to restrict the movement of the cylindrical portion in the direction in which the divided surfaces come close to each other by the restriction protrusion . That is, since the movement in such a direction can be regulated without relying on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member, when the large displacement is input in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer cylinder It can suppress reliably that a part shifts position with respect to a cylindrical member.

なお、ゴム基体は、第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とが軸方向に完全に分割(分断)されている必要はなく、少なくとも外筒部材側で軸方向に分割されていれば足りる。よって、内筒部材側で第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とが連結されていても(軸方向に分割されていなくても)良い。即ち、内筒部材の外周面を被覆するゴム基体の一部によって、第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とが連結されていても良い。   In the rubber base, the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion do not need to be completely divided (divided) in the axial direction, and it is sufficient that the rubber base is divided in the axial direction at least on the outer cylinder member side. Therefore, the 1st rubber part and the 2nd rubber part may be connected by the inner cylinder member side (it does not need to be divided in the direction of an axis). That is, the first rubber part and the second rubber part may be connected by a part of the rubber base that covers the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylinder member.

また、内筒部材の膨出部における最大の外径寸法が、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の軸方向端部開口における最小の内径寸法よりも大きくされるので、軸方向への変位に対し、受圧面積を大きくして、ゴム基体の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくする効果を顕著とすることができる。 Moreover , since the maximum outer diameter dimension in the bulging part of the inner cylinder member is made larger than the minimum inner diameter dimension in the axial end opening of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, With respect to the displacement, the pressure receiving area can be increased to ensure the compression component of the rubber base. As a result, the effect of increasing the spring constant in the axial direction can be made remarkable while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

なお、このような請求項の構成は、内筒部材の膨出部と外筒部材の凹状内周面との間にゴム基体が連続して配設される従来品では、軸方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分と同時に、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分も増大させるため、採用することが不可能であり、本発明のように、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面との間に空間を形成することで初めて採用可能となったものであり、これにより、軸方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分は確保しつつ、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分を抑制することができる。即ち、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。 Note that, in the conventional product in which the rubber base is continuously disposed between the bulging portion of the inner cylinder member and the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylinder member, the configuration of the first aspect is the rubber in the axial direction. Simultaneously with the compressive component of the base, the shear component of the rubber base in the twisting direction and the compressive component of the rubber base in the direction perpendicular to the axis also increase, and thus cannot be employed. This is possible for the first time by forming a space between the dividing surface and the dividing surface of the second rubber part, thereby ensuring the compression component of the rubber base in the axial direction and the rubber in the twisting direction. The shear component of the substrate and the compression component of the rubber substrate in the direction perpendicular to the axis can be suppressed. That is, the spring constant in the axial direction can be increased while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

また、第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されると共に分割面から軸方向に沿って部分的に突設される規制突起を備えるので、製品コストの削減を図ることができると共に、筒状部材に対する第1外筒部および第2外筒部の位置ずれ抑制効果の信頼性の向上を図ることができるという効果がある。 Further, since obtain Bei the regulating projection is partially protruded in the axial direction from the dividing surface with integrally formed with the at least one of the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer tube section, a reduction of product cost It is possible to improve the reliability of the effect of suppressing the displacement of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part with respect to the cylindrical member.

即ち、規制突起が第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されるので、規制突起が第1外筒部および第2外筒部と別体に形成される場合と比較して、部品点数の削減を図ることができる。これにより、部品コストおよび組み立て工数(加硫金型への設置工数)の削減を図ることができ、その分、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。 That is, since the regulation projections are integrally formed on at least one of the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer tubular portion, if the regulating projection is formed on the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion and another member The number of parts can be reduced as compared with. As a result, it is possible to reduce the part cost and the assembly man-hour (installation man-hour for the vulcanization mold), and the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

また、規制突起が第1外筒部および第2外筒部と別体に形成される場合には、第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間から規制突起が脱落し、分割面の間に規制突起が介設されなくなることで、位置ずれ抑制効果が発揮されなくなるおそれがある。これに対し、請求項のように、規制突起が第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されていれば、第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間に規制突起を脱落させることなく介設された状態を維持できるので、位置ずれ抑制効果を確実に発揮させ、その信頼性の向上を図ることができる。 Further, when the restriction projection is formed separately from the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion, the restriction projection is formed between the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion. If it falls off and the restricting protrusion is not interposed between the divided surfaces, the effect of suppressing the displacement may not be exhibited. In contrast, as in claim 1, if regulation protrusion is formed integrally with at least one of the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer tube section, divided surface of the first outer tube section and the second outer since the interposed state without dropping the regulations Sei突force between the split surface of the cylindrical portion can be maintained, to reliably exhibit a positional deviation suppressing effect can be achieved that improvement in reliability.

さらに、規制突起は、第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方の分割面から部分的に突設されるので、加硫金型による加硫成形によって、第1外筒部および第2外筒部と内筒部材との間を第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部により連結する際には、規制突起が突設されていない領域を利用して、第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に加硫金型を配設することができる。これにより、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の位置ずれ抑制効果を規制突起部により発揮可能としつつ、第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に空間を形成することができるという効果がある。
さらに、筒状部材には、絞り加工が施され、筒状部材の軸方向一端側および軸方向他端側が、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の凹状内周面の背面側となる外周面に沿って縮径された形状に形成されるので、筒状部材に対して、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が、互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することだけでなく、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動することも規制することができるという効果がある。
即ち、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が、互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を規制突起により規制すると共に、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を筒状部材の軸方向一端側または軸方向他端側により規制することができる。これにより、これら両方向への移動を筒状部材の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに規制することができるので、軸方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部または第2外筒部が筒状部材に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。
Further, since the restricting projection is partially projected from at least one split surface of the first outer cylinder part or the second outer cylinder part, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are vulcanized by a vulcanization mold. (2) When connecting the outer cylinder part and the inner cylinder member by the first rubber part and the second rubber part, the dividing surface of the first rubber part and A vulcanization mold can be disposed between the divided surfaces of the second rubber part. Accordingly, a space is formed between the divided surface of the first rubber portion and the divided surface of the second rubber portion while the effect of suppressing the displacement of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion can be exhibited by the restricting projection portion. There is an effect that can be done.
Further, the cylindrical member is subjected to drawing processing, and one end side in the axial direction and the other end side in the axial direction of the cylindrical member become the back side of the concave inner peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion. Since it is formed in a shape reduced in diameter along the outer peripheral surface, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are only moved in the direction in which the divided surfaces come close to the cylindrical member. In addition, there is an effect that it is possible to restrict the movement in the direction of separating the divided surfaces.
That is, when the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part move in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other, the movement is restricted by the restriction protrusions, and the movement is made in the direction in which the divided surfaces are separated from each other. In that case, the movement can be restricted by one axial end side or the other axial end side of the cylindrical member. As a result, the movement in both directions can be regulated without relying on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member. Therefore, when a large displacement is input in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer It is possible to reliably suppress the displacement of the tubular portion with respect to the tubular member.

請求項記載の防振装置によれば、請求項記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部の剥がれや亀裂の発生を抑制しつつ、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部に径方向(軸直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与できるという効果がある。 According to the vibration isolator of claim 2 , in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to claim 1 , the first rubber part while suppressing the occurrence of peeling and cracking of the first rubber part and the second rubber part. Further, there is an effect that pre-compression can be imparted to the second rubber portion in the radial direction (perpendicular to the axis).

ここで、防振装置は、その耐久性を確保するために、ゴム基体に径方向への予備圧縮を付与する。ゴム基体への径方向への予備圧縮の付与は、通常、外筒部材に絞り加工を施すことにより行われる。この場合、従来品のように、外筒部材(外筒)の内周面部分に部分的に凹状の球面を形成する構造では、凹状の球面を形成した部分と凹状の球面が非形成となる部分との間に肉厚の差が生じると共に、凹状の球面が非形成となる部分の肉厚が厚くなるため、外筒部材の絞り加工が困難となる。   Here, the vibration isolator imparts preliminary compression in the radial direction to the rubber base in order to ensure the durability thereof. The provision of the precompression in the radial direction to the rubber base is usually performed by drawing the outer cylinder member. In this case, in the structure in which a concave spherical surface is formed on the inner peripheral surface portion of the outer cylinder member (outer cylinder) as in the conventional product, the concave spherical surface and the concave spherical surface are not formed. A difference in thickness occurs between the portions and the thickness of the portion where the concave spherical surface is not formed becomes thick, so that drawing of the outer cylinder member becomes difficult.

そのため、従来品では、外筒部材の内周面に、軸方向に延びると共に凹状の球面と同等の深さを有する複数の凹溝を周方向に分散して形成する。これにより、絞り加工に伴って、外筒部材は、各凹溝の溝幅が狭くなるように絞り変形するので、肉厚の差があり、かつ、凹状の球面が非形成となる部分の肉厚が厚くても、絞り加工を施すことができる。   Therefore, in the conventional product, a plurality of concave grooves extending in the axial direction and having a depth equivalent to that of the concave spherical surface are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the outer cylinder member in the circumferential direction. As a result, the outer cylinder member undergoes drawing deformation so that the groove width of each concave groove becomes narrow with drawing, so there is a difference in thickness and the thickness of the portion where the concave spherical surface is not formed. Drawing can be performed even if the thickness is large.

しかしながら、この従来品では、こじり方向におけるばね定数は小さくできるが、外筒部材に凹溝を形成して、その絞り加工を可能とすることで、ゴム基体(ゴム状弾性体)に予備圧縮を付与する構造であるので、外筒部材に絞り加工を施すと、凹溝に変形が集中し、この凹溝に接着される部位でゴム状弾性体の剥がれが発生すると共に、溝幅が狭まった凹溝に挟まれてゴム基体に亀裂が発生する。   However, with this conventional product, the spring constant in the twisting direction can be reduced, but by forming a concave groove in the outer cylindrical member to enable drawing, the rubber base (rubber-like elastic body) can be pre-compressed. Since it is a structure to be applied, when the outer cylinder member is drawn, deformation concentrates on the concave groove, and the rubber-like elastic body is peeled off at the portion bonded to the concave groove, and the groove width is narrowed. Cracks are generated in the rubber substrate between the concave grooves.

これに対し、請求項によれば、第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工が施された状態で、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が筒状部材により保持固定されるので、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部に径方向への予備圧縮を付与することができるという効果がある。また、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の板厚が一定の素材から凹状内周面を備える形状に形成されるので、第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工を可能とするための凹溝を形成する必要がない。よって、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部の剥がれや亀裂の発生を抑制しつつ、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部に径方向への予備圧縮を付与できるという効果がある。 In contrast, according to claim 2, in a state in which drawing process with the first outer tube section and the second outer tube section is applied, the first outer tube section and the second outer tube section is held and fixed by the tubular member Therefore, there is an effect that preliminary compression in the radial direction can be applied to the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion. In addition, since the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are formed from a material having a constant plate thickness into a shape having a concave inner peripheral surface, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be drawn. It is not necessary to form a concave groove for Therefore, there is an effect that radial compression can be applied to the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion while suppressing occurrence of peeling and cracking of the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion.

即ち、本発明では、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を筒状部材が保持固定する構造であるので、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状(例えば、サスペンションアームの圧入穴へ圧入可能な外形形状)を筒状部材に担わせることができ、第1外筒部および第2外筒部は、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状を考慮する必要がない。よって、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を、板厚が一定の素材から例えばプレス加工により形成することができ、その結果、凹溝を設けなくても、これら第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工を施すことが可能となる。   That is, in the present invention, since the cylindrical member holds and fixes the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, the shape as an attachment site to the mating member (for example, press-fitting into the press-fitting hole of the suspension arm is possible. The outer shape) can be carried by the cylindrical member, and the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion do not need to take into account the shape as an attachment site to the mating member. Therefore, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be formed from a material having a constant plate thickness, for example, by pressing, and as a result, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be formed without providing a concave groove. The second outer cylinder portion can be drawn.

請求項記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1又は2に記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材に絞り加工が施される、即ち、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面側が筒状部材の内周面側によって締め付けられることで、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が筒状部材により保持固定されるので、かかる保持固定を簡易に行うことができるという効果がある。また、絞り加工を施す前の筒状部材の内径を第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外径よりも大きくしておけるので、組み立て工程において、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を筒状部材の内周側へ軸方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができるという効果がある。 According to the vibration isolator of claim 3 , in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to claim 1 or 2 , the cylindrical member is subjected to drawing processing, that is, the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion. Since the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion are held and fixed by the cylindrical member by tightening the outer peripheral surface side of the outer cylinder portion by the inner peripheral surface side of the cylindrical member, the holding and fixing are easily performed. There is an effect that can be. Further, since the inner diameter of the cylindrical member before the drawing process can be made larger than the outer diameters of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder in the assembly process. There is an effect that the operation of inserting the portion into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member along the axial direction can be efficiently performed.

この場合、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面と筒状部材の内周面とが直接接触する(即ち、金属材料どうしが接触する)場合には、両者の間での摩擦係数の確保が困難となる。また、絞り加工後のスプリングバックは、外周側に位置する部材が大きくなるので、締め代の確保が困難となる。そのため、筒状部材から第1外筒部および第2外筒部が軸方向へ抜け出すおそれがある。   In this case, when the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part and the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member are in direct contact (that is, the metal materials are in contact with each other), the friction between the two It is difficult to secure the coefficient. Moreover, since the member located in the outer peripheral side becomes large, the spring back after a drawing process becomes difficult to ensure a fastening allowance. Therefore, there is a possibility that the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part may come out in the axial direction from the cylindrical member.

これに対し、本発明では、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面または筒状部材の内周面の少なくとも一方の少なくとも一部にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム膜部が覆設されるので、かかるゴム膜部の介在により、摩擦係数を確保することができる。また、ゴム膜部が介在することで、筒状部材のスプリングバックによる締め代の不足分を、ゴム膜部の弾性回復による圧縮力で補うことができる。よって、軸方向への抜け出しに対する保持力を確保して、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が筒状部材から軸方向へ抜け出すことを抑制できるという効果がある。   On the other hand, in the present invention, a rubber film portion composed of a rubber-like elastic body is provided on at least a part of at least one of the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion or the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member. Since it is covered, the friction coefficient can be secured by the intervention of the rubber film portion. Further, the rubber film portion is interposed, so that the shortage of the tightening allowance due to the spring back of the cylindrical member can be compensated by the compressive force due to the elastic recovery of the rubber film portion. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to secure a holding force against the axial withdrawal and to prevent the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion from coming out of the cylindrical member in the axial direction.

また、請求項によれば、筒状部材に絞り加工が施されるので、かかる筒状部材の内周側で第1外筒部および第2外筒部が径方向(軸直角方向)にがたつくことを抑制することができるという効果がある。 According to the third aspect , since the cylindrical member is drawn, the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion are radially arranged (perpendicular to the axis) on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member. There is an effect that it is possible to suppress rattling.

(a)は、本発明の第1実施の形態における防振装置の上面図であり、(b)は、図1(a)のIb−Ib線における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the vibration isolator in 1st Embodiment of this invention, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the Ib-Ib line | wire of Fig.1 (a). (a)は、内筒部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図2(a)のIIb−IIb線における内筒部材の断面図である。(A) is a top view of an inner cylinder member, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner cylinder member in the IIb-IIb line | wire of Fig.2 (a). (a)は、第1外筒部の上面図であり、(b)は、図3(a)のIIIb−IIIb線における第1外筒部の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a 1st outer cylinder part, (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part in the IIIb-IIIb line | wire of Fig.3 (a). (a)は、筒状部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図4(a)のIVb−IVb線における筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a cylindrical member, (b) is sectional drawing of the cylindrical member in the IVb-IVb line | wire of Fig.4 (a). (a)は、加硫成形体の上面図であり、(b)は、図5(a)のVb−Vb線における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a vulcanization molded object, (b) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object in the Vb-Vb line | wire of Fig.5 (a). (a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体の断面図であり、(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a sectional view of a vulcanized molded body in a state before being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step, and (b) is a vulcanization in a state after being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step. It is sectional drawing of a molded object. (a)は、ゴム基体圧縮工程においてゴム基体が軸方向に圧縮された状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state where a rubber base was compressed in the direction of an axis in a rubber base compression process, (b) is a cylindrical member in a cylindrical member squeezing process. It is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state after drawing processing. (a)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図であり、(b)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state before a bending process is given in a bending process, (b) is in the state after a bending process was given in the bending process. It is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member. (a)は、第2実施の形態における防振装置を構成する加硫成形体Bの断面図であり、(b)は、第2実施の形態における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object B which comprises the vibration isolator in 2nd Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in 2nd Embodiment. (a)は、第3実施の形態における防振装置を構成する加硫成形体の断面図であり、図10(b)は、第3実施の形態における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object which comprises the vibration isolator in 3rd Embodiment, FIG.10 (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in 3rd Embodiment. (a)は、第4実施の形態における防振装置の上面図であり、(b)は、図11(a)のXIb−XIb線における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the vibration isolator in 4th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the XIb-XIb line | wire of Fig.11 (a). (a)は、第1外筒部の上面図であり、(b)は、図12(a)のXIIb−XIIb線における第1外筒部の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a 1st outer cylinder part, (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part in the XIIb-XIIb line | wire of Fig.12 (a). 介設部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図13(a)のXIIIb−XIIIb線における介設部材の断面図である。It is a top view of an interposed member, (b) is sectional drawing of the interposed member in the XIIIb-XIIIb line | wire of Fig.13 (a). (a)は、加硫成形体の側面図であり、(b)は、図14(a)のXIVb−XIVb線における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a side view of a vulcanization molded object, (b) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object in the XIVb-XIVb line | wire of Fig.14 (a). (a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体の断面図であり、(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a sectional view of a vulcanized molded body in a state before being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step, and (b) is a vulcanization in a state after being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step. It is sectional drawing of a molded object. (a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体及び筒状体の断面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical body in the state before a cylindrical member is drawn in a cylindrical member drawing process, (b) is a cylindrical member drawing process. It is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the state after the drawing process was given to the cylindrical member. (a)は、第5実施の形態における介設部材の上面図であり、(b)は、第6実施の形態における介設部材の上面図である。(A) is a top view of the interposed member in 5th Embodiment, (b) is a top view of the interposed member in 6th Embodiment. (a)は、第7実施の形態における筒状部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図18(a)のXVIIIb−XVIIIb線における筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the cylindrical member in 7th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the cylindrical member in the XVIIIb-XVIIIb line | wire of Fig.18 (a). (a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体および筒状体の断面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置の部分断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical body in the state before a cylindrical member is drawn in a cylindrical member drawing process, (b) is a cylindrical member drawing process. It is a fragmentary sectional view of the vibration isolator in the state after the drawing process was given to the cylindrical member. 第8実施の形態における防振装置を示す図であり、(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図であり、(b)は、曲げ工程において外筒部材に曲げ加工が施された後の状態における防振装置の断面図である。It is a figure which shows the vibration isolator in 8th Embodiment, (a) is a cross section of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state after a cylindrical member was drawn in the cylindrical member drawing process It is a figure and (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the state after the bending process was given to the outer cylinder member in the bending process. (a)は、第9実施の形態における第1外筒部の底面図であり、(b)は、図21(a)のXXIb−XXIb線における第1外筒部の断面図である。(A) is a bottom view of the 1st outer cylinder part in 9th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part in the XXIb-XXIb line | wire of Fig.21 (a). (a)は、外筒部材の斜視図であり、(b)は、加硫成形体の側面図である。(A) is a perspective view of an outer cylinder member, (b) is a side view of a vulcanization molded object. (a)は、防振装置の上面図であり、(b)は、図23(a)のXXIIIb−XXIIIb線における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a vibration isolator, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the XXIIIb-XXIIIb line | wire of Fig.23 (a). (a)は、第10実施の形態における外筒部材の斜視図であり、(b)は、第11実施の形態における外筒部材の斜視図である。(A) is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member in 10th Embodiment, (b) is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member in 11th Embodiment.

以下、本発明の好ましい実施の形態について添付図面を参照して説明する。まず、図1を参照して、防振装置100の全体構成について説明する。図1(a)は、本発明の第1実施の形態における防振装置100の上面図であり、図1(b)は、図1(a)のIb−Ib線における防振装置100の断面図である。   Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, the overall configuration of the vibration isolator 100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1A is a top view of the vibration isolator 100 according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 100 taken along the line Ib-Ib in FIG. FIG.

図1に示すように、防振装置100は、自動車のサスペンション装置(懸架装置)に使用される防振ブッシュであり、筒状の内筒部材10と、その内筒部材10の外周側に配設される外筒部材20と、それら内筒部材10及び外筒部材20の間を連結すると共にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム基体30と、外筒部材20の外周側に配設される筒状の筒状部材40とを備える。   As shown in FIG. 1, a vibration isolator 100 is a vibration isolating bush used for an automobile suspension device (suspension device), and is arranged on a cylindrical inner cylinder member 10 and an outer peripheral side of the inner cylinder member 10. The outer cylinder member 20 is provided, the inner cylinder member 10 and the outer cylinder member 20 are connected to each other, and the rubber base 30 formed of a rubber-like elastic body is disposed on the outer peripheral side of the outer cylinder member 20. And a tubular member 40 having a tubular shape.

防振装置100は、サスペンションメンバーのブラケットにおける一対の挟持部の間に、内筒部材10に挿通される取り付けボルトを介して、内筒部材10の軸O方向端面が挟持固定されると共に、筒状部材40が、サスペンションアーム(本実施の形態では、ロアアーム)の一端における圧入穴に圧入され、これにより、自動車のサスペンション装置に装着される。   The vibration isolator 100 is configured such that the end surface in the axial O direction of the inner cylinder member 10 is clamped and fixed between a pair of clamping portions in the bracket of the suspension member via an attachment bolt inserted into the inner cylinder member 10. The shaped member 40 is press-fitted into a press-fitting hole at one end of the suspension arm (in this embodiment, the lower arm), and is thereby mounted on the suspension device of the automobile.

次いで、図2から図4を参照して、防振装置100を構成する各部の詳細構成について説明する。まず、図2を参照して、内筒部材1の詳細構成について説明する。図2(a)は、内筒部材10の上面図であり、図2(b)は、図2(a)のIIb−IIb線における内筒部材10の断面図である。   Next, with reference to FIGS. 2 to 4, the detailed configuration of each part constituting the vibration isolator 100 will be described. First, with reference to FIG. 2, the detailed structure of the inner cylinder member 1 is demonstrated. 2A is a top view of the inner cylinder member 10, and FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view of the inner cylinder member 10 taken along the line IIb-IIb in FIG. 2A.

図2に示すように、内筒部材10は、取り付けボルトが挿通される挿通孔が軸Oに沿って貫通形成された筒状の軸部11と、その軸部11の外周面から径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部12とを備え、これらが金属材料から一体に構成される。なお、軸部11と膨出部12とは別材料(例えば、膨出部12が樹脂材料)から別体に構成されていても良い。   As shown in FIG. 2, the inner cylinder member 10 includes a cylindrical shaft part 11 in which an insertion hole through which a mounting bolt is inserted is formed along the axis O, and a radially outer side from the outer peripheral surface of the shaft part 11. And a spherical bulging portion 12 that bulges toward the direction, and these are integrally formed of a metal material. Note that the shaft portion 11 and the bulging portion 12 may be configured separately from different materials (for example, the bulging portion 12 is a resin material).

膨出部12は、軸部11の軸O方向中央(図2(b)上下方向中央)に配設され、膨出部12における凸状の球面の中心は、軸部11の軸O上に位置する。即ち、内筒部材10は、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称形状に形成される。   The bulging portion 12 is disposed at the center of the shaft portion 11 in the axis O direction (the center in the vertical direction in FIG. 2B), and the center of the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 12 is on the axis O of the shaft portion 11. To position. That is, the inner cylinder member 10 is formed in a rotationally symmetric shape with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation center).

図3を参照して、外筒部材20の詳細構成について説明する。図3(a)は、第1外筒部21の上面図であり、図3(b)は、図3(a)のIIIb−IIIb線における第1外筒部21の断面図である。なお、図3では、外筒絞り工程における絞り加工(図6参照)が施される前の状態が図示される。   With reference to FIG. 3, the detailed structure of the outer cylinder member 20 is demonstrated. Fig.3 (a) is a top view of the 1st outer cylinder part 21, FIG.3 (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part 21 in the IIIb-IIIb line | wire of Fig.3 (a). FIG. 3 shows a state before the drawing process (see FIG. 6) in the outer cylinder drawing process.

なお、外筒部材20は、軸O方向の中央部で第1外筒部21と第2外筒部22とに2分割される(図1参照)。これら第1外筒部21と第2外筒部22とは、同一の部材(構成)であり、名称のみが異なる部材であるので、以下においては、第1外筒部21について説明し、第2外筒部22の説明は省略する。   In addition, the outer cylinder member 20 is divided into two at the center part in the axis O direction into a first outer cylinder part 21 and a second outer cylinder part 22 (see FIG. 1). Since the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are the same member (configuration) and are different only in names, the first outer cylinder portion 21 will be described below. Description of the 2 outer cylinder part 22 is abbreviate | omitted.

図3に示すように、第1外筒部21は、板厚が一定の板状の金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)をプレス加工により器状に成形して得られる部材であり、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称に形成される。   As shown in FIG. 3, the first outer cylinder portion 21 is a member obtained by forming a plate-like metal material (steel material in the present embodiment) with a constant plate thickness into a vessel shape by pressing, It is formed in rotational symmetry with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation center).

なお、第1外筒部21は、板厚が一定の素材から形成されるので、従来品のように絞り加工を可能とするための凹溝を形成する必要がない。よって、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22に絞り加工を施す外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32の剥がれや亀裂の発生を抑制しつつ、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に径方向(軸O直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   In addition, since the 1st outer cylinder part 21 is formed from a raw material with a fixed plate | board thickness, it is not necessary to form the ditch | groove for enabling drawing like the conventional product. Therefore, in the outer cylinder drawing process (see FIG. 6) in which the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are drawn, the occurrence of peeling and cracking of the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 is suppressed. However, preliminary compression in the radial direction (direction perpendicular to the axis O) can be applied to the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32.

即ち、第1外筒部21(及び、第2外筒部22)は、筒状部材40に保持固定されるので(図1参照)、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状(本実施の形態では、ロアアームの圧入穴へ圧入可能な外形形状)を筒状部材40に担わせることができ、第1外筒部21は、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状を考慮する必要がない。よって、第1外筒部21を、板厚が一定の素材からプレス加工により成形することができ、その結果、凹溝を設けなくても、第1外筒部21(及び、第2外筒部22)に絞り加工を施すことが可能となる。   That is, since the first outer cylinder portion 21 (and the second outer cylinder portion 22) is held and fixed to the cylindrical member 40 (see FIG. 1), the shape (this embodiment) as an attachment site to the counterpart member Then, the cylindrical member 40 can be made to bear the outer shape that can be press-fitted into the press-fitting hole of the lower arm, and the first outer cylinder portion 21 does not need to consider the shape as an attachment site to the counterpart member. Therefore, the 1st outer cylinder part 21 can be shape | molded by a press work from the raw material with fixed board thickness, As a result, even if it does not provide a ditch | groove, the 1st outer cylinder part 21 (and 2nd outer cylinder) Part 22) can be drawn.

第1外筒部21は、軸Oに直交する円環板状に形成される環状部20aと、その環状部20aの内縁に接続されると共に断面形状が円弧状に湾曲する湾曲部20bと、その湾曲部20bの終端(図3(b)下側)に接続され湾曲部20bから離間する従って内径が漸次拡大される円錐筒状の拡径部20cと、その拡径部20cの最大径側に接続されると共に内径が略一定に形成される円筒状の円筒部20dとを備え、これら各部20a〜20dが軸Oに沿って同軸に一体に形成される。   The first outer cylinder portion 21 includes an annular portion 20a formed in an annular plate shape orthogonal to the axis O, a curved portion 20b that is connected to the inner edge of the annular portion 20a and whose cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape, A conical cylindrical enlarged portion 20c that is connected to the end of the curved portion 20b (lower side in FIG. 3 (b)) and is spaced apart from the curved portion 20b so that the inner diameter is gradually enlarged, and the largest diameter side of the enlarged portion 20c And a cylindrical portion 20d having a substantially constant inner diameter, and these portions 20a to 20d are integrally formed coaxially along the axis O.

拡径部20cと円筒部20dとの間は断面円弧状に滑らかに接続される。また、環状部20aが軸Oに直交する環状板状に形成され、後述する曲げ工程(図8参照)において筒状部材40の軸O方向端部が径方向内方に曲げられた場合には、その曲げられた部分が環状部20aと軸O方向で重なる(図1参照)。よって、筒状部材40の曲げられた部分と環状部20aとの係合を強固とすることができる。   The enlarged diameter portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are smoothly connected in a circular arc shape in cross section. Further, when the annular portion 20a is formed in an annular plate shape orthogonal to the axis O, and the end portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40 is bent radially inward in a bending step (see FIG. 8) described later. The bent portion overlaps the annular portion 20a in the direction of the axis O (see FIG. 1). Therefore, the engagement between the bent portion of the tubular member 40 and the annular portion 20a can be strengthened.

ここで、拡径部20c及び円筒部20dの内周面が凹状内周面ISとされる。凹状内周面ISは、内筒部材10の膨出部12を取り囲む部位であり、外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、拡径部20c及び円筒部20dが絞り加工(絞り変形される)ことで、その凹状内周面ISの形状が、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成される(図1参照)。   Here, the inner peripheral surfaces of the enlarged diameter portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are defined as the concave inner peripheral surface IS. The concave inner peripheral surface IS is a portion surrounding the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10, and the enlarged diameter portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are drawn (drawn and deformed) in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6). Thus, the shape of the concave inner peripheral surface IS is formed into a concave spherical surface concentric with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10 (see FIG. 1).

なお、本実施の形態では、図3に示すように、環状部20aの外径(環状部20aの外縁における径)D1が、円筒部20dの外径(円筒部20dの外周面における径)D2よりも小さくされる(D1<D2)。これにより、外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、円筒部20dの部分のみをダイス片(図示せず)に当接させ、そのダイス片により径方向内方へ押圧(移動)させることができるので、凹状内周面ISの形状を、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に近づけることができる。   In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, the outer diameter of the annular portion 20a (the diameter at the outer edge of the annular portion 20a) D1 is the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion 20d (the diameter of the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d) D2. (D1 <D2). Thereby, in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6), only the portion of the cylindrical portion 20d can be brought into contact with a die piece (not shown) and can be pressed (moved) radially inward by the die piece. Therefore, the shape of the concave inner peripheral surface IS can be brought close to a concave spherical surface that is concentric with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

図4を参照して、筒状部材40について説明する。図4(a)は、筒状部材40の上面図であり、図4(b)は、図4(a)のIVb−IVb線における筒状部材40の断面図である。なお、図4では、筒状部材絞り工程(図7参照)前の状態(即ち、絞り加工前の筒状部材40)が図示される。   The cylindrical member 40 will be described with reference to FIG. 4A is a top view of the tubular member 40, and FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view of the tubular member 40 taken along line IVb-IVb of FIG. 4A. 4 shows a state before the cylindrical member drawing step (see FIG. 7) (that is, the cylindrical member 40 before drawing).

図4に示すように、筒状部材40は、金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)から軸Oを有する筒状に形成される部材である。即ち、筒状部材40は、軸Oを対称軸(回転軸)として回転対称となる形状に形成される。   As shown in FIG. 4, the cylindrical member 40 is a member formed in a cylindrical shape having an axis O from a metal material (a steel material in the present embodiment). That is, the cylindrical member 40 is formed in a shape that is rotationally symmetric with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation axis).

筒状部材40の内径は、後述する外筒絞り工程による絞り加工(図6(b)参照)が施された後の加硫成形体Aの最大外径(ゴム膜部33,34の外周面における径)よりも大きくされる。本実施の形態では、絞り加工前の加硫成形体Aの最大外径(円筒部20dの外径D2)よりも大きくされる。これにより、防振装置100の組み立て作業において、加硫成形体Aを筒状部材40の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができる(図7(a)参照)。   The inner diameter of the cylindrical member 40 is the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body A after the drawing process (see FIG. 6B) in the outer cylinder drawing process described later (the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film portions 33 and 34). Larger than the diameter). In the present embodiment, it is made larger than the maximum outer diameter (outer diameter D2 of the cylindrical portion 20d) of the vulcanized molded body A before drawing. Thereby, in the assembly work of the vibration isolator 100, the work of inserting the vulcanized molded body A into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 40 along the axis O direction can be efficiently performed (FIG. 7A). reference).

また、筒状部材40の軸O方向(図4(b)上下方向)端部には、内周面側の角部に面取り加工が施され、断面直線状の面取り面40aが形成される。この面取り面40aの形成によっても、筒状部材40の内周側へ加硫成形体Aを軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業性の向上を図ることができる。更に、面取り面40aを備えることで、後述する曲げ工程(図8参照)において、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部を径方向内方へ曲げ加工し易くすることができる。   Further, at the end of the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 4 (b)), a chamfering process is performed on a corner portion on the inner peripheral surface side to form a chamfered surface 40a having a linear cross section. The formation of the chamfered surface 40a can also improve the workability of inserting the vulcanized molded body A along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 40. Furthermore, by providing the chamfered surface 40a, it is possible to easily bend the end portion in the axial O direction of the tubular member 40 radially inward in a bending step (see FIG. 8) described later.

次いで、図5から図8を参照して、防振装置100の製造方法について説明する。まず、図5を参照して、加硫成形体Aの製造方法について説明し、併せて、ゴム基体30の構成について説明する。図5(a)は、加硫成形体Aの上面図であり、図5(b)は、図5(a)のVb−Vb線における加硫成形体Aの断面図である。   Next, a method for manufacturing the vibration isolator 100 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, with reference to FIG. 5, the manufacturing method of the vulcanization molded object A is demonstrated, and the structure of the rubber base | substrate 30 is demonstrated collectively. 5A is a top view of the vulcanized molded body A, and FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A taken along the line Vb-Vb in FIG. 5A.

図5に示すように、加硫成形体Aは、加硫金型により成形された部品であり、防振装置100の一要素を構成する。即ち、加硫成形体Aに筒状部材40を装着することで、防振装置100が構成される。加硫成形体Aの製造は、内筒部材10と外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)とを加硫金型内に設置し、型締め後、ゴム材料を充填して、ゴム基体30を加硫成形することで行われる。これにより、内筒部材10の外周面と外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)の内周面との間がゴム基体30により連結され、加硫成形体Aが製造される。   As shown in FIG. 5, the vulcanized molded body A is a part molded by a vulcanization mold and constitutes one element of the vibration isolator 100. That is, the vibration isolator 100 is configured by mounting the tubular member 40 on the vulcanized molded body A. The vulcanized molded body A is manufactured by placing the inner cylinder member 10 and the outer cylinder member 20 (the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22) in a vulcanization mold, and after clamping the mold, a rubber material And the rubber substrate 30 is vulcanized and molded. Thereby, the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylindrical member 10 and the inner peripheral surface of the outer cylindrical member 20 (the first outer cylindrical portion 21 and the second outer cylindrical portion 22) are connected by the rubber base 30, and the vulcanized molded body A Is manufactured.

なお、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22は、互いの円筒部20dどうしを向かい合わせた姿勢で同軸状に加硫金型内に設置される。加硫金型は、内筒部材10の軸O方向(図5(b)上下方向)中央に位置する中型を備え、この中型は、型締め後の形状が円環状となり、型締め時は、その中型の内周先端縁部が、膨出部12の外周面であって球面の頂部に密着される。   In addition, the 1st outer cylinder part 21 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 22 are coaxially installed in a vulcanization metal mold | die with the attitude | position which mutually faced the cylindrical parts 20d. The vulcanization mold includes an intermediate mold located in the center of the inner cylinder member 10 in the direction of the axis O (the vertical direction in FIG. 5 (b)). The intermediate mold has an annular shape after clamping, The inner peripheral front end edge of the middle mold is in close contact with the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 and the top of the spherical surface.

これにより、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の分割面どうしの間に中型が介在されることで、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22は、その分割面(円筒部20dの軸O方向端面、図3(b)下側面)を軸O方向に離間させた状態で加硫金型内に設置され、ゴム基体30は、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とに軸O方向に2分割された状態に加硫成形される。即ち、加硫成形体Aのゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)は、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部21の分割面とが軸O方向に離間し所定の間隔を隔てた状態を形成する。   Thereby, the middle type is interposed between the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22, so that the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 have their split surfaces ( The end portion of the cylindrical portion 20d in the axis O direction and the lower side surface of FIG. 3 (b) are placed in the vulcanization mold in a state of being separated in the direction of the axis O, and the rubber base 30 includes the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber. It is vulcanized and molded into a portion 32 divided into two in the direction of the axis O. That is, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32) of the vulcanized molded body A has a split surface of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and a split surface of the second outer cylinder portion 21 in the axis O direction. And a state in which a predetermined interval is provided.

第1ゴム部31は、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面および第1外筒部21における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位であり、第2ゴム部32は、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面および第2外筒部22における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位である。これら第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32は、互いの分割面の間に所定の間隔を隔てて配設される。この分割面の間の間隔は、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22から内筒部材10の膨出部12へ近接するに従って狭くなるように形成される。   The first rubber portion 31 is a portion that connects the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylinder portion 21, and the second rubber portion 32 is the inner cylinder member 10. This is a portion for connecting the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS in the second outer cylindrical portion 22. The first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 are disposed with a predetermined interval between the divided surfaces. The interval between the divided surfaces is formed so as to become narrower from the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 toward the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

なお、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とは、軸O方向に完全に分割(分断)されている必要はない。例えば、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面を被覆するゴム基体30の一部(例えば、膜状体)によって、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とが連結されていても良い。   The first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 do not have to be completely divided (divided) in the axis O direction. For example, even if the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 are connected by a part (for example, a film-like body) of the rubber base 30 that covers the outer peripheral surface of the bulging part 12 of the inner cylinder member 10. good.

ゴム基体30は、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面に覆設されるゴム膜部33,34を備える。ゴム膜部33,34は、軸Oを中心とする上面視円形の外周面を形成する部位であり、円環部20aから円錐部20cの中途に亘る範囲に形成されると共に、円環部20aの上面または下面(例えば、ゴム膜33であれば図5(b)上側面)と湾曲部20bの内周面を介して、第1ゴム部31又は第2ゴム部32に連なる。   The rubber base 30 includes rubber film portions 33 and 34 that are covered on the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. The rubber film portions 33 and 34 are portions that form a circular outer peripheral surface with the axis O as the center, and are formed in a range from the annular portion 20a to the middle of the conical portion 20c, and the annular portion 20a. Are connected to the first rubber part 31 or the second rubber part 32 via the upper or lower surface (for example, the upper side surface of FIG. 5B in the case of the rubber film 33) and the inner peripheral surface of the curved part 20b.

なお、本実施の形態では、図5に示すように、ゴム膜部33,34の外径(ゴム膜部33,34の外周面における径)D3が、円筒部20dの外径(円筒部20dの外周面における径)D2よりも小さくされる(D3<D2)。   In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5, the outer diameter of the rubber film portions 33, 34 (the diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the rubber film portions 33, 34) D3 is the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion 20d (cylindrical portion 20d). Is smaller than D2 (D3 <D2).

ここで、ゴム膜部33,34の覆設範囲は、円錐部20cの中途までの範囲であり、円筒部20d及びその円筒部20d側となる円錐部20cの残部には、ゴム膜部33,34が覆設されない(即ち、外周面が露出される)。これにより、外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、ゴム膜部33,34を介さずに、円筒部20dを絞り金型(図示せず)により直接押圧可能として、円筒部20d及び円錐部20cの絞り加工を高精度に行うことができる。   Here, the covering range of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 is a range up to the middle of the conical portion 20c, and the rubber film portion 33 and the remaining portion of the conical portion 20c on the cylindrical portion 20d side are disposed on the cylindrical portion 20d. 34 is not covered (that is, the outer peripheral surface is exposed). Thus, in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6), the cylindrical portion 20d and the conical portion 20c can be directly pressed by the drawing die (not shown) without using the rubber film portions 33 and 34. The drawing process can be performed with high accuracy.

ゴム膜部33,34は、その外周面から円錐部20cへ向けて凹設されると共に円筒部20d側に位置する受入凹部33a,34aを備える。これにより、加硫金型と円錐部20cとの当接面積を確保して、加硫成形時のシール性を高めることができるので、円筒部20dの外周面にゴム膜部33,34が形成されることを抑制できる。また、この受入凹部33a,34aの凹設により、筒状部材絞り工程(図7参照)において、筒状部材40の内周面と円錐部20cの外周面との間に空間を形成して、その空間に、余肉となったゴム膜部33,34を受け入れることができる。   The rubber film portions 33 and 34 are provided with receiving recesses 33a and 34a that are recessed from the outer peripheral surface thereof toward the conical portion 20c and are located on the cylindrical portion 20d side. As a result, the contact area between the vulcanization mold and the conical portion 20c can be secured and the sealing performance at the time of vulcanization molding can be improved, so that the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d. Can be suppressed. In addition, by providing the receiving recesses 33a and 34a, a space is formed between the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 40 and the outer peripheral surface of the conical portion 20c in the cylindrical member drawing step (see FIG. 7). In the space, the rubber film portions 33 and 34 that have become surplus can be received.

図6から図8を参照して、加硫成形体Aと筒状部材40とから防振装置100を組み立てる組み立て方法について説明する。防振装置100の組み立ては、外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)に絞り加工を施す外筒絞り工程(図6参照)、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)を軸O方向へ圧縮するゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)、筒状部材40に絞り加工を施す筒状部材絞り工程(図7参照)、及び、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す曲げ工程(図8参照)を順に実施することで行われる。   An assembly method for assembling the vibration isolator 100 from the vulcanized molded body A and the tubular member 40 will be described with reference to FIGS. The vibration isolator 100 is assembled by an outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6) for drawing the outer cylinder member 20 (first outer cylinder portion 21 and second outer cylinder portion 22), and a rubber base 30 (first rubber portion). 31 and the second rubber portion 32) in the direction of the axis O, a rubber base compression step (see FIG. 7), a cylindrical member drawing step for drawing the cylindrical member 40 (see FIG. 7), and a cylindrical member This is performed by sequentially performing a bending step (see FIG. 8) for bending the end portions of the 40 axis O directions.

図6を参照して、外筒絞り工程について説明する。図6(a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体Aの断面図であり、図6(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体Aの断面図である。   The outer cylinder drawing process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A in a state before the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process, and FIG. 6B is a diagram after the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molding A in the state.

外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)に絞り加工を施すための絞り金型は、環状のダイスと、その環状のダイスを外周側から保持して案内する環状のホルダとを備える(いずれも図示せず)。ダイスは、周方向に複数のダイス片に分割されると共に外周面にテーパ面が形成され、ホルダは、ダイスのテーパ面に対応するテーパ面が内周に形成される。   The drawing die for drawing the outer cylinder member 20 (the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22) is an annular die and an annular shape that holds and guides the annular die from the outer peripheral side. (All are not shown). The die is divided into a plurality of die pieces in the circumferential direction, and a tapered surface is formed on the outer peripheral surface. The holder has a tapered surface corresponding to the tapered surface of the die formed on the inner periphery.

外筒絞り工程は、プレス装置の台上に設置されたホルダにダイスを保持させ、加硫成形体Aをダイスの内周側にセットした後、プレス装置の加圧力により、ダイスをホルダに対して相対移動させる。かかる相対移動により、各ダイス片は、その外周面のテーパ面がホルダの内周面のテーパ面によって案内されることで、加硫成形体Aの径方向内方であって軸心Oへ向けて互いに接近するように移動され、ダイスの径寸法が小さくなる。   In the outer cylinder drawing step, the die is held by a holder installed on the table of the press device, the vulcanized molded body A is set on the inner peripheral side of the die, and then the die is pressed against the holder by the pressing force of the press device. To move relative. By such relative movement, each die piece is guided radially by the taper surface of the inner peripheral surface of the holder to the axial center O of the vulcanized molded body A toward the axis O. Are moved closer to each other and the diameter of the die is reduced.

これにより、図6(b)に示すように、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の円筒部20dの外周面が、各ダイス片の内周面により、径方向内方へ押圧され、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22に絞り加工が施される。   Thereby, as shown in FIG.6 (b), the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical part 20d of the 1st outer cylinder part 21 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 22 presses radially inward by the inner peripheral surface of each die piece. Then, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 are drawn.

この外筒絞り工程により、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の円筒部20dは、外径D2から外径D4まで縮径される(D4<D2)。これにより、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)に径方向(軸O直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   By this outer cylinder drawing process, the cylindrical part 20d of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 is reduced in diameter from the outer diameter D2 to the outer diameter D4 (D4 <D2). Thereby, preliminary compression in the radial direction (direction perpendicular to the axis O) can be applied to the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32).

また、円筒部20dの縮径に伴い、円錐部20c及び円筒部20dが湾曲部20b側を支点として径方向内方へ曲げられるように絞り変形されることで、これら円錐部20c及び円筒部20dが湾曲される。その結果、凹状内周面ISの形状を、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に近づけることができる。   Further, as the diameter of the cylindrical portion 20d is reduced, the conical portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are drawn and deformed so as to be bent radially inward with the curved portion 20b as a fulcrum. Is curved. As a result, the shape of the concave inner peripheral surface IS can be brought close to a concave spherical surface that is concentric with the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

なお、本実施の形態では、外径D2が53.6mmとされ、外径D4が52.0mmとされる。また、外径D4は、ゴム膜部33,34の外径D3(図5参照)よりも小さくされる(D4<D3)。即ち、外筒絞り工程が行われた後の図6(b)に示す加硫成形体Aにおいては、ゴム膜部33,34が円筒部20dよりも大径とされ、ゴム膜部33,34の外周面が、円筒部20dの外周面よりも、径方向外方(軸Oから離間した位置)に配設される。   In the present embodiment, the outer diameter D2 is 53.6 mm, and the outer diameter D4 is 52.0 mm. Further, the outer diameter D4 is made smaller than the outer diameter D3 (see FIG. 5) of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 (D4 <D3). That is, in the vulcanized molded body A shown in FIG. 6B after the outer cylinder drawing process is performed, the rubber film portions 33 and 34 have a larger diameter than the cylindrical portion 20d, and the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are formed. The outer peripheral surface is disposed radially outward (a position spaced apart from the axis O) from the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d.

図7を参照して、ゴム基体圧縮工程および筒状部材絞り工程について説明する。図7(a)は、ゴム基体圧縮工程においてゴム基体30が軸O方向に圧縮された状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図であり、図7(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材40に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図である。   With reference to FIG. 7, a rubber base | substrate compression process and a cylindrical member squeezing process are demonstrated. FIG. 7A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A and the cylindrical member 40 in a state where the rubber base 30 is compressed in the axis O direction in the rubber base compression step, and FIG. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object A and the cylindrical member 40 in the state after the drawing process was given to the cylindrical member 40 in the member drawing process.

図7(a)に示すように、ゴム基体圧縮工程では、まず、筒状部材40に加硫成形体Aを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Aを筒状部材40の内周側に設置する。次いで、加硫成形体Aの第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を、それら両外筒部21,22の分割面(円筒部20dの軸O方向端面、図3(b)下側面)どうしが互いに近接するように、軸O方向に相対移動させる。   As shown in FIG. 7A, in the rubber base compression process, first, the vulcanized molded body A is inserted into the cylindrical member 40 along the direction of the axis O, and the vulcanized molded body A is inserted into the cylindrical member 40. Install on the circumference side. Subsequently, the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 of the vulcanized molded body A are divided into the split surfaces of both the outer cylinder portions 21 and 22 (the end surface in the axis O direction of the cylindrical portion 20d, FIG. 3B lower). Side surface) Relatively move in the direction of axis O so that they are close to each other.

具体的には、一対の筒状の治具Jの端面間に、第1外筒部21の環状部20a及び第2外筒部22の環状部20aを挟み込み、上方の治具Jを下方の治具Jへ向けて軸O方向へ所定量だけ押し下げる。なお、本実施の形態では、図7(a)に示すように、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部22の分割面との間に所定の隙間が形成される位置で、一対の治具Jが固定される。   Specifically, the annular part 20a of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the annular part 20a of the second outer cylinder part 22 are sandwiched between the end surfaces of the pair of cylindrical jigs J, and the upper jig J is placed on the lower side. Push down toward the jig J by a predetermined amount in the direction of the axis O. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7A, a predetermined gap is formed between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 22. The pair of jigs J is fixed.

図7(b)に示すように、筒状部材絞り工程による筒状部材40の絞り加工は、一対の治具Jを固定した状態で(即ち、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)が軸O方向に圧縮された状態を維持しつつ)行われる。なお、筒状部材40に絞り加工を施すための絞り金型の構成およびその作用は、外筒絞り工程で使用される絞り金型と同様であるので、その説明は省略する。   As shown in FIG. 7B, the drawing of the tubular member 40 by the tubular member drawing step is performed with the pair of jigs J fixed (that is, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber member 30). The rubber part 32) is carried out while maintaining the state compressed in the direction of the axis O). The configuration of the drawing die for drawing the cylindrical member 40 and the operation thereof are the same as those of the drawing die used in the outer cylinder drawing step, and the description thereof will be omitted.

ここで、筒状部材40の絞り加工は、筒状部材40の内周面によって第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の円筒部20dを径方向内方へ押圧して、かかる円筒部20dに所定の締め代(本実施の形態では、半径で0.01mm〜0.02mm程度)を付与することで、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を筒状部材40内に保持することを目的とする。このように、締め代が小さな値に設定され、比較的低い加圧力での絞り金型の動作により絞り加工を行うことができるため、プレス装置の小型化を図ることができる。なお、この場合には、後述するように、圧縮されたゴム膜部33,34の弾性回復力により、筒状部材40の内周面とゴム膜部33,34とが密着される。   Here, the drawing of the cylindrical member 40 is performed by pressing the cylindrical portion 20d of the first outer cylindrical portion 21 and the second outer cylindrical portion 22 inward in the radial direction by the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 40. By giving a predetermined fastening allowance (in the present embodiment, about 0.01 mm to 0.02 mm in radius) to the part 20d, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 are placed in the cylindrical member 40. The purpose is to hold on. In this way, the tightening margin is set to a small value, and drawing can be performed by the operation of the drawing die with a relatively low pressure, so that the press device can be downsized. In this case, as will be described later, the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 40 and the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are brought into close contact with each other by the elastic recovery force of the compressed rubber film portions 33 and 34.

図8を参照して、曲げ工程について説明する。図8(a)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図であり、図8(b)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図である。   The bending process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A and the cylindrical member 40 in a state before the bending process is performed in the bending process, and FIG. 8B is a diagram illustrating the bending process performed in the bending process. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object A and the cylindrical member 40 in the state after being done.

筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施すためのかしめ金型は、一対の環状のダイスと、それら一対のダイスを軸O方向に移動可能に保持するホルダとを備える。一対のダイスの対向面には、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部が当接される部位に、軸Oを含む平面で切断した断面形状が円弧状に湾曲する凹部である湾曲凹部が凹設される。   The caulking die for bending the end of the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction includes a pair of annular dies and a holder that holds the pair of dies so as to be movable in the axis O direction. On the opposing surfaces of the pair of dies, a curved concave portion, which is a concave portion in which a cross-sectional shape cut along a plane including the axis O curves in a circular arc shape, is recessed at a portion where the end portion in the axial O direction of the cylindrical member 40 abuts. Established.

曲げ工程は、プレス装置の台上に設置されたかしめ金型の一対のダイス間に、図8(a)に示す状態の加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40をセットした後、プレス装置の加圧力により、一対のダイスを互いに近接する方向へ相対移動させる。かかる相対移動に伴い、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部が、ダイスの湾曲凹部の内面形状に沿って変形され、径方向内方へ向けて曲げられる。その結果、図8(b)に示すように、加硫成形体Aに筒状部材40が装着され、これらの組み立て(防振装置100の製造)が完了される。   In the bending process, after the vulcanized molded body A and the cylindrical member 40 in the state shown in FIG. 8A are set between a pair of dies of a caulking die installed on a table of the press apparatus, The pair of dies are moved relative to each other in the direction approaching each other by the applied pressure. With this relative movement, the end portion in the axis O direction of the tubular member 40 is deformed along the inner surface shape of the curved concave portion of the die and bent toward the radially inward side. As a result, as shown in FIG. 8B, the tubular member 40 is attached to the vulcanized molded body A, and the assembly thereof (manufacture of the vibration isolator 100) is completed.

ここで、筒状部材40には、上述した筒状部材絞り工程における絞り加工が施されていることで(図7参照)、図8(a)に示すように、一対の治具Jが取り外された状態でも、その内周側に、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を保持しておくことができる。   Here, the cylindrical member 40 has been subjected to the drawing process in the cylindrical member drawing step described above (see FIG. 7), so that the pair of jigs J are removed as shown in FIG. Even in this state, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 can be held on the inner peripheral side.

この場合、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面と筒状部材40の内周面とが直接接触する(即ち、金属材料どうしが接触する)場合には、両者の間での摩擦係数の確保が困難となる。また、絞り加工後のスプリングバックは、外周側に位置する筒状部材40で大きくなるので、締め代の確保が困難となる。そのため、筒状部材40から第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が軸O方向へ抜け出すおそれがある。   In this case, when the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 and the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 40 are in direct contact (that is, the metal materials are in contact with each other), It is difficult to ensure the coefficient of friction. Further, since the spring back after the drawing process is enlarged by the cylindrical member 40 located on the outer peripheral side, it is difficult to secure the tightening allowance. Therefore, the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 may come out from the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction.

これに対し、本実施の形態では、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面の一部にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム膜部33,34が覆設されるので、かかるゴム膜部の介在により、摩擦係数を確保することができる。また、ゴム膜部33,34が介在することで、筒状部材40のスプリングバックによる締め代の不足分を、ゴム膜部33,34の弾性回復による圧縮力で補うことができる。よって、軸O方向への抜け出しに対する保持力を確保して、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が筒状部材40から軸O方向へ抜け出すことを抑制できる。これにより、曲げ工程において使用するかしめ金型は、治具Jとの関係を考慮する必要がない(即ち、治具Jが取り外された状態で曲げ加工を行うことができる)ので、その構造を簡素化することができる。   On the other hand, in the present embodiment, rubber film portions 33 and 34 made of a rubber-like elastic body are covered on part of the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. The friction coefficient can be secured by the intervention of the rubber film portion. Further, the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are interposed, so that the shortage of the tightening allowance due to the spring back of the tubular member 40 can be compensated by the compression force due to the elastic recovery of the rubber film portions 33 and 34. Therefore, it is possible to secure a holding force against the withdrawal in the axis O direction, and to prevent the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 from coming out of the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction. Thereby, the caulking die used in the bending process does not need to consider the relationship with the jig J (that is, the bending process can be performed with the jig J removed). It can be simplified.

なお、一対の治具Jを取り外すことで、筒状部材40に対して第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が軸O方向へ多少ずれた(抜け出す方向へ移動した)としても、曲げ工程において筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す際に、その曲げられた部分により第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を押し戻し、軸O方向の位置を規定する(適正な位置に配置する)ことができる。   In addition, even if the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are slightly shifted in the direction of the axis O (moved in the direction of withdrawal) by removing the pair of jigs J, When bending the axial O-direction end of the cylindrical member 40 in the bending step, the bent portions are used to push back the first outer cylindrical portion 21 and the second outer cylindrical portion 22 to define the position in the axial O direction. (Can be placed at an appropriate position).

また、筒状部材40に絞り加工が施され、その内周面が、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22とゴム膜部33,34とに密着されていることで、防振装置100の使用時において、かかる筒状部材40の内周側で加硫成形体Aが径方向(軸O直角方向)にがたつくことを抑制することができる。   In addition, the cylindrical member 40 is subjected to drawing processing, and the inner peripheral surface thereof is in close contact with the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 and the rubber film portions 33 and 34, thereby preventing vibration. When the apparatus 100 is used, the vulcanized molded body A can be prevented from rattling in the radial direction (perpendicular to the axis O) on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 40.

以上のように、防振装置100によれば、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)が、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面と、外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)の凹状内周面IS(即ち、内筒部材10の膨出部12を取り囲む同心状の凹状の球面)との間を連結するので、こじり方向の変位の入力に対しては、ゴム基体30を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができる。よって、防振装置100のこじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくすることができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 100, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32) includes the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10 and the outer cylinder member 20 ( Since the connection is made between the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22) (that is, the concentric concave spherical surface surrounding the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10). In response to the input of the directional displacement, the rubber base 30 can be deformed mainly in the shearing direction. Therefore, the spring constant in the twisting direction of the vibration isolator 100 can be reduced.

この場合、加硫成形体Aは、加硫工程により、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部22の分割面とを軸O方向に離間させた(所定の間隔を隔てた)状態に第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32が加硫成形される(図6(a)参照)。このような形態に加硫成形された加硫成形体Aは、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図6(b)及び図7(a)参照)、筒状部材絞り工程(図7(a)及び図7(b)参照)、及び、曲げ工程(図8(a)及び図8(b)参照)により、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が、軸O方向に相対移動されて分割面どうしを互いに近接させた状態で、筒状部材40により保持固定される。これにより、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   In this case, in the vulcanized molded body A, the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion 22 are separated in the axis O direction by a vulcanization process (with a predetermined interval). ), The first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 are vulcanized (see FIG. 6A). The vulcanized molded body A vulcanized and molded in such a form has a rubber base compression step (see FIGS. 6B and 7A) and a cylindrical member squeezing step (FIGS. 7A and 7). (B)) and the bending process (see FIGS. 8A and 8B), the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are relatively moved in the axis O direction and divided. It is held and fixed by the cylindrical member 40 in a state where the surfaces are close to each other. Thereby, preliminary compression in the direction of the axis O can be applied to the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32.

なお、このような軸O方向への予備圧縮の付与は、従来品のように絞り加工に伴う外筒部材の縮径を利用する構造では付与不可能なものであり、防振装置100のように、軸O方向へ相対移動させた第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を、筒状部材40により保持固定する構造を採用したことで始めて付与可能となったものである。これにより、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができると共に、軸O方向変位に対する耐久性の向上を図ることができる。   Note that such provision of pre-compression in the direction of the axis O is impossible with a structure that uses the reduced diameter of the outer cylinder member that accompanies drawing as in the conventional product, and is similar to that of the vibration isolator 100. In addition, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 that are relatively moved in the direction of the axis O can be provided only by adopting a structure in which the cylindrical member 40 holds and fixes the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22. Thereby, the spring constant in the direction of the axis O can be increased, and the durability against the displacement in the direction of the axis O can be improved.

また、防振装置100によれば、上述したように、加硫成形体Aは、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部22の分割面とを軸O方向に離間させた(所定の間隔を隔てた)状態で加硫成形され(図6(a)参照)、その加硫成形後に、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を軸O方向へ相対移動させ(図6(b)及び図7(a)参照)、筒状部材40により保持固定する構成なので(図8(b)参照)、第1外筒部21と第2外筒部22との間の軸O方向における相対距離(即ち、筒状部材40に保持固定された際の分割面どうしの軸O方向における離間距離(図8(b)上下方向距離))を調整することができる。これにより、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に付与する軸O方向への予備圧縮量を調整することができるので、軸O方向におけるばね定数の値を増減させることができる。   Further, according to the vibration isolator 100, as described above, the vulcanized molded body A has the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 22 separated in the axis O direction. Vulcanization molding is performed in a state (with a predetermined interval) (see FIG. 6A), and after the vulcanization molding, the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are relatively moved in the direction of the axis O. (Refer to FIG. 6B and FIG. 7A) Since it is configured to be held and fixed by the cylindrical member 40 (see FIG. 8B), it is between the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. The relative distance in the axis O direction (that is, the separation distance in the axis O direction between the split surfaces when held and fixed to the cylindrical member 40 (the vertical distance in FIG. 8B)) can be adjusted. Thereby, since the amount of preliminary compression in the direction of the axis O applied to the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 can be adjusted, the value of the spring constant in the direction of the axis O can be increased or decreased.

なお、この場合には、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部の曲げ変形の量を調整する必要があり、曲げ工程(図8参照)で使用するかしめ金型の湾曲凹部の形状を調整する。この曲げ変形の量(湾曲凹部の形状)の調整で不足する場合には、筒状部材40の軸O方向寸法を変更する。   In this case, it is necessary to adjust the amount of bending deformation of the end portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40, and the shape of the curved concave portion of the caulking die used in the bending step (see FIG. 8) is adjusted. . When the amount of bending deformation (shape of the curved concave portion) is insufficient, the dimension of the tubular member 40 in the axis O direction is changed.

次いで、図9を参照して、第2実施の形態における防振装置200について説明する。なお、上述した第1実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。図9(a)は、第2実施の形態における防振装置200を構成する加硫成形体Bの断面図であり、図9(b)は、第2実施の形態における防振装置200の断面図である。なお、図9(a)では、外筒絞り工程により外筒部材20に絞り加工が施されれる前の状態の加硫成形体Bが図示される。   Next, a vibration isolator 200 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as 1st Embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body B constituting the vibration isolator 200 in the second embodiment, and FIG. 9B is a cross section of the vibration isolator 200 in the second embodiment. FIG. 9A shows the vulcanized molded body B in a state before the outer cylinder member 20 is drawn by the outer cylinder drawing step.

第2実施の形態における加硫成形体Bは、ゴム膜部233,234の構成(形成範囲)が、第1実施の形態におけるゴム膜部33,34の構成と異なる点を除き、他の構成は第1実施の形態における加硫成形体Aと同一である。また、防振装置200の製造方法は、防振装置100の場合と同一である。よって、これらの説明は省略する。   The vulcanized molded body B in the second embodiment has other configurations except that the configuration (formation range) of the rubber film portions 233 and 234 is different from the configuration of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 in the first embodiment. Is the same as the vulcanized molded product A in the first embodiment. The method for manufacturing the vibration isolator 200 is the same as that for the vibration isolator 100. Therefore, these descriptions are omitted.

図9(a)に示すように、第2実施の形態におけるゴム膜部233,234は、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面の全体に亘って覆設される。即ち、第1実施の形態におけるゴム膜部33,34の覆設範囲が円環部20aから円錐部20cの中途に亘る範囲であったのに対し(図5(b)参照)、この覆設範囲が延長され、円錐部20cの外周面および円筒部20dの外周面にもゴム膜部233,234が覆設される。   As shown in FIG. 9A, the rubber film portions 233 and 234 in the second embodiment are covered over the entire outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. That is, the covering range of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 in the first embodiment is a range extending from the annular portion 20a to the middle of the conical portion 20c (see FIG. 5B). The range is extended, and the rubber film portions 233 and 234 are also covered on the outer peripheral surface of the conical portion 20c and the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d.

ゴム膜部233,234は、第1実施の形態の場合と同様に、軸Oを中心とする上面視円形の外周面を形成する。これらゴム膜部233,234の外径(ゴム膜部233,234の外周面における径)は、筒状部材40の内径よりも小さくされる。   The rubber film portions 233 and 234 form a circular outer peripheral surface with the axis O as the center, as in the case of the first embodiment. The outer diameters of these rubber film parts 233 and 234 (the diameters on the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film parts 233 and 234) are made smaller than the inner diameter of the tubular member 40.

第2実施の形態における防振装置200によれば、ゴム膜部233,234の覆設範囲が拡大されたことで、筒状部材40の内周面との接触面積を増加させることができる。これにより、筒状部材40による加硫成形体Bの保持力を確保できるので、筒状部材絞り工程により筒状部材40に絞り加工を施した後、曲げ工程へ移行するまでの間に(図8参照)、筒状部材40の内周側から加硫成形体Bが軸O方向へ抜け出すことをより確実に抑制することができる。   According to the vibration isolator 200 in the second embodiment, the contact area with the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 40 can be increased by expanding the covering range of the rubber film portions 233 and 234. Accordingly, the holding force of the vulcanized molded body B by the cylindrical member 40 can be secured, and therefore, after the cylindrical member 40 is drawn by the cylindrical member drawing process, the process proceeds to the bending process (see FIG. 8), it is possible to more reliably suppress the vulcanized molded body B from coming out in the direction of the axis O from the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 40.

次いで、図10を参照して、第3実施の形態における防振装置300について説明する。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。図10(a)は、第3実施の形態における防振装置300を構成する加硫成形体Cの断面図であり、図10(b)は、第3実施の形態における防振装置300の断面図である。   Next, a vibration isolator 300 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body C constituting the vibration isolator 300 in the third embodiment, and FIG. 10B is a cross section of the vibration isolator 300 in the third embodiment. FIG.

第3実施の形態における加硫成形体Cは、第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322の構成が、第1実施の形態における第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の構成と異なる点を除き、他の構成は第1実施の形態における加硫成形体Aと同一である。但し、ゴム膜部233,234については、第2実施の形態における加硫成形体Bと同一である。また、防振装置300の製造方法は、外筒絞り工程(図6参照、外筒部材320の絞り加工)が省略される点を除き、他の工程は防振装置100の場合と同一である。よって、これらの説明は省略する。   In the vulcanized molded body C in the third embodiment, the configuration of the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 is the same as that of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 in the first embodiment. Except for the differences from the configuration, the other configurations are the same as those of the vulcanized molded body A in the first embodiment. However, the rubber film portions 233 and 234 are the same as the vulcanized molded body B in the second embodiment. The manufacturing method of the vibration isolator 300 is the same as that of the vibration isolator 100 except that the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6, drawing of the outer cylinder member 320) is omitted. . Therefore, these descriptions are omitted.

図10(a)に示すように、第3実施の形態における外筒部材320は、鋳造により形成される中実状の部材(本実施の形態ではアルミダイカスト製の部材)であり、内周側に凹状の球面として形成される凹状内周面ISを備えると共に、その凹状内周面ISの軸O方向における中央部で第1外筒部321と第2外筒部322とに2分割される。これら第1外筒部321と第2外筒部322とは、同一の部材(構成)である。   As shown in FIG. 10 (a), the outer cylinder member 320 in the third embodiment is a solid member (a member made of aluminum die casting in the present embodiment) formed by casting, and on the inner peripheral side. A concave inner peripheral surface IS formed as a concave spherical surface is provided, and is divided into a first outer cylindrical portion 321 and a second outer cylindrical portion 322 at the central portion in the axis O direction of the concave inner peripheral surface IS. The first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are the same member (configuration).

加硫成形体Cは、第1実施の形態における加硫成形体Aの場合と同様に、第1外筒部321の分割面と第2外筒部322の分割面とが軸O方向に離間し所定の間隔を隔てた状態に加硫形成される。凹状内周面ISは、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)において、第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322が、それら両外筒部321,322の分割面どうしが互いに近接するように、軸O方向に相対移動されることで、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成される。   In the vulcanized molded body C, the divided surface of the first outer cylinder portion 321 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder portion 322 are spaced apart in the axis O direction as in the case of the vulcanized molded body A in the first embodiment. Then, it is vulcanized and formed at a predetermined interval. The concave inner circumferential surface IS is formed so that the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are close to each other in the divided surfaces of the outer cylinder parts 321 and 322 in the rubber base compression process (see FIG. 7). Further, by being relatively moved in the direction of the axis O, a convex spherical surface is formed concentrically with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

防振装置300によれば、こじり方向の変位の入力に対して、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができるので、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくすることができる。   According to the vibration isolator 300, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32) can be mainly deformed in the shearing direction in response to the input of the displacement in the twisting direction. The spring constant at can be reduced.

また、第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322が、軸O方向に相対移動させて分割面どうしを互いに近接させた状態で、筒状部材40により保持固定されるので、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   Further, since the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are relatively moved in the direction of the axis O and the divided surfaces are brought close to each other, the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are held and fixed by the cylindrical member 40. Preliminary compression in the direction of the axis O can be applied to the part 31 and the second rubber part 32.

即ち、外筒部材320(第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322)が絞り加工(縮径加工)を施すことができない形状の場合であっても、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与して、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができると共に、軸O方向変位に対する耐久性の向上を図ることができる。   That is, even if the outer cylinder member 320 (the first outer cylinder portion 321 and the second outer cylinder portion 322) has a shape that cannot be subjected to drawing processing (diameter reduction processing), the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 31 are provided. By preliminarily compressing the rubber part 32 in the axis O direction, the spring constant in the axis O direction can be increased, and durability against displacement in the axis O direction can be improved.

次いで、図11から図16を参照して、第4実施の形態における防振装置400について説明する。図11(a)は、第4実施の形態における防振装置400の上面図であり、図11(b)は、図11(a)のXIb−XIb線における防振装置400の断面図である。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。   Next, a vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 11A is a top view of the vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 400 taken along the line XIb-XIb in FIG. . In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

図11に示すように、内筒部材410は、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称形状に形成される部材であり、挿通孔が軸Oに沿って貫通形成された筒状の軸部411と、その軸部411の外周面から径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部412とを備え、これらが金属材料から一体に構成される。膨出部412は、軸部411の軸O方向中央(図11(b)上下方向中央)に配設され、膨出部412における凸状の球面の中心は、軸部411の軸O上に位置する。   As shown in FIG. 11, the inner cylinder member 410 is a member formed in a rotationally symmetric shape having an axis O as a symmetric axis (rotation center), and a cylindrical shape in which an insertion hole is formed through the axis O. A shaft portion 411 and a spherical bulging portion 412 that bulges radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the shaft portion 411 are formed integrally from a metal material. The bulging portion 412 is disposed in the center of the shaft portion 411 in the axis O direction (the center in the vertical direction in FIG. 11B), and the center of the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 412 is on the axis O of the shaft portion 411. To position.

外筒部材420は、軸O方向の中央部で第1外筒部421と第2外筒部422とに2分割される。ここで、図12を参照して、外筒部材420の詳細構成について説明する。なお、第1外筒部421と第2外筒部422とは、同一の部材(構成)であり、名称のみが異なる部材であるので、以下においては、第1外筒部421について説明し、第2外筒部422の説明は省略する。   The outer cylinder member 420 is divided into a first outer cylinder part 421 and a second outer cylinder part 422 at the center in the axis O direction. Here, with reference to FIG. 12, the detailed structure of the outer cylinder member 420 is demonstrated. In addition, since the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 are the same members (structure), and are only members from which a name differs, the 1st outer cylinder part 421 is demonstrated below, The description of the second outer cylinder portion 422 is omitted.

図12(a)は、第1外筒部421の上面図であり、図12(b)は、図12(a)のXIIb−XIIb線における第1外筒部421の断面図である。なお、図12では、外筒絞り工程における絞り加工(図15参照)が施される前の状態が図示される。   12A is a top view of the first outer cylinder portion 421, and FIG. 12B is a cross-sectional view of the first outer cylinder portion 421 taken along the line XIIb-XIIb of FIG. 12A. FIG. 12 shows a state before drawing (see FIG. 15) in the outer cylinder drawing process.

図12に示すように、第1外筒部421は、板厚が一定の板状の金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)をプレス加工により器状に成形して得られる部材であり、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称に形成される。なお、第1外筒部421に対し、従来品のように絞り加工を可能とするための凹溝を形成する必要がない点およびその効果は、第1実施の形態における第1外筒部21と同様であるので、その説明は省略する。   As shown in FIG. 12, the first outer cylinder portion 421 is a member obtained by forming a plate-like metal material (steel material in the present embodiment) having a constant plate thickness into a container shape by pressing, It is formed in rotational symmetry with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation center). In addition, the point which does not need to form the ditch | groove for enabling a drawing process like the conventional product with respect to the 1st outer cylinder part 421, and the effect are the 1st outer cylinder parts 21 in 1st Embodiment. Since this is the same, the description thereof is omitted.

第1外筒部421は、軸O方向一端側(図12(b)上側)に位置し、直径(内径および外径)が略一定に形成される円筒状の部位と、その円筒状の部位に接続され、分割面(図12(b)下側端面)へ向かうに従って直径が漸次拡大されると共に断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位とからなる。   The first outer cylinder portion 421 is located on one end side in the axis O direction (upper side in FIG. 12B), and has a cylindrical portion having a substantially constant diameter (inner diameter and outer diameter), and the cylindrical portion. And the diameter is gradually enlarged toward the dividing surface (lower end surface in FIG. 12 (b)) and the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape.

第1外筒部421は、後述する外筒絞り工程による絞り加工が施される前の状態において、円筒状の部位の内径寸法(即ち、第1外筒部421の軸O方向端部開口(図12(b)上側)における最小の内径寸法)が、内筒部材410の膨出部412における最大の外径寸法よりも小さくされる(図13(b)参照)。   The first outer cylinder portion 421 has an inner diameter dimension of the cylindrical portion (that is, an opening at the end of the first outer cylinder portion 421 in the direction of the axis O in the state before being drawn by an outer cylinder drawing step described later). The minimum inner diameter dimension in FIG. 12B (upper side) is made smaller than the maximum outer diameter dimension in the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylinder member 410 (see FIG. 13B).

断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位には、周方向等間隔に複数(本実施の形態では4個)の貫通孔421aが貫通形成される。また、円弧状に湾曲される部位の内周面が、内筒部材410の膨出部412を取り囲む凹状内周面ISとされる。凹状内周面ISは、外筒絞り工程(図14参照)において、絞り加工が施されることで、内筒部材410の膨出部412における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に近づけられる。   A plurality of (four in the present embodiment) through-holes 421a are formed through the region where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. Further, the inner peripheral surface of the portion curved in an arc shape is a concave inner peripheral surface IS surrounding the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylinder member 410. The concave inner circumferential surface IS is brought closer to the concave spherical surface concentric with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylindrical member 410 by performing drawing in the outer cylindrical drawing step (see FIG. 14). It is done.

図11に戻って説明する。筒状部材440は、面取り面40aの形成が省略される点を除き、第1実施の形態における筒状部材40と同様の構成であるため(図4及び図16(a)参照)、その説明は省略する。なお、図11では、筒状部材絞り工程(図16参照)により絞り加工が施された後の筒状部材440が図示される。   Returning to FIG. The cylindrical member 440 has the same configuration as that of the cylindrical member 40 in the first embodiment except that the formation of the chamfered surface 40a is omitted (see FIGS. 4 and 16A). Is omitted. In addition, in FIG. 11, the cylindrical member 440 after drawing by the cylindrical member drawing process (refer FIG. 16) is illustrated.

第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間には、介設部材450が介設される。介設部材450は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が筒状部材440内で互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制するための部材である。ここで、図13を参照して、介設部材450の詳細構成について説明する。   An interposed member 450 is interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part 422. The interposed member 450 is a member for restricting the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other in the cylindrical member 440. Here, with reference to FIG. 13, the detailed structure of the interposed member 450 is demonstrated.

図13(a)は、介設部材450の上面図であり、図13(b)は、図13(a)のXIIIb−XIIIb線における介設部材450の断面図である。なお、図13では、理解を容易とするために、2分割された部材(介設部材450)を互いに離間させた状態が図示される。   13A is a top view of the interposed member 450, and FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view of the interposed member 450 taken along line XIIIb-XIIIb in FIG. In FIG. 13, for easy understanding, a state where the two divided members (interposition members 450) are separated from each other is illustrated.

図13に示すように、介設部材450は、金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)から円筒状に形成される部材であり、位相を180度異ならせた2ヶ所(図13(a)上側および下側)で分断されて2つの部材に2分割される。よって、介設部材450を構成する2つの部材は、互いに同じ形状(構成)とされるので、その分、部品種類の削減を図ることができる。   As shown in FIG. 13, the interposition member 450 is a member formed in a cylindrical shape from a metal material (in this embodiment, a steel material), and has two phases (FIG. 13A) whose phases are different by 180 degrees. The upper part and the lower part are divided into two parts. Therefore, since the two members constituting the interposed member 450 have the same shape (configuration), the types of components can be reduced accordingly.

介設部材450の板厚寸法は、外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)と同じ板厚寸法に設定されると共に、介設部材450を構成する2つの部材の分割面を互いに当接させて得られる円筒の直径(内径および外径)は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面(図12(b)下側面)における直径(内径および外径)とほぼ等しくされる。よって、防振装置400の組み立て状態では、介設部材450の端面が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面に対面され、介設部材450の内周面側に後述する空間SPが確保される(図11(b)参照)。   The plate thickness dimension of the interposed member 450 is set to the same plate thickness dimension as the outer cylinder member 420 (the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422), and two members constituting the interposed member 450 The diameter (inner diameter and outer diameter) of the cylinder obtained by bringing the divided surfaces into contact with each other is the diameter (the lower side surface in FIG. 12 (b)) of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. The inner diameter and the outer diameter). Therefore, in the assembled state of the vibration isolator 400, the end surface of the interposed member 450 faces the split surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422, and is described later on the inner peripheral surface side of the interposed member 450. A space SP is secured (see FIG. 11B).

次いで、図14から図16を参照して、防振装置400の製造方法について説明する。まず、図14を参照して、加硫成形体Dの製造方法について説明し、併せて、ゴム基体430の構成について説明する。図14(a)は、加硫成形体Dの側面図であり、図14(b)は、図14(a)のXIVb−XIVb線における加硫成形体Dの断面図である。   Next, a method for manufacturing the vibration isolator 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, with reference to FIG. 14, the manufacturing method of the vulcanization molded object D is demonstrated, and the structure of the rubber base | substrate 430 is also demonstrated. FIG. 14A is a side view of the vulcanized molded body D, and FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D along the line XIVb-XIVb in FIG. 14A.

図14に示すように、加硫成形体Dは、第1実施の形態の場合と同様に、内筒部材410と外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)とを加硫金型内に設置すると共に、ゴム基体430(第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432)を加硫成形し、内筒部材410の外周面と外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の内周面との間がゴム基体430により連結されることで、製造される。   As shown in FIG. 14, the vulcanized molded body D includes an inner cylinder member 410 and an outer cylinder member 420 (a first outer cylinder part 421 and a second outer cylinder part 422), as in the case of the first embodiment. Is installed in the vulcanization mold, and the rubber base 430 (the first rubber portion 431 and the second rubber portion 432) is vulcanized to form the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylinder member 410 and the outer cylinder member 420 (first outer cylinder). The part 421 and the inner peripheral surface of the second outer cylinder part 422) are connected by a rubber base 430 to be manufactured.

この場合、加硫金型は、内筒部材410の軸O方向(図14(b)上下方向)中央に位置すると共に型締め後の形状が円環状となる中型を備え、型締め時には、その中型の内周先端縁部が、膨出部412の外周面(頂部)に所定の間隔を隔てて対面すると共に、中型の上面および下面が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面を支持する。なお、この分割面の中型による支持部分(図示せず)は、周方向に断続して配置される。   In this case, the vulcanization mold is provided with an intermediate mold that is located in the center of the inner cylinder member 410 in the direction of the axis O (the vertical direction in FIG. 14 (b)) and has an annular shape after the mold clamping. The inner peripheral front end edge of the middle mold faces the outer circumferential surface (top) of the bulging portion 412 with a predetermined interval, and the upper and lower surfaces of the middle mold are the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. Support the split surface. In addition, the support part (not shown) by the middle mold | type of this division surface is intermittently arrange | positioned in the circumferential direction.

中型の介在により、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422は、その分割面を軸O方向に離間させた状態で加硫金型内に設置され、ゴム基体430は、第1ゴム部431と第2ゴム部432とに軸O方向に2分割された状態に加硫成形される。即ち、加硫成形体Dには、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間(及び第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面との間)に中型に対応する形状(本実施の形態では断面コ字状)の空間SPが形成される。   Due to the intermediate mold, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are installed in the vulcanization mold with their divided surfaces spaced apart in the direction of the axis O, and the rubber base 430 is the first rubber. The part 431 and the second rubber part 432 are vulcanized and molded into two parts in the direction of the axis O. That is, the vulcanized molded body D has a space between the dividing surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion 432 (and the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the division of the second outer cylinder portion 422). A space SP having a shape corresponding to the middle size (in the present embodiment, a U-shaped cross section) is formed between the two surfaces.

第1ゴム部431は、内筒部材410の膨出部412の外周面および第1外筒部421における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位であり、第2ゴム部432は、内筒部材410の膨出部412の外周面および第2外筒部422における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位である。   The first rubber portion 431 is a portion that connects the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylindrical member 410 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylindrical portion 421, and the second rubber portion 432 is the inner cylindrical member 410. The outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 412 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS in the second outer cylinder portion 422 are connected to each other.

ゴム基体430は、第1外筒部421の外周面に覆設されるゴム膜部431a,431bを備える。ゴム膜部431a,431bは、周方向に連続する2本の帯状の膜であり、ゴム膜部431aは第1外筒部421の貫通孔421aを介して、ゴム膜部431bは第1外筒部421の分割面を介して、それぞれ第1ゴム部431に連なる。   The rubber base 430 includes rubber film portions 431 a and 431 b that are covered on the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421. The rubber film portions 431a and 431b are two belt-like films that are continuous in the circumferential direction. The rubber film portion 431a is passed through the through hole 421a of the first outer cylinder portion 421, and the rubber film portion 431b is the first outer cylinder. The first rubber portions 431 are connected to each other through the dividing surface of the portion 421.

なお、本実施の形態では、ゴム膜部431bが、第1外筒部421の分割面を介して、第1ゴム部431に連なる構成を採用するので、貫通孔421aに加え、更に、ゴム膜部431bを第1ゴム部431に連ならせるための貫通孔を第1外筒部421に貫通形成する必要がない。よって、貫通孔の形成を最小限に抑制できるので、その分、第1外筒部421の剛性を確保して、その耐久性の向上を図ることができる。   In the present embodiment, since the rubber film portion 431b employs a configuration that continues to the first rubber portion 431 via the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421, in addition to the through hole 421a, a rubber film is further provided. There is no need to form a through hole in the first outer cylinder part 421 for connecting the part 431b to the first rubber part 431. Therefore, since formation of a through-hole can be suppressed to the minimum, the rigidity of the 1st outer cylinder part 421 can be ensured by that much, and the durable improvement can be aimed at.

ここで、ゴム膜部431a,431bの覆設範囲は部分的であり、ゴム膜部431aの上方(図13(b)上側)及びゴム膜部431a,431bの間の領域には、ゴム膜部431a,431bが覆設されない(即ち、第1外筒部421の外周面が露出される)。これにより、外筒絞り工程(図14参照)において、ゴム膜部431a,431bを介さずに、第1外筒部421の外周面を絞り金型(図示せず)により直接押圧可能として、その絞り加工を高精度に行うことができる。   Here, the covering range of the rubber film portions 431a and 431b is partial, and there is a rubber film portion in the region above the rubber film portion 431a (upper side in FIG. 13B) and between the rubber film portions 431a and 431b. 431a and 431b are not covered (that is, the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 is exposed). Thereby, in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 14), the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 can be directly pressed by a drawing die (not shown) without using the rubber film parts 431a and 431b. Drawing can be performed with high accuracy.

ゴム基体430は、第2外筒部422の外周面に覆設されるゴム膜部432a,432bを備える。これらゴム膜部432a,432bは、ゴム膜部431a,431bとそれぞれ同一に構成されるので、その説明は省略する。   The rubber base 430 includes rubber film portions 432 a and 432 b that are provided on the outer peripheral surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. The rubber film portions 432a and 432b are configured in the same manner as the rubber film portions 431a and 431b, respectively, and thus description thereof is omitted.

図15及び図16を参照して、加硫成形体Dと筒状部材440とから防振装置400を組み立てる組み立て方法について説明する。第1実施の形態(防振装置100)では、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)によりゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)が軸O方向へ圧縮されたが、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)では、かかるゴム基体圧縮工程は省略される。   With reference to FIG.15 and FIG.16, the assembly method which assembles the vibration isolator 400 from the vulcanization molded object D and the cylindrical member 440 is demonstrated. In the first embodiment (anti-vibration device 100), the rubber base 30 (the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32) is compressed in the axis O direction by the rubber base compression step (see FIG. 7). In the fourth embodiment (anti-vibration device 400), the rubber base compression step is omitted.

図15(a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体Dの断面図であり、図15(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体Dの断面図である。   FIG. 15A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D in a state before the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process, and FIG. 15B is a diagram after the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molding D in the state.

図15に示すように、加硫成形体Dは、外筒絞り工程において、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が、外径D401から外径D402に縮径される(D402<D401)。これにより、ゴム基体430(第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432)に径方向(軸O直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与することができる。なお、絞り金型の構成および作用は、第1実施の形態の場合と同様であるので、その説明は省略する。   As shown in FIG. 15, in the vulcanized molded body D, in the outer cylinder drawing step, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are reduced in diameter from the outer diameter D401 to the outer diameter D402 (D402 < D401). Thereby, preliminary compression in the radial direction (perpendicular to the axis O) can be applied to the rubber base 430 (the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432). The configuration and operation of the drawing die are the same as in the case of the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.

なお、加硫成形体Dは、空間SP(第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面の間)に、介設部材450が配設可能に加硫成形される(図16(a)参照)。   The vulcanized molded body D is vulcanized and molded so that the interposed member 450 can be disposed in the space SP (between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 422). (See FIG. 16 (a)).

図16(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材440に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体D及び筒状体440の断面図であり、図16(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材440に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置400の断面図である。   FIG. 16A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D and the cylindrical body 440 in a state before the cylindrical member 440 is subjected to the drawing process in the cylindrical member drawing process, and FIG. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 400 in a state after the cylindrical member 440 has been subjected to drawing processing in the cylindrical member drawing step.

図16に示すように、第4実施の形態では、ゴム基体圧縮工程が省略されるので、筒状部材440に加硫成形体Dを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440の内周側に設置した後は(図16(a))、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材440に絞り加工が施される(図16(b))。   As shown in FIG. 16, in the fourth embodiment, since the rubber base compression step is omitted, the vulcanized molded body D is inserted into the cylindrical member 440 along the axis O direction, and the vulcanized molded body D is inserted. After installation on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 440 (FIG. 16A), the cylindrical member 440 is drawn (FIG. 16B) in the cylindrical member drawing step.

加硫成形体Dの筒状部材440への挿入は、図16(a)に示すように、加硫成形体Dの空間SP(第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間)に介設部材450を装着した状態で行われる。この場合、介設部材450を構成する2つの部材は、互いに同じ形状とされるので、方向性を考慮する必要がなく、装着の作業性の向上が図られる。   As shown in FIG. 16 (a), the vulcanized molded body D is inserted into the cylindrical member 440. The space SP (the split surface of the first outer cylindrical portion 421 and the second outer cylindrical portion 422) is inserted into the vulcanized molded body D. This is performed in a state in which the interposition member 450 is mounted between the divided surfaces of the two. In this case, since the two members constituting the interposed member 450 have the same shape as each other, it is not necessary to consider the directionality, and the mounting workability can be improved.

また、このように、介設部材450は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422と別部材として形成される。よって、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422と内筒部材410との間を第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432により連結した加硫成形体Dを加硫金型により加硫成形した後、その加硫成形Dに対して、介設部材450を装着すれば良い。即ち、第1ゴム部431の分割面および第2ゴム部432の分割面の間に空間SPを形成する部分の加硫金型の構造(例えば、中型の型割構造)において、介設部材450の形状等を考慮する必要がないので、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。   In this way, the interposed member 450 is formed as a separate member from the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. Therefore, the vulcanized molded body D in which the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 and the inner cylinder member 410 are connected by the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 is added by the vulcanization mold. After the vulcanization molding, the interposed member 450 may be attached to the vulcanization molding D. That is, in the structure of the vulcanization mold (for example, the middle mold splitting structure) of the portion that forms the space SP between the dividing surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion 432, the interposed member 450. Therefore, the structure of the vulcanization mold can be simplified.

筒状部材絞り工程では、2段階の絞り加工が筒状部材440に施される。即ち、第1段階の絞り加工により、筒状部材440の全体が、外径D403から外径D404に縮径される(D404<D403)。次いで、第2段階の絞り加工により、筒状部材440は、軸O方向中央部分を除く軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側の部位が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の凹状内周面ISの背面側となる(即ち、断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位の)外周面に沿って密着する形状に縮径される(断面視において径方向内方へ折り曲げられる)。その結果、加硫成形体Dに筒状部材440が装着され、これらの組み立て(防振装置400の製造)が完了される。   In the cylindrical member drawing step, two-stage drawing is performed on the cylindrical member 440. That is, the entire cylindrical member 440 is reduced from the outer diameter D403 to the outer diameter D404 by the first stage drawing (D404 <D403). Next, by the second stage drawing process, the cylindrical member 440 has the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder at the one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction excluding the central portion in the axis O direction. The diameter of the portion 422 is reduced to a shape close to the outer peripheral surface of the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the concave inner peripheral surface IS (that is, a portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc) (inward in the radial direction in a cross-sectional view). Bend). As a result, the tubular member 440 is mounted on the vulcanized molded body D, and the assembly thereof (manufacture of the vibration isolator 400) is completed.

組み立てが完了した防振装置400では、図16(b)に示すように、第2段階の絞り加工において、筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側が径方向内方へ変形されることに伴い、介設部材450の上下(軸O方向)の端面が、第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面によって上下からを挟圧保持される。   In the vibration isolator 400 that has been assembled, as shown in FIG. 16B, in the second stage of drawing, one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 440 are radially inward. Along with the deformation, the upper and lower end surfaces (in the direction of the axis O) of the interposed member 450 are clamped and held from above and below by the divided surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. .

なお、第1段階の絞り加工と第2段階の絞り加工とは、異なる絞り金型によって行われるものであっても良く、或いは、同じ絞り金型により行われるものであっても良い。同じ絞り金型により行われる場合には、第1段階の絞り加工と第2段階の絞り加工とが同時に進行するものであっても良い。   The first stage drawing and the second stage drawing may be performed by different drawing dies, or may be performed by the same drawing dies. When the same drawing mold is used, the first stage drawing and the second stage drawing may proceed simultaneously.

筒状部材絞り工程では、筒状部材440の内周面によって第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422を径方向内方へ押圧して、かかる第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422に所定の締め代(本実施の形態では、半径で0.01mm〜0.02mm程度)を付与する。これにより、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422を筒状部材440内に強固に保持できる。この場合、圧縮されたゴム膜部431a〜432bの弾性回復力により、筒状部材440の内周面とゴム膜部431a〜432bとが密着される。   In the cylindrical member squeezing step, the first outer cylindrical portion 421 and the second outer cylindrical portion 422 are pressed radially inward by the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 440, and the first outer cylindrical portion 421 and the second outer cylindrical portion 422 are pressed. A predetermined fastening allowance (in the present embodiment, about 0.01 mm to 0.02 mm in radius) is given to the cylindrical portion 422. Thereby, the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 can be firmly hold | maintained in the cylindrical member 440. FIG. In this case, the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 440 and the rubber film portions 431a to 432b are brought into close contact with each other by the elastic recovery force of the compressed rubber film portions 431a to 432b.

なお、図16(a)に示すように、筒状部材440の内径は、外筒絞り工程による絞り加工(図15(b)参照)が施された後の外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の外径D402よりも大きくされる。本実施の形態では、筒状部材440の内径が、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における外径)よりも大きくされる。これにより、防振装置400の組み立て作業において、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができる。   As shown in FIG. 16A, the inner diameter of the cylindrical member 440 is the outer cylinder member 420 (first outer cylinder) after the drawing process (see FIG. 15B) by the outer cylinder drawing process. Part 421 and second outer cylinder part 422) are made larger than the outer diameter D402. In the present embodiment, the inner diameter of the tubular member 440 is made larger than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the outer diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). Thereby, in the assembly work of the vibration isolator 400, the work of inserting the vulcanized molded body D along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 440 can be efficiently performed.

但し、筒状部材440の内径が、外筒部材420の外径D402よりも大きく、かつ、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における径)よりも小さくされ、ゴム膜部431b,432bが弾性変形されつつ圧入される関係にあっても良い。筒状部材440に施す絞り加工の加工量を抑制して、歩留まりの向上や加工コストの削減を図ることができる。   However, the inner diameter of the cylindrical member 440 is larger than the outer diameter D402 of the outer cylindrical member 420 and smaller than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). The rubber film portions 431b and 432b may be press-fitted while being elastically deformed. The processing amount of the drawing process applied to the cylindrical member 440 can be suppressed, and the yield can be improved and the processing cost can be reduced.

また、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の外周面にゴム膜部431a〜432bが覆設されるので、第1実施の形態の場合と同様に、摩擦係数を確保すると共に、筒状部材440のスプリングバックによる締め代の不足分を、ゴム膜部431a〜432bの弾性回復による圧縮力で補うことができる。よって、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間が離間されていても、軸O方向への移動に対する保持力を確保できる。これにより、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ筒状部材440内で移動することを抑制することができる。   In addition, since the rubber film portions 431a to 432b are covered on the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422, as in the case of the first embodiment, a friction coefficient is ensured, The shortage of the fastening allowance due to the spring back of the tubular member 440 can be compensated by the compressive force due to the elastic recovery of the rubber film portions 431a to 432b. Therefore, even if the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422 are separated from each other, a holding force against movement in the axis O direction can be ensured. Thereby, when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are prevented from moving in the cylindrical member 440 in a direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other. it can.

以上のように、防振装置400によれば、ゴム基体圧縮工程が省略され、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面とが軸O方向に離間し互いの分割面の間に空間SPが形成された状態(即ち、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432に軸O方向への予備圧縮が付与されない状態)で、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が筒状部材440により保持固定される。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 400, the rubber base compression step is omitted, and the divided surface of the first rubber part 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber part 432 are separated from each other in the axis O direction. The first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder in a state in which the space SP is formed between them (that is, the first rubber portion 431 and the second rubber portion 432 are not preliminarily compressed in the direction of the axis O). The portion 422 is held and fixed by the cylindrical member 440.

このように、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPが形成されることで、その空間SPの分、こじり方向における第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432のせん断成分および軸O直角方向における第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の圧縮成分を抑制しつつ、軸O方向における第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸O直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   Thus, by forming the space SP between the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432, the first rubber portion 431 and the first rubber portion 431 in the twisting direction corresponding to the space SP. The compression component of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 in the axis O direction while suppressing the shear component of the two rubber parts 432 and the compression component of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 in the direction perpendicular to the axis O Can be secured. As a result, the spring constant in the axis O direction can be increased while the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis O are reduced.

一方で、このように、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを形成する構造では、その空間SPを加硫金型で形成する(即ち、中型を配置する)ために、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面とを軸O方向に離間させておく必要がある。しかし、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面とが軸O方向に離間されていると、これら第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動するおそれがある。   On the other hand, in such a structure in which the space SP is formed between the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432, the space SP is formed by a vulcanization mold (that is, In order to arrange the middle mold), it is necessary to separate the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part 422 in the axis O direction. However, when the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated in the axis O direction, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are mutually connected. There is a risk of moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

これに対し、防振装置400によれば、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介設部材450が介設されるので、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを介設部材450により規制することができる。   On the other hand, according to the vibration isolator 400, since the interposed member 450 is interposed between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 422, the first rubber part The first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 move in a direction in which the respective division surfaces are brought close to each other while ensuring the space SP between the division surface of 431 and the division surface of the second rubber portion 432. Can be regulated by the interposed member 450.

また、筒状部材440の軸O方向中央部分を除く軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側の部位が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の凹状内周面ISの背面側となる(即ち、断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位の)外周面に沿って密着する形状に縮径される(断面視において径方向内方へ折り曲げられる)ので、筒状部材440に対して、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動することも規制することができる。   Further, the portions on one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction excluding the central portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 440 are the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. The cylindrical member 440 is reduced in diameter so as to be in close contact with the outer peripheral surface (that is, the portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape) (bent inward in the radial direction in the cross-sectional view). On the other hand, the movement of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 in the direction in which the divided surfaces are separated from each other can also be restricted.

即ち、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が、互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を介設部材450により規制すると共に、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側または軸O方向他端側の部位により規制することができる。これにより、これら両方向への移動を筒状部材440の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに規制することができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421又は第2外筒部422が筒状部材440に対して軸O方向に位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   That is, when the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 move in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other, the movement is restricted by the interposed member 450 and the divided surfaces are separated from each other. In the case of moving in the direction, the movement can be restricted by a portion of the cylindrical member 440 on one end side in the axis O direction or on the other end side in the axis O direction. Thereby, since the movement in these both directions can be controlled without relying on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 440, when the large displacement is input in the axis O direction, The second outer cylinder portion 422 can be reliably suppressed from being displaced in the axis O direction with respect to the cylindrical member 440.

特に、介設部材450は、その介設部材450を構成する2つの部材を組み合わせることで、円筒状となるため、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介設される範囲を、周方向のほぼ全周とすることができる。よって、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができる。   In particular, the interposition member 450 is formed into a cylindrical shape by combining two members constituting the interposition member 450, so that the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422 The range interposed between the two can be almost the entire circumference in the circumferential direction. Therefore, it can be controlled stably that the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 move to the direction which makes a mutual division surface approach.

また、防振装置400によれば、内筒部材410の膨出部412における最大の外径寸法(軸O方向中央部分における外径)が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の軸O方向端部開口における最小の内径寸法(円筒状の部位の内径寸法)よりも大きくされるので、軸O方向への変位に対し、受圧面積を大きくして、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸O直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくする効果を顕著とすることができる。   Further, according to the vibration isolator 400, the maximum outer diameter dimension (outer diameter at the central portion in the axis O direction) of the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylinder member 410 is the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. Is larger than the minimum inner diameter dimension (inner diameter dimension of the cylindrical portion) at the end opening in the axis O direction, so that the pressure receiving area is increased with respect to the displacement in the axis O direction, and the first rubber section 431 and The compression component of the second rubber part 432 can be ensured. As a result, the effect of increasing the spring constant in the axis O direction can be made remarkable while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis O.

なお、このような膨出部412の最大外径と外筒部材420の最小内径との関係は、内筒部材410の膨出部412と外筒部材420の凹状内周面ISとの間にゴム基体が連続して配設される(即ち、空間SPを有さない)従来品では、軸O方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分と同時に、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸O直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分も増大させるため、採用することが不可能であり、防振装置400のように、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを形成することで初めて採用可能となったものである。   The relationship between the maximum outer diameter of the bulging portion 412 and the minimum inner diameter of the outer cylindrical member 420 is between the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylindrical member 410 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the outer cylindrical member 420. In the conventional product in which the rubber base is continuously disposed (that is, having no space SP), the rubber base shear component in the twisting direction and the direction perpendicular to the base O are simultaneously with the compressive component of the rubber base in the axial O direction. Since the compression component of the rubber base is also increased, it is impossible to employ the compression component, and the space SP is formed between the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432 as in the vibration isolator 400. Can be adopted for the first time.

ここで、本実施の形態は、第1実施の形態に対し、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)を省略し、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与しないことを技術思想とするが、筒状部材絞り工程(図15参照)において、筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側の変形に伴い、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432が軸O方向に圧縮変形されることは許容される。即ち、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPが確保されていれば足りる趣旨である。   Here, the present embodiment omits the rubber base compression step (see FIG. 7) compared to the first embodiment, and pre-compresses the first rubber portion 431 and the second rubber portion 432 in the axis O direction. Although it is a technical idea not to apply, in the cylindrical member squeezing step (see FIG. 15), the first rubber portion 431 and the cylindrical member 440 are deformed on one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction. The second rubber portion 432 is allowed to be compressed and deformed in the axis O direction. That is, it is sufficient that a space SP is secured between the dividing surface of the first rubber part 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber part 432.

図17(a)は、第5実施の形態における介設部材550の上面図であり、図17(b)は、第6実施の形態における介設部材650の上面図である。図17(a)及び図17(b)を参照して、第5及び第6実施の形態における介設部材550,650について説明する。   FIG. 17A is a top view of the interposed member 550 in the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 17B is a top view of the interposed member 650 in the sixth embodiment. With reference to FIGS. 17A and 17B, the interposed members 550 and 650 in the fifth and sixth embodiments will be described.

なお、介設部材550,650の高さ寸法(図17(a)及び図17(b)紙面垂直方向寸法)は、第4実施の形態における介設部材450の高さ寸法(図13(b)上下方向寸法)と同一とされる。また、介設部材550,650の非変形時の直径(内径および外径)は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面(図12(b)下側面)における直径(内径および外径)とほぼ等しくされる。   Note that the height dimension of the interposition members 550 and 650 (the vertical dimension in FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B) is the height dimension of the interposition member 450 in the fourth embodiment (FIG. 13B). ) Vertical dimension)). Further, the diameters (inner diameter and outer diameter) of the interposition members 550 and 650 when not deformed are the diameters (the lower side surface in FIG. 12B) of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 (the lower side surface). The inner diameter and the outer diameter).

図17(a)に示すように、介設部材550は、金属材料(本実施の形態では鉄鋼材料)から円筒状に形成される部材であり、周方向の1ヶ所のみが分断される。よって、その分断箇所を起点として、介設部材550の直径を拡径させる(分断箇所を同一面内で周方向に離間させる)、或いは、介設部材550をねじり変形させる(分断箇所を軸方向(図17(a)紙面垂直方向)に互いに異なる方向へ離間させる)ことができ、これにより、加硫成形体Dへの介設部材550の装着を容易に行うことができる。   As shown to Fig.17 (a), the interposed member 550 is a member formed in a cylindrical shape from a metal material (in this embodiment, steel material), and only one place in the circumferential direction is divided. Therefore, the diameter of the interposition member 550 is expanded from the parting point as a starting point (the parting part is separated in the circumferential direction in the same plane), or the interposition member 550 is twisted and deformed (the parting part is axially separated). (In FIG. 17A, the direction perpendicular to the paper surface) can be separated from each other), whereby the interposing member 550 can be easily attached to the vulcanized molded body D.

一方、装着後は、介設部材550が自身の弾性回復力により元の形状に復帰されるので、かかる介設部材550を脱落させることなく、加硫成形体Dの空間SP内に保持することができる。よって、加硫成形体Dを介設部材550と共に筒状部材440へ挿入する作業(図16(a)参照)を容易とすることができる。   On the other hand, since the interposition member 550 is restored to its original shape by its own elastic recovery force after mounting, the interposition member 550 is held in the space SP of the vulcanized molded body D without dropping off. Can do. Therefore, the operation | work (refer FIG. 16 (a)) which inserts the vulcanization molding D into the cylindrical member 440 with the interposed member 550 can be made easy.

図17(b)に示すように、介設部材650には、分断される箇所と反対側となる位置(位相を180°異ならせた位置)に屈曲部650aが形成される。屈曲部650aは、上面視C字状に湾曲して形成され、介設部材650の弾性的な変形(直径を拡径させる変形、或いは、ねじり変形)を補助する。これにより、加硫成形体Dへの介設部材650の装着を容易に行うことができる。   As shown in FIG. 17B, the interposed member 650 is formed with a bent portion 650a at a position opposite to the part to be divided (position where the phase is changed by 180 °). The bent portion 650a is formed to be curved in a C shape when viewed from above, and assists in elastic deformation (deformation that increases the diameter or torsional deformation) of the interposed member 650. Thereby, mounting | wearing of the interposed member 650 to the vulcanization molded object D can be performed easily.

屈曲部650及びその近傍は、図17(b)に示す上面視において、径方向内方(中心側)へオフセットして配設されており、介設部材650の外周面により形成される円形の外形(図17(b)では二点鎖線で模式的に図示する)よりも屈曲部650aが径方向外方にはみ出さないように形成される。これにより、介設部材650が装着された加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440へ挿入する作業(図16(a)参照)において、屈曲部650aが作業を阻害する(筒状部材440に引っ掛かる)ことを回避して、作業性の向上を図ることができる。   The bent portion 650 and the vicinity thereof are arranged to be offset radially inward (center side) in the top view shown in FIG. 17B, and are circular shapes formed by the outer peripheral surface of the interposed member 650. The bent portion 650a is formed so as not to protrude outward in the radial direction from the outer shape (schematically illustrated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 17B). Thereby, in the operation | work (refer FIG. 16 (a)) which inserts the vulcanization molding D with which the interposed member 650 was mounted | worn into the cylindrical member 440 (refer Fig.16 (a)), the bending | flexion part 650a inhibits an operation | work (it catches on the cylindrical member 440). ) Can be avoided and workability can be improved.

なお、屈曲部650aを、介設部材650の外周面により形成される円形の外形よりも径方向外方へはみ出させて形成しても良い。また、図17(a)及び図17(b)では、理解を容易とするために、介設部材550,650の分割される箇所における周方向の離間量(間隔)が、模式的に拡大して図示されるが、かかる周方向の離間量は材質などに応じて任意に設定できる。   The bent portion 650a may be formed so as to protrude outward in the radial direction from the circular outer shape formed by the outer peripheral surface of the interposed member 650. Further, in FIGS. 17A and 17B, in order to facilitate understanding, the circumferential separation amount (interval) at the portion where the interposition members 550 and 650 are divided is schematically enlarged. The circumferential distance can be arbitrarily set according to the material and the like.

次いで、図18及び図19を参照して、第7実施の形態における防振装置700について説明する。第4実施の形態では、介設部材450を装着することで、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制したが、第7実施の形態における防振装置700は、別部材(介設部材)を装着することなく、上記移動を規制するように構成される。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。   Next, a vibration isolator 700 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the fourth embodiment, by mounting the interposition member 450, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other. The vibration isolator 700 in the embodiment is configured to restrict the movement without mounting a separate member (interposition member). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

図18(a)は、第7実施の形態における筒状部材740の上面図であり、図18(b)は、図18(a)のXVIIIb−XVIIIb線における筒状部材740の断面図である。   18A is a top view of the cylindrical member 740 according to the seventh embodiment, and FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view of the cylindrical member 740 taken along the line XVIIIb-XVIIIb of FIG. .

なお、第7実施の形態における防振装置700は、第4実施の形態における防振装置400に対し、筒状部材740に規制膨出部740aが形成される点のみが異なり、他の構成および組み立て方法は同一である。よって、以下においては、異なる点のみについて説明する。   The vibration isolator 700 according to the seventh embodiment is different from the vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment only in that a restriction bulging portion 740a is formed on the tubular member 740. The assembly method is the same. Therefore, only different points will be described below.

筒状部材740には、軸O方向中央の内周面部分に規制膨出部740aが径方向内方へ向けて膨出して形成される。規制膨出部740aは、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介在することで、それら第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための部位であり、正面視矩形状に形成されると共に、複数(本実施の形態では4個)が周方向等間隔に配置される。   In the tubular member 740, a restriction bulging portion 740 a is formed to bulge inward in the radial direction on the inner peripheral surface portion at the center in the axis O direction. The restriction bulging portion 740a is interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422, so that the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are arranged. It is a part for restricting movement, and is formed in a rectangular shape in front view, and a plurality (four in the present embodiment) are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.

図19(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材740に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体D及び筒状体740の断面図であり、図19(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材740に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置700の部分断面図である。なお、図19(b)では、一部のみが断面視される。   FIG. 19A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D and the cylindrical body 740 in a state before the cylindrical member 740 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing process, and FIG. FIG. 10 is a partial cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 700 in a state after the cylindrical member 740 has been subjected to drawing processing in the cylindrical member drawing step. In FIG. 19B, only a part is seen in cross section.

図19に示すように、第7実施の形態における防振装置700の組み立ては、第4実施の形態における防振装置400の場合と同様に(図16参照)、筒状部材740に加硫成形体Dを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材740の内周側に設置した後(図19(a))、筒状部材絞り工程による絞り加工を筒状部材740に施すことで行われる(図19(b))。   As shown in FIG. 19, the vibration isolator 700 in the seventh embodiment is assembled in the same manner as the vibration isolator 400 in the fourth embodiment (see FIG. 16). After inserting the body D along the axis O direction and installing the vulcanized molded body D on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 740 (FIG. 19A), the tubular member is subjected to drawing processing by the tubular member drawing step. This is done by applying to 740 (FIG. 19B).

ここで、図19(a)に示すように、筒状部材740は、規制膨出部740aの内径が、外筒絞り工程による絞り加工(図15(b)参照)が施された後の外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の外径D402よりも大きくされる。   Here, as shown in FIG. 19 (a), the cylindrical member 740 has an outer diameter after the inner diameter of the restriction bulging portion 740a is subjected to drawing processing (see FIG. 15 (b)) by the outer cylinder drawing process. It is made larger than the outer diameter D402 of the cylindrical member 420 (the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422).

本実施の形態では、規制膨出部740aの内径が、外径D402よりも大きく、かつ、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における外径)よりも小さくされる。よって、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する際には、ゴム膜部431b,432bが弾性変形されつつ圧入される。   In the present embodiment, the inner diameter of the restriction bulging portion 740a is larger than the outer diameter D402 and smaller than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the outer diameter of the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). Is done. Therefore, when the vulcanized molded body D is inserted along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 440, the rubber film portions 431b and 432b are press-fitted while being elastically deformed.

この場合、防振装置700によれば、規制膨出部740aが周方向に断続的に配置されるので、弾性変形されたゴム膜部431b,432bを受け入れる空間を確保することができ、これにより、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材740の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業の作業性の向上を図ることができる。また、筒状部材740に施す絞り加工の加工量を抑制して、歩留まりの向上や加工コストの削減を図ることができる。   In this case, according to the vibration isolator 700, the restriction bulge portion 740a is intermittently arranged in the circumferential direction, so that it is possible to secure a space for receiving the elastically deformed rubber film portions 431b and 432b. The workability of the operation of inserting the vulcanized molded body D along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 740 can be improved. Further, it is possible to suppress the amount of drawing processing performed on the cylindrical member 740, thereby improving the yield and reducing the processing cost.

但し、筒状部材740の規制膨出部740aにおける内径を、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における径)よりも大きくしても良い。加硫成形体Dを筒状部材740の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができる。   However, the inner diameter of the restriction bulging portion 740a of the tubular member 740 may be larger than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the diameter of the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). The operation | work which inserts the vulcanization molded object D along the axis | shaft O direction to the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 740 can be performed efficiently.

組み立てが完了した防振装置700では、図19(b)に示すように、上述した第2段階の絞り加工において、筒状部材740の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側が径方向内方へ変形されることに伴い、筒状部材740の規制膨出部740aの上下(軸O方向)の端面が、第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面によって上下からを挟圧保持される。   In the vibration isolator 700 that has been assembled, as shown in FIG. 19B, in the second stage drawing described above, one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 740 are radially inward. The upper and lower end surfaces (in the direction of the axis O) of the restriction bulging portion 740a of the cylindrical member 740 are caused by the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. The pressure is maintained from above and below.

以上のように、防振装置700によれば、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に、筒状部材740の規制膨出部740aが介設されるので、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制膨出部740aにより規制することができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 700, the restriction bulging portion 740a of the cylindrical member 740 is interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. Therefore, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated from each other while securing the space SP between the division surface of the first rubber part 431 and the division surface of the second rubber part 432. Can be regulated by the regulation bulge portion 740a.

即ち、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することの規制を、筒状部材740の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに行うことができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421又は第2外筒部422が筒状部材740に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   In other words, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other without depending on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 740. Therefore, the displacement of the first outer cylinder part 421 or the second outer cylinder part 422 with respect to the cylindrical member 740 can be reliably suppressed when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O.

特に、本実施の形態によれば、規制膨出部740aが、筒状部材740の一部を変形(径方向内方へ向けて膨出)させることで形成され、規制手段(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための手段)を構成するための別部材の追加が不要なので、その分、軽量化を図ることができる。また、別部材の追加が不要とされ、部品点数が抑制されることで、部品コストの削減を図ることができる。さらに、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)の場合のように、規制手段(介設部材450)を加硫成形体Dに装着する必要がないので、工程が不要となる分、組み立てコストを削減して、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。   In particular, according to the present embodiment, the restriction bulging portion 740a is formed by deforming (bulging radially inward) a part of the cylindrical member 740, and restricting means (first outer cylinder). It is not necessary to add another member for configuring the portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422), so that the weight can be reduced accordingly. Further, it is not necessary to add another member, and the number of parts is suppressed, so that the part cost can be reduced. Further, as in the case of the fourth embodiment (vibration isolation device 400), it is not necessary to attach the restricting means (the interposed member 450) to the vulcanized molded body D, so that the assembly cost is reduced as the process becomes unnecessary. This can reduce the product cost.

また、このように、規制膨出部740aが、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422とは別部材として形成されることで、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)の場合と同様に、第1ゴム部431の分割面および第2ゴム部432の分割面の間に空間SPを形成する部分の加硫金型の構造(例えば、中型の型割構造)において、規制膨出部740aの形状等を考慮する必要がないので、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。   In addition, in this way, the restriction bulging part 740a is formed as a separate member from the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422, and thus in the case of the fourth embodiment (anti-vibration device 400). In the same manner as in the above, in the structure of the vulcanization mold (for example, the middle mold split structure) of the part that forms the space SP between the divided surface of the first rubber part 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber part 432, the restriction expansion Since it is not necessary to consider the shape or the like of the protruding portion 740a, the structure of the vulcanization mold can be simplified.

ここで、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)では、規制手段としての介設部材450が別部材として構成されるため、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面の間から介設部材450が脱落した場合には、位置ずれ抑制効果が発揮されなくなるおそれがある。これに対し、防振装置700によれば、規制膨出部740aが筒状部材740に一体に形成されるので、分割面の間に規制手段(規制膨出部740a)が介設された状態を維持できる。よって、位置ずれ抑制効果を確実に発揮させ、その信頼性の向上を図ることができる。   Here, in the fourth embodiment (anti-vibration device 400), the interposed member 450 serving as the restricting unit is configured as a separate member, and therefore the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated. If the interposition member 450 falls off from the gap, there is a risk that the effect of suppressing displacement will not be exhibited. On the other hand, according to the vibration isolator 700, since the restriction bulging portion 740a is formed integrally with the cylindrical member 740, the restriction means (regulation bulging portion 740a) is interposed between the divided surfaces. Can be maintained. Therefore, it is possible to reliably exhibit the effect of suppressing displacement and improve its reliability.

次いで、図20を参照して、第8実施の形態における防振装置800について説明する。第4実施の形態では、介設部材450を装着することで、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制したが、第8実施の形態における防振装置800は、別部材(介設部材)を装着することなく、上記移動を規制するように構成される。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。   Next, with reference to FIG. 20, a vibration isolator 800 according to the eighth embodiment will be described. In the fourth embodiment, by mounting the interposition member 450, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the split surfaces are brought close to each other. The vibration isolator 800 in the embodiment is configured to restrict the movement without mounting a separate member (interposition member). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

なお、第8実施の形態における防振装置800は、第4実施の形態における防振装置400に対し、筒状部材840に面取り面840aが形成される点、ゴム基体830の軸O方向端部における形状、及び、外筒部材420の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す曲げ工程が追加となる点が異なり、他の構成および組み立て方法は同一である。よって、以下においては、異なる点のみについて説明する。   Note that the vibration isolator 800 according to the eighth embodiment is different from the vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment in that a chamfered surface 840a is formed on the cylindrical member 840, and the end portion in the axis O direction of the rubber base 830. And the point that the bending process for bending the end portion in the axis O direction of the outer cylinder member 420 is added, and the other configuration and the assembling method are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described below.

図20(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材840に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体E及び筒状部材840の断面図であり、図20(b)は、曲げ工程において外筒部材420に曲げ加工が施された後の状態における防振装置800の断面図である。   FIG. 20A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body E and the cylindrical member 840 in a state after the cylindrical member 840 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing step, and FIG. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 800 in a state after the outer cylinder member 420 is bent in the bending step.

図20(a)に示すように、ゴム基体830は、軸O方向端部において外筒部材420に覆設されず、第1外筒部421の円筒状の部位(図20(a)上側)及び第2外筒部422の円筒状の部位(図20(a)下側)の内周面を露出させる。これにより、後述する曲げ工程において、ゴム膜を介さずに、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の円筒状の部位をかしめ金型(図示せず)により直接押圧可能として、その曲げ加工を高精度に行うことができる。   As shown in FIG. 20 (a), the rubber base 830 is not covered by the outer cylinder member 420 at the end in the axis O direction, and the cylindrical portion of the first outer cylinder 421 (upper side in FIG. 20 (a)). And the internal peripheral surface of the cylindrical site | part (FIG. 20 (a) lower side) of the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 is exposed. Thereby, in the bending process described later, the cylindrical parts of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 can be directly pressed by a caulking die (not shown) without using a rubber film, Bending can be performed with high accuracy.

筒状部材840には、軸O方向端部であって外周面側の角部に面取り加工が施されることで、断面直線状の面取り面840aが形成される。即ち、筒状部材840の面取り面840aは、第1実施の形態における筒状部材40の面取り面40a(図4(b)参照)と逆側に形成される。この筒状部材840の面取り面840aは、図20(a)に示すように、筒状部材絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態では、軸O方向に垂直な平坦面を形成する。これにより、後述する曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施された外筒部材420の端部を強固に受け止めることができる。   The cylindrical member 840 is chamfered at the corner on the outer peripheral surface side at the end portion in the axis O direction to form a chamfered surface 840a having a linear cross section. That is, the chamfered surface 840a of the cylindrical member 840 is formed on the opposite side of the chamfered surface 40a (see FIG. 4B) of the cylindrical member 40 in the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 20A, the chamfered surface 840a of the tubular member 840 forms a flat surface perpendicular to the direction of the axis O in the state after being drawn in the tubular member drawing step. Thereby, the edge part of the outer cylinder member 420 to which the bending process was given in the bending process mentioned later can be received firmly.

第8実施の形態では、加硫成形体Eを筒状部材840の内周側に軸O方向に沿って挿入し、図20(a)に示すように、筒状部材絞り工程による絞り加工を筒状部材840に施した後は、次いで、曲げ工程において、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の円筒状の部位が、径方向外方へ向けて曲げられる。その結果、図20(b)に示すように、加硫成形体Eに筒状部材840が装着され、これらの組み立て(防振装置800の製造)が完了される。   In the eighth embodiment, the vulcanized molded body E is inserted along the axis O direction on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 840, and as shown in FIG. After the cylindrical member 840 is applied, the cylindrical portions of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are then bent radially outward in a bending step. As a result, as shown in FIG. 20B, the tubular member 840 is mounted on the vulcanized molded body E, and the assembly thereof (manufacture of the vibration isolator 800) is completed.

なお、かかる曲げ加工を施すためのかしめ金型は、湾曲凹部の向きが異なる点を除き、第1実施の形態で説明した筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施すためのかしめ金型と同一の構成であるため、その説明は省略する。   The caulking die for performing the bending process is caulking for bending the end portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40 described in the first embodiment except that the direction of the curved concave portion is different. Since it is the same structure as a metal mold | die, the description is abbreviate | omitted.

以上のように、防振装置800によれば、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の軸O方向端部(円筒状の部位)が径方向外方へ向けて曲げられて、筒状部材840の軸O方向端部(面取り面840a)に係止される。よって、かかる係止により、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制することができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 800, the end portions (cylindrical portions) in the axis O direction of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are bent outward in the radial direction, The cylindrical member 840 is locked to the end portion in the axis O direction (the chamfered surface 840a). Therefore, by this locking, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are mutually connected while securing the space SP between the division surface of the first rubber part 431 and the division surface of the second rubber part 432. It is possible to restrict the movement in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

即ち、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することの規制を、筒状部材740の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに行うことができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421又は第2外筒部422が筒状部材840に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   In other words, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other without depending on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 740. Therefore, the displacement of the first outer cylinder part 421 or the second outer cylinder part 422 with respect to the cylindrical member 840 can be reliably suppressed when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O.

特に、本実施の形態によれば、外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の一部を変形させる(径方向外方へ向けて折り曲げる)ことで、規制手段(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための手段)が構成される。よって、第7実施の形態(防振装置700)の場合と同様に、軽量化を図ることができると共に、部品コスト及び組み立てコストの削減に伴い、製品コストの削減を図ることができ、更に、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。   Particularly, according to the present embodiment, by restricting a part of the outer cylinder member 420 (the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422) (bending outward in the radial direction), the restricting means (Means for restricting movement of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422) are configured. Therefore, as in the case of the seventh embodiment (anti-vibration device 700), the weight can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced along with the reduction of the component cost and the assembly cost. Simplification of the structure of the vulcanization mold can be achieved.

次いで、図21から図23を参照して、第9実施の形態について説明する。第4実施の形態では、介設部材450を装着することで、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制したが、第9実施の形態における防振装置900は、別部材(介設部材)を装着することなく、上記移動を規制するように構成される。なお、上述した各実施の形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。   Next, a ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the fourth embodiment, by attaching the interposition member 450, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other. The vibration isolator 900 in the embodiment is configured to restrict the movement without mounting a separate member (interposition member). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

図21(a)は、第9実施の形態における第1外筒部921の底面図であり、図21(b)は、図21(a)のXXIb−XXIb線における第1外筒部921の断面図である。なお、第1外筒部921と第2外筒部922とは、同一の部材(構成)であり、名称のみが異なる部材であるので、以下においては、第1外筒部921について説明し、第2外筒部922の説明は省略する。   FIG. 21A is a bottom view of the first outer tube portion 921 in the ninth embodiment, and FIG. 21B is a view of the first outer tube portion 921 taken along the line XXIb-XXIb in FIG. It is sectional drawing. In addition, since the 1st outer cylinder part 921 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 922 are the members (structure) which are the same, and only a name differs, it demonstrates the 1st outer cylinder part 921 below, The description of the second outer cylinder portion 922 is omitted.

図21に示すように、第1外筒部921には、断面形状が円弧状に湾曲して形成される部位の底面(図21(b)上側の面、即ち、分割面)から規制突起921bが軸O方向に沿って部分的に突設される。規制突起921bは、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介在することで、それら第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための部位であり、正面視矩形状に形成されると共に、複数(本実施の形態では2個)が周方向等間隔となる(即ち、位相を180°異ならせた)位置に配置される。   As shown in FIG. 21, the first outer cylinder portion 921 has a restriction projection 921b from the bottom surface (the upper surface in FIG. 21 (b), that is, the divided surface) of the portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape. Are partially projected along the direction of the axis O. The restricting protrusion 921b is interposed between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 422, thereby allowing the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 to move. It is a part for regulation, and is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and a plurality (two in the present embodiment) are arranged at positions that are equally spaced in the circumferential direction (that is, the phases are different by 180 °). The

次いで、図22を参照して、加硫成形体Fについて説明する。図22(a)は、外筒部材920の斜視図であり、図22(b)は、加硫成形体Fの側面図である。   Next, the vulcanized molded body F will be described with reference to FIG. 22A is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member 920, and FIG. 22B is a side view of the vulcanized molded body F. FIG.

なお、第9実施の形態における加硫成形体F及び防振装置900は、第4実施の形態における加硫成形体D及び防振装置400に対し、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922に規制突起921b,922bが形成される点のみが異なり、他の構成および組み立て方法は同一である。よって、以下においては、異なる点のみについて説明する。   Note that the vulcanized molded body F and the vibration isolator 900 in the ninth embodiment are different from the vulcanized molded body D and the vibration isolator 400 in the fourth embodiment in the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder. The only difference is that the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b are formed on the portion 922, and the other configuration and assembly method are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described below.

加硫成形体Fは、第4実施の形態(加硫成形体D)の場合と同様に、内筒部材410と外筒部材920(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922)とを加硫金型内に設置すると共に、ゴム基体430(第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432)を加硫成形し、内筒部材410の外周面と外筒部材920(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922)の内周面との間がゴム基体430により連結されることで、製造される。   As in the case of the fourth embodiment (vulcanized molded body D), the vulcanized molded body F includes an inner cylindrical member 410 and an outer cylindrical member 920 (first outer cylindrical portion 921 and second outer cylindrical portion 922). Is installed in the vulcanization mold, and the rubber base 430 (the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432) is vulcanized and molded, and the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylinder member 410 and the outer cylinder member 920 (first outer cylinder). The part 921 and the inner peripheral surface of the second outer cylinder part 922) are connected by a rubber base 430 to be manufactured.

この場合、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922を加硫金型に設置する際には、図22(a)に示すように、周方向の位置決めを行い、規制突起921b,922bの突設先端面どうしが当接する状態とする。これにより、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922の分割面を支持する中型の割り面の位置を、規制突起921b,922bに対応する位置とする(即ち、中型の型抜き方向を、図22(b)の紙面垂直方向とする)ことで、図22(b)に示すように、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の分割面の間に形成される空間SPを、周方向の全周にわたって連続して存在させることができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸O直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   In this case, when the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922 are installed in the vulcanization mold, as shown in FIG. 22 (a), the circumferential positioning is performed and the restriction protrusions 921b, 922b are arranged. It is set as the state which the projecting front end surfaces contact | abut. As a result, the position of the split surface of the middle mold that supports the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder section 921 and the second outer cylinder section 922 is set to a position corresponding to the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b (that is, the mold release direction of the middle mold is set). 22B), the space SP formed between the divided surfaces of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 as shown in FIG. It can exist continuously over the entire circumference in the circumferential direction. As a result, the spring constant in the axis O direction can be increased while the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis O are reduced.

図23(a)は、防振装置900の上面図であり、図23(b)は、図23(a)のXXIIIb−XXIIIb線における防振装置900の断面図である。   FIG. 23A is a top view of the vibration isolator 900, and FIG. 23B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 900 along the line XXIIIb-XXIIIb in FIG.

図23に示すように、第9実施の形態における防振装置900の組み立ては、第4実施の形態における防振装置400の場合と同様に(図16参照)、筒状部材440に加硫成形体Fを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Fを筒状部材440の内周側に設置した後、筒状部材絞り工程による絞り加工を筒状部材440に施すことで行われる。   As shown in FIG. 23, the vibration isolator 900 according to the ninth embodiment is assembled in the same manner as the vibration isolator 400 according to the fourth embodiment (see FIG. 16). After the body F is inserted along the axis O direction and the vulcanized molded body F is installed on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 440, the tubular member 440 is subjected to a drawing process by a tubular member drawing step. .

組み立てが完了した防振装置900は、図23(b)に示すように、上述した第2段階の絞り加工において、筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側が径方向内方へ変形されることに伴い、第1外筒部921の規制突起921bと第2外筒部922の規制突起922bとが、その突設先端面どうしを軸O方向に突き合わせた状態とされる。   As shown in FIG. 23B, the vibration isolator 900 that has been assembled is such that the one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 440 are in the radial direction in the second stage drawing process described above. With this deformation, the restricting projection 921b of the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the restricting projection 922b of the second outer cylinder portion 922 are brought into a state in which the projecting leading end surfaces are butted in the axis O direction. .

以上のように、防振装置900によれば、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922の分割面から規制突起921b,922bが突設されることで、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制することができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 900, the restriction protrusions 921b and 922b protrude from the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922, thereby dividing the first rubber portion 431. The first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922 are restricted from moving in a direction in which the respective divided surfaces are brought close to each other while securing the space SP between the surface and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432. be able to.

即ち、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することの規制を、筒状部材440の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに行うことができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部921又は第2外筒部922が筒状部材440に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   In other words, the movement of the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922 in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other is regulated without depending on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 440. Therefore, the displacement of the first outer cylinder portion 921 or the second outer cylinder portion 922 relative to the cylindrical member 440 can be reliably suppressed when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O.

特に、本実施の形態によれば、外筒部材920(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922)の一部を突設させることで、規制手段(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922の移動を規制するための手段)が構成される。よって、第7実施の形態(防振装置700)の場合と同様に、軽量化を図ることができると共に、部品コスト及び組み立てコストの削減に伴い、製品コストの削減を図ることができ、更に、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。   In particular, according to the present embodiment, by restricting a part of the outer cylinder member 920 (the first outer cylinder part 921 and the second outer cylinder part 922), the restricting means (the first outer cylinder part 921 and the first outer cylinder part 921 and the second outer cylinder part 922). 2 means for restricting the movement of the outer cylindrical portion 922). Therefore, as in the case of the seventh embodiment (anti-vibration device 700), the weight can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced along with the reduction of the component cost and the assembly cost. Simplification of the structure of the vulcanization mold can be achieved.

ここで、第4実施の形態(防振装置400)では、規制手段としての介設部材450が別部材として構成されるため、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面の間から介設部材450が脱落した場合には、位置ずれ抑制効果が発揮されなくなるおそれがある。これに対し、防振装置900によれば、規制突起921b,922bが第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922に一体に形成されるので、分割面の間に規制手段(規制突起921b,922b)が介設された状態を維持できる。よって、位置ずれ抑制効果を確実に発揮させ、その信頼性の向上を図ることができる。   Here, in the fourth embodiment (anti-vibration device 400), the interposed member 450 serving as the restricting unit is configured as a separate member, and therefore the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated. If the interposition member 450 falls off from the gap, there is a risk that the effect of suppressing displacement will not be exhibited. On the other hand, according to the vibration isolator 900, the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b are formed integrally with the first outer cylinder part 921 and the second outer cylinder part 922, so that the restricting means (the restricting protrusion 921b is provided between the divided surfaces. , 922b) can be maintained. Therefore, it is possible to reliably exhibit the effect of suppressing displacement and improve its reliability.

図24(a)は、第10実施の形態における外筒部材1020の斜視図であり、図24(b)は、第11実施の形態における外筒部材1120の斜視図である。図24(a)及び図24(b)を参照して、第10及び第11実施の形態における外筒部材1020,1120について説明する。   FIG. 24A is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member 1020 in the tenth embodiment, and FIG. 24B is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member 1120 in the eleventh embodiment. With reference to Fig.24 (a) and FIG.24 (b), the outer cylinder members 1020 and 1120 in 10th and 11th Embodiment are demonstrated.

なお、外筒部材1020,1120は、第9実施の形態における外筒部材920に対し、規制突起921b,922b,1122bの配設個数が異なる点、又は、規制突起1122bの突設高さが異なる点を除き、他の構成は同一とされる。よって、異なる点のみを説明する。   The outer cylinder members 1020 and 1120 are different from the outer cylinder member 920 in the ninth embodiment in that the number of arrangement of the restriction projections 921b, 922b, and 1122b is different, or the protrusion height of the restriction projection 1122b is different. Except for this point, the other configurations are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described.

図24(a)に示すように、第10実施の形態における外筒部材1020は、第1外筒部1021及び第2外筒部1022の分割面からそれぞれ4個の規制突起921b,922bが周方向等間隔に突設される。これにより、規制突起921b,922bの突設先端面どうしが当接される領域を周方向に分散させることができるので、第1外筒部1021及び第2外筒部1022が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができる。   As shown in FIG. 24 (a), the outer cylinder member 1020 in the tenth embodiment has four restricting projections 921b and 922b around the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder part 1021 and the second outer cylinder part 1022, respectively. Protruding at equal intervals in the direction. Thereby, since the area | region where the projecting front end surfaces of regulation protrusion 921b, 922b contact | abut can be disperse | distributed to the circumferential direction, the 1st outer cylinder part 1021 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 1022 can mutually separate a dividing surface. It is possible to stably regulate movement in the approaching direction.

図24(b)に示すように、第11実施の形態における外筒部材1120は、第1外筒部421に規制突起が形成されず、第2外筒部1122のみに規制突起1122bが形成される。なお、本実施の形態では、位相を180°異ならせた位置に2個の規制突起1122bが分割面から軸O方向に沿って突設される。規制突起1122bは、分割面からの突設高さが2倍とされる点を除き、規制突起921b,922bと同一に構成される。   As shown in FIG. 24 (b), in the outer cylinder member 1120 in the eleventh embodiment, the restriction projections 1122b are formed only on the second outer cylinder part 1122 without the restriction projections formed on the first outer cylinder part 421. The In the present embodiment, two restricting projections 1122b are projected from the dividing surface along the axis O direction at positions where the phases are different by 180 °. The restricting protrusion 1122b is configured in the same manner as the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b except that the protruding height from the dividing surface is doubled.

第11実施の形態における外筒部材1120によれば、第1外筒部421には、規制突起が形成されないので、その周方向の方向性をなくすことができる。これにより、加硫金型に外筒部材1120を設置する際には、第1外筒部材421及び第2外筒部材1122の周方向の位置合わせを行うことを不要とすることができ、その分、設置作業における作業性の向上を図ることができる。   According to the outer cylinder member 1120 in the eleventh embodiment, no restriction projection is formed on the first outer cylinder part 421, so the directionality in the circumferential direction can be eliminated. Thereby, when installing the outer cylinder member 1120 in the vulcanization mold, it is not necessary to perform the circumferential alignment of the first outer cylinder member 421 and the second outer cylinder member 1122. Therefore, workability in installation work can be improved.

以上、実施の形態に基づき本発明を説明したが、本発明は上記実施の形態に何ら限定されるものではなく、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内で種々の改良変形が可能であることは容易に推察できるものである。   As described above, the present invention has been described based on the embodiments, but the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various improvements and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be easily guessed.

上記各実施の形態で挙げた数値は一例であり、他の数値を採用することは当然可能である。例えば、各構成の寸法(外径D1〜D4,D401〜D404など)や締め代などの値は任意に設定することができる。   The numerical values given in the above embodiments are merely examples, and other numerical values can naturally be adopted. For example, values such as dimensions (outer diameters D1 to D4, D401 to D404, etc.) and fastening allowances of each component can be arbitrarily set.

上記各実施の形態における防振装置の一部または全部を、他の実施の形態における防振装置の一部または全部と組み合わせて、又は、他の実施の形態における防振装置の一部または全部と置き換えて、防振装置を構成しても良い。   A part or all of the vibration isolator in each of the above embodiments is combined with a part or all of the vibration isolator in the other embodiment, or a part or all of the vibration isolator in the other embodiment. Alternatively, a vibration isolator may be configured.

上記第1から第3実施の形態では、加硫成形体A〜Cにおいて、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とが分割される(互いの分割面が軸O方向に離間される)場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、第1ゴム部31の分割面と第2ゴム部32の分割面とがその一部(内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面側の一部)で連結されていても良い。一方、第4から第11実施の形態では、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面とがその一部で連なる場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、第1ゴム部431と第2ゴム部432とが分割されていても良い。   In the first to third embodiments, in the vulcanized molded bodies A to C, the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 are divided (the respective divided surfaces are separated in the axis O direction). Although the case has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and a part of the dividing surface of the first rubber part 31 and the dividing surface of the second rubber part 32 (the outer peripheral surface of the bulging part 12 of the inner cylinder member 10) (A part of the side) may be connected. On the other hand, in the fourth to eleventh embodiments, the case where the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432 are partially connected is described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. The first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 may be divided.

上記第1から第3実施の形態では、完成状態(防振装置100〜300の状態)において、第1外筒部21,321の分割面と第2外筒部22,322の分割面とが軸O方向に離間されている場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、完成状態において、第1外筒部21,321の分割面と第2外筒部22,322の分割面とが当接されていても良い。   In the first to third embodiments, in the completed state (the state of the vibration isolator 100 to 300), the divided surfaces of the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the divided surfaces of the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322 are separated. Although the case where it was spaced apart in the direction of the axis O has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and in the completed state, the divided surfaces of the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the divided surfaces of the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322 May be in contact with each other.

即ち、ゴム基体圧縮工程において、第1外筒部21,321の分割面と第2外筒部22,322の分割面とが当接される位置までゴム基体430(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)を軸O方向へ圧縮し、その状態で、筒状部材絞り工程において、筒状部材40に絞り加工を施すと共に、曲げ工程において、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施すことで、上記状態となるように防振装置100〜300を製造しても良い。   That is, in the rubber base compression step, the rubber base 430 (the first rubber portion 31 and the first rubber portion 31) is moved to a position where the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the split surfaces of the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322 abut. 2) the rubber part 32) is compressed in the direction of the axis O, and in this state, the cylindrical member 40 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing process, and in the bending process, the end of the cylindrical member 40 at the end in the axis O direction. You may manufacture the vibration isolator 100-300 so that it may be in the said state by giving a bending process.

一方、第1から第3実施の形態において、ゴム基体圧縮工程を省略しても良い。即ち、外筒絞り工程の後、ゴム基体圧縮工程を行うことなく(ゴム基体430に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与することなく)、筒状部材絞り工程に移行しても良い。   On the other hand, in the first to third embodiments, the rubber base compression step may be omitted. That is, after the outer cylinder squeezing process, the process may be shifted to the cylindrical member squeezing process without performing the rubber base compressing process (without providing the rubber base 430 with preliminary compression in the axis O direction).

上記各実施の形態では、ゴム膜部33,34,233,234,431a,431bを外筒部材20,320,420,620,720の外周面に覆設する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、これに代えて、或いは、これに加えて、筒状部材40,440の内周面にゴム膜部33,34,233,234,431a,431bを覆設しても良い。   In each of the above embodiments, the case where the rubber film portions 33, 34, 233, 234, 431a, 431b are covered on the outer peripheral surface of the outer cylinder member 20, 320, 420, 620, 720 has been described. The rubber film portions 33, 34, 233, 234, 431 a and 431 b may be provided on the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical members 40 and 440 instead of or in addition to this. .

上記第1から第3実施の形態では、曲げ工程を行う(筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す)場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、曲げ工程を省略して、防振装置100〜300を製造しても良い。即ち、筒状部材絞り工程において絞り加工が施された筒状部材40とゴム膜部33,34,333,334との間の保持力により、加硫成形品A〜Cを筒状部材40の内周側に保持しても良い。   In the first to third embodiments, the case where the bending process is performed (bending process is performed on the end portion in the axis O direction of the tubular member 40) has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the bending process is performed. You may abbreviate | omit and manufacture the vibration isolator 100-300. That is, the vulcanized molded products A to C are formed on the cylindrical member 40 by the holding force between the cylindrical member 40 that has been subjected to drawing processing in the cylindrical member drawing step and the rubber film portions 33, 34, 333, and 334. You may hold | maintain on the inner peripheral side.

上記第1から第3実施の形態では、その説明を省略したが、第1外筒部21,321及び第2外筒部22,322に貫通孔を形成しても良い。加硫成形工程におけるゴム状弾性体の流動性を貫通孔により確保することができるので、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に連なるゴム膜部33,34,333,334の歩留まりを高めることができる。   Although the description thereof is omitted in the first to third embodiments, through holes may be formed in the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322. Since the fluidity of the rubber-like elastic body in the vulcanization molding process can be ensured by the through holes, the yield of the rubber film portions 33, 34, 333, 334 connected to the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 is increased. be able to.

上記各実施の形態では、説明を省略したが、曲げ工程の後、内筒部材10,410に拡径加工(内筒部材10を軸O方向に圧縮して、軸O方向端部を拡径させることで、座面の面積を拡大させる加工)を施しても良い。   In each of the above embodiments, the description is omitted, but after the bending step, the inner cylinder members 10 and 410 are expanded in diameter (the inner cylinder member 10 is compressed in the axis O direction, and the end portion in the axis O direction is expanded. By doing so, you may give the process which expands the area of a seat surface.

上記第1、第2及び第4から第11実施の形態では、外筒絞り工程を行う(外筒部材20,420,920,1020,1120(第1外筒部21,421,921,1021,1121及び第2外筒部22,422,922,1022,1122)に絞り加工を施す)場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、外筒絞り工程を省略して、防振装置100,200,400,700,800,900を製造しても良い。   In the first, second, and fourth to eleventh embodiments, the outer cylinder squeezing step is performed (outer cylinder members 20, 420, 920, 1020, 1120 (first outer cylinder portions 21, 421, 921, 1021, 1121 and the second outer cylinder portion 22, 422, 922, 1022, 1122) are described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the outer cylinder drawing step is omitted, and the vibration isolator is provided. 100, 200, 400, 700, 800, 900 may be manufactured.

上記第3実施の形態では、外筒部材320を鋳造により形成する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、外筒部材320を、例えば、鍛造や切削により形成しても良い。   Although the case where the outer cylinder member 320 is formed by casting has been described in the third embodiment, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the outer cylinder member 320 may be formed by forging or cutting, for example.

上記第4から第11実施の形態では、ゴム基体圧縮工程を省略する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、ゴム基体圧縮工程によりゴム基体430,830に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与した状態で、防振装置400,700,800,900を製造しても良い。   In the fourth to eleventh embodiments, the case where the rubber base compression step is omitted has been described. However, the invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the rubber bases 430 and 830 are spared in the axis O direction by the rubber base compression step. The vibration isolator 400, 700, 800, 900 may be manufactured with compression applied.

上記第7実施の形態では、規制膨出部740aが周方向に断続的に形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、規制膨出部740aを周方向に連続して形成しても良い。   In the seventh embodiment, the case where the restriction bulging portion 740a is intermittently formed in the circumferential direction has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the restriction bulging portion 740a is continuously provided in the circumferential direction. It may be formed.

上記第11実施の形態では、位相を180°異ならせて2個の規制突起1122bを突設する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、周方向等間隔に4個の規制突起1122bを突設しても良い。この場合には、規制突起1122bの突設先端面が第1外筒部421の分割面に当接される領域を周方向に分散させ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部1122が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができる。   In the eleventh embodiment, the case where the two restricting protrusions 1122b are protruded by changing the phase by 180 ° has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and four restricting protrusions are equally spaced in the circumferential direction. You may project 1122b. In this case, the region where the projecting leading end surface of the restricting projection 1122b is in contact with the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 is dispersed in the circumferential direction, and the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 1122 are It is possible to stably regulate the movement in the direction in which the divided surfaces come close to each other.

上記第11実施の形態では、2個の規制突起1122b(即ち、突設高さが規制突起921b,922bの2倍とされるもの)が第2外筒部1122の分割面から突設される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、2個の規制突起1122bの内の一方が第1外筒部の分割面から、他方が第2外筒部の分割面から、それぞれ突設されても良い。この場合には、第1外筒部と第2外筒部とを共通の部品とすることができるので、部品コストの削減を図ることができる。   In the eleventh embodiment, the two restricting projections 1122b (that is, the projecting height is twice that of the restricting projections 921b and 922b) are projected from the dividing surface of the second outer cylindrical portion 1122. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and one of the two restricting projections 1122b protrudes from the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the other protrudes from the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion. May be provided. In this case, since the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be used as a common part, it is possible to reduce the part cost.

ここで、請求項1記載の「凹状の球面」とは、完全な球面形状を要求するものではなく、少なくとも内筒部材の膨出部における凸状の球面に対向配置される凹状の面として形成されていれば足りる趣旨である。同様に、「凸状の球面と同心状」も、完全に中心が一致することを要求するものではなく、第1外筒部および第2外筒部から視て、凹状の球面の中心が、凸状の球面の中心と同じ側に位置すれば足りる趣旨である。   Here, the “concave spherical surface” described in claim 1 does not require a complete spherical shape, but is formed as a concave surface disposed opposite to the convex spherical surface at least in the bulging portion of the inner cylinder member. If it is done, it is enough. Similarly, “concentric with a convex spherical surface” does not require that the centers coincide completely, and the center of the concave spherical surface is viewed from the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion, This means that it suffices if it is located on the same side as the center of the convex spherical surface.

100,200,300,400,700,800,900 防振装置
10,410 内筒部材
12,412 膨出部
20,320,420,920,1020,1120 外筒部材
21,321,421,921,1021,1121 第1外筒部
22,322,422,922,1022,1122 第2外筒部
921b,922b,1122b 規制突起(規制手段)
IS 凹状内周面
30,430,830 ゴム基体
31,431 第1ゴム部
32,432 第2ゴム部
33,333,431a,431b ゴム膜部
34,334,432a,432b ゴム膜部
40,440,840 筒状部材
740a 規制膨出部(規制手段)
450,550,650 介設部材(規制手段)
O 軸
SP 空間
100, 200, 300, 400, 700, 800, 900 Vibration isolator 10, 410 Inner cylinder member 12, 412 Swelling part 20, 320, 420, 920, 1020, 1120 Outer cylinder member 21, 321, 421, 921, 1021, 1121 1st outer cylinder part 22,322,422,922,1022,1122 2nd outer cylinder part 921b, 922b, 1122b Restriction protrusion (regulation means)
IS concave inner peripheral surface 30, 430, 830 Rubber base 31, 431 First rubber part 32, 432 Second rubber part 33, 333, 431a, 431b Rubber film part 34, 334, 432a, 432b Rubber film part 40, 440, 840 Cylindrical member 740a Restricted bulging portion (regulating means)
450, 550, 650 Interposition member (regulation means)
O-axis SP space

本発明は、防振装置に関し、特に、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすると共に、2分割された第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを抑制することができる防振装置に関するものである。   The present invention relates to a vibration isolator, and in particular, while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis, the spring constant in the axial direction is increased, and the first outer cylinder portion and the second portion divided into two are divided. The present invention relates to a vibration isolator capable of suppressing the movement of the outer cylinder portion in a direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

内筒部材と外筒部材との間をゴム状弾性体からなるゴム基体で連結し、サスペンション装置に使用されるブッシュ(防振装置)では、自動車の乗り心地を確保するために、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくすることが要請される。   In the bush (vibration isolation device) used for the suspension device, the inner cylinder member and the outer cylinder member are connected by a rubber base made of a rubber-like elastic body. It is required to reduce the spring constant.

特許文献1には、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくするために、内筒1(内筒部材)の軸方向中間部に、径方向外方へ膨出する球状の膨出部4を設け、その膨出部4を囲む外筒2(外筒部材)の内周面部分を、膨出部4の凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成する防振ブッシュ101(防振装置)が開示される。   In Patent Document 1, in order to reduce the spring constant in the twisting direction, a spherical bulging portion 4 bulging outward in the radial direction is provided at an axially intermediate portion of the inner cylinder 1 (inner cylinder member). An anti-vibration bush 101 (anti-vibration device) that forms an inner peripheral surface portion of the outer cylinder 2 (outer cylinder member) surrounding the bulging portion 4 into a concave spherical surface that is concentric with the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 4. Disclosed.

この防振ブッシュ101によれば、こじり方向の変位の入力に対し、凸状の球面と、これに同心状の凹状の球面との間で、ゴム状弾性体3(ゴム基体)を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができるので、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくできる。   According to this anti-vibration bush 101, the rubber-like elastic body 3 (rubber base) is mainly formed between a convex spherical surface and a concentric concave spherical surface with respect to an input of displacement in the twisting direction. Since it can be deformed in the shearing direction, the spring constant in the twisting direction can be reduced.

特開2008−019927(段落0006,0020、図1など)JP 2008-019927 (paragraphs 0006, 0020, FIG. 1, etc.)

しかしながら、上述した従来の防振ブッシュ101では、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることが十分にできないという問題点があった。   However, the conventional anti-vibration bush 101 described above has a problem that it is not possible to sufficiently increase the spring constant in the axial direction while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

これに対し、本願出願人は、鋭意検討した結果、上記問題点を解消するために、ゴム基体を軸方向中央部で第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とに2分割し、それら第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に空間を形成する構成に想到した(本願出願時において未公知)。   On the other hand, as a result of diligent study, the applicant of the present application divided the rubber base into a first rubber part and a second rubber part at an axially central part in order to solve the above problems, and the first rubber. The present inventors have come up with a configuration in which a space is formed between the divided surface of the part and the divided surface of the second rubber part (not known at the time of filing this application).

この場合、外筒部材も軸方向中央で第1外筒部と第2外筒部とに2分割し、それら第1外筒部および第2外筒部は、互いの分割面を軸方向に離間させた状態で、筒状部材により保持固定される。   In this case, the outer cylinder member is also divided into a first outer cylinder part and a second outer cylinder part at the center in the axial direction, and the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part have their respective split surfaces in the axial direction. In a separated state, it is held and fixed by a cylindrical member.

しかしながら、このように、第1外筒部の分割面と第2外筒部の分割面とが軸方向に離間されていると、軸方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することが判明した。   However, in this way, when the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion are separated in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder portion and the first outer cylinder portion are It has been found that the two outer cylinder parts move in a direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

本発明は、このような事情を背景になされたものであり、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすると共に、2分割された第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを抑制することができる防振装置を提供することを目的としている。   The present invention has been made against the background of the above circumstances. While reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis, the spring constant in the axial direction is increased and the first divided into two parts. It aims at providing the vibration isolator which can suppress that an outer cylinder part and a 2nd outer cylinder part move to the direction which makes a mutual division surface approach.

課題を解決するための手段および発明の効果Means for Solving the Problems and Effects of the Invention

請求項1記載の防振装置によれば、径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部を有する内筒部材と、その内筒部材の膨出部を取り囲む凹状の球面である凹状内周面を有する外筒部材と、それら内筒部材の膨出部の外周面および外筒部材の凹状内周面の間を連結するゴム基体とを備えるので、こじり方向の変位の入力に対しては、ゴム基体を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができる。よって、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくできるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 1, the inner cylinder member having a spherical bulge that bulges radially outward, and the concave shape that is a concave spherical surface that surrounds the bulge of the inner cylinder member. Since it has an outer cylinder member having an inner peripheral surface and a rubber base that connects between the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion of the inner cylindrical member and the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylindrical member, Thus, the rubber substrate can be deformed mainly in the shear direction. Therefore, there is an effect that the spring constant in the twisting direction can be reduced.

この場合、請求項1によれば、外筒部材が、第1外筒部と第2外筒部とに軸方向に2分割されると共に、第1外筒部における凹状内周面および第2外筒部における凹状内周面と内筒部材の膨出部の外周面との間が、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部によって、それぞれ連結され、第1外筒部および第2外筒部をその外周側に配設される筒状の筒状部材により保持固定する構造である。   In this case, according to the first aspect, the outer cylinder member is divided into two parts in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, and the concave inner peripheral surface and the second outer cylinder part in the first outer cylinder part. The first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are connected by the first rubber part and the second rubber part, respectively, between the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylinder part and the outer peripheral surface of the bulging part of the inner cylinder member. Is held and fixed by a cylindrical cylindrical member disposed on the outer peripheral side.

よって、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部が加硫成形された後、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面とが軸方向に離間し互いの分割面の間に空間が形成された状態で、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を筒状部材により保持固定できる。このように、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面との間に空間を形成できることで、その空間の分、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分を抑制しつつ、軸方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   Therefore, after the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion are vulcanized and molded, the dividing surface of the first rubber portion and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion are separated in the axial direction so that there is a space between the dividing surfaces. In the state of being formed, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be held and fixed by the cylindrical member. Thus, by forming a space between the dividing surface of the first rubber part and the dividing surface of the second rubber part, the shear component of the rubber substrate in the twisting direction and the rubber substrate in the direction perpendicular to the axis can be formed. The compression component of the rubber base in the axial direction can be ensured while suppressing the compression component. As a result, it is possible to increase the spring constant in the axial direction while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

さらに、請求項1によれば、第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されると共に第1外筒部の分割面と第2外筒部の分割面から軸方向に沿って部分的に突設される規制突起を備えるので、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面との間に空間を確保しつつ、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制突起により規制することができる。即ち、かかる方向への移動を筒状部材の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに規制することができるので、軸方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部または第2外筒部が筒状部材に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   Further, according to the first aspect, the first outer cylinder part or the second outer cylinder part is formed integrally with at least one of the first outer cylinder part and the split surface of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part in the axial direction. Since the control projection is provided so as to partially project along the first and second outer cylindrical portions and the second outer portion while securing a space between the first rubber portion dividing surface and the second rubber portion dividing surface. It is possible to restrict the movement of the cylindrical portion in the direction in which the divided surfaces come close to each other by the restriction protrusion. That is, since the movement in such a direction can be regulated without relying on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member, when the large displacement is input in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer cylinder It can suppress reliably that a part shifts position with respect to a cylindrical member.

なお、ゴム基体は、第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とが軸方向に完全に分割(分断)されている必要はなく、少なくとも外筒部材側で軸方向に分割されていれば足りる。よって、内筒部材側で第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とが連結されていても(軸方向に分割されていなくても)良い。即ち、内筒部材の外周面を被覆するゴム基体の一部によって、第1ゴム部と第2ゴム部とが連結されていても良い。   In the rubber base, the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion do not need to be completely divided (divided) in the axial direction, and it is sufficient that the rubber base is divided in the axial direction at least on the outer cylinder member side. Therefore, the 1st rubber part and the 2nd rubber part may be connected by the inner cylinder member side (it does not need to be divided in the direction of an axis). That is, the first rubber part and the second rubber part may be connected by a part of the rubber base that covers the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylinder member.

また、内筒部材の膨出部における最大の外径寸法が、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の軸方向端部開口における最小の内径寸法よりも大きくされるので、軸方向への変位に対し、受圧面積を大きくして、ゴム基体の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくする効果を顕著とすることができる。   Moreover, since the maximum outer diameter dimension in the bulging part of the inner cylinder member is made larger than the minimum inner diameter dimension in the axial end opening of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, With respect to the displacement, the pressure receiving area can be increased to ensure the compression component of the rubber base. As a result, the effect of increasing the spring constant in the axial direction can be made remarkable while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

なお、このような請求項1の構成は、内筒部材の膨出部と外筒部材の凹状内周面との間にゴム基体が連続して配設される従来品では、軸方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分と同時に、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分も増大させるため、採用することが不可能であり、本発明のように、第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面との間に空間を形成することで初めて採用可能となったものであり、これにより、軸方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分は確保しつつ、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分を抑制することができる。即ち、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   Note that, in the conventional product in which the rubber base is continuously disposed between the bulging portion of the inner cylinder member and the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylinder member, the configuration of the first aspect is the rubber in the axial direction. Simultaneously with the compressive component of the base, the shear component of the rubber base in the twisting direction and the compressive component of the rubber base in the direction perpendicular to the axis also increase, and thus cannot be employed. This is possible for the first time by forming a space between the dividing surface and the dividing surface of the second rubber part, thereby ensuring the compression component of the rubber base in the axial direction and the rubber in the twisting direction. The shear component of the substrate and the compression component of the rubber substrate in the direction perpendicular to the axis can be suppressed. That is, the spring constant in the axial direction can be increased while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis.

また、第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されると共に分割面から軸方向に沿って部分的に突設される規制突起を備えるので、製品コストの削減を図ることができると共に、筒状部材に対する第1外筒部および第2外筒部の位置ずれ抑制効果の信頼性の向上を図ることができるという効果がある。   In addition, since it is provided with a restricting protrusion that is integrally formed with at least one of the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer cylinder portion and that partially protrudes along the axial direction from the dividing surface, the product cost is reduced. It is possible to improve the reliability of the effect of suppressing the displacement of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part with respect to the cylindrical member.

即ち、規制突起が第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されるので、規制突起が第1外筒部および第2外筒部と別体に形成される場合と比較して、部品点数の削減を図ることができる。これにより、部品コストおよび組み立て工数(加硫金型への設置工数)の削減を図ることができ、その分、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。   That is, since the restricting projection is formed integrally with at least one of the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer cylinder portion, the restricting projection is formed separately from the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion. In comparison, the number of parts can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to reduce the part cost and the assembly man-hour (installation man-hour for the vulcanization mold), and the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

また、規制突起が第1外筒部および第2外筒部と別体に形成される場合には、第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間から規制突起が脱落し、分割面の間に規制突起が介設されなくなることで、位置ずれ抑制効果が発揮されなくなるおそれがある。これに対し、請求項1のように、規制突起が第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されていれば、第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間に規制突起を脱落させることなく介設された状態を維持できるので、位置ずれ抑制効果を確実に発揮させ、その信頼性の向上を図ることができる。   Further, when the restriction projection is formed separately from the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion, the restriction projection is formed between the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion. If it falls off and the restricting protrusion is not interposed between the divided surfaces, the effect of suppressing the displacement may not be exhibited. On the other hand, if the restriction protrusion is integrally formed on at least one of the first outer cylinder part or the second outer cylinder part as in claim 1, the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder are formed. Since the state in which the restricting protrusion is interposed between the divided surfaces of the parts can be maintained without being dropped, the positional deviation suppressing effect can be surely exhibited and the reliability can be improved.

さらに、規制突起は、第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方の分割面から部分的に突設されるので、加硫金型による加硫成形によって、第1外筒部および第2外筒部と内筒部材との間を第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部により連結する際には、規制突起が突設されていない領域を利用して、第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に加硫金型を配設することができる。これにより、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の位置ずれ抑制効果を規制突起部により発揮可能としつつ、第1ゴム部の分割面および第2ゴム部の分割面の間に空間を形成することができるという効果がある。
さらに、筒状部材には、絞り加工が施され、筒状部材の軸方向一端側および軸方向他端側が、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の凹状内周面の背面側となる外周面に沿って縮径された形状に形成されるので、筒状部材に対して、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が、互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することだけでなく、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動することも規制することができるという効果がある。
即ち、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が、互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を規制突起により規制すると共に、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を筒状部材の軸方向一端側または軸方向他端側により規制することができる。これにより、これら両方向への移動を筒状部材の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに規制することができるので、軸方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部または第2外筒部が筒状部材に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。
Further, since the restricting projection is partially projected from at least one split surface of the first outer cylinder part or the second outer cylinder part, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are vulcanized by a vulcanization mold. (2) When connecting the outer cylinder part and the inner cylinder member by the first rubber part and the second rubber part, the dividing surface of the first rubber part and A vulcanization mold can be disposed between the divided surfaces of the second rubber part. Accordingly, a space is formed between the divided surface of the first rubber portion and the divided surface of the second rubber portion while the effect of suppressing the displacement of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion can be exhibited by the restricting projection portion. There is an effect that can be done.
Further, the cylindrical member is subjected to drawing processing, and one end side in the axial direction and the other end side in the axial direction of the cylindrical member become the back side of the concave inner peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion. Since it is formed in a shape reduced in diameter along the outer peripheral surface, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are only moved in the direction in which the divided surfaces come close to the cylindrical member. In addition, there is an effect that it is possible to restrict the movement in the direction of separating the divided surfaces.
That is, when the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part move in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other, the movement is restricted by the restriction protrusions, and the movement is made in the direction in which the divided surfaces are separated from each other. In that case, the movement can be restricted by one axial end side or the other axial end side of the cylindrical member. As a result, the movement in both directions can be regulated without relying on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member. Therefore, when a large displacement is input in the axial direction, the first outer cylinder portion or the second outer It is possible to reliably suppress the displacement of the tubular portion with respect to the tubular member.

請求項2記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部の剥がれや亀裂の発生を抑制しつつ、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部に径方向(軸直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与できるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 2, in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to claim 1, the first rubber part while suppressing the occurrence of peeling and cracking of the first rubber part and the second rubber part. Further, there is an effect that pre-compression can be imparted to the second rubber portion in the radial direction (perpendicular to the axis).

ここで、防振装置は、その耐久性を確保するために、ゴム基体に径方向への予備圧縮を付与する。ゴム基体への径方向への予備圧縮の付与は、通常、外筒部材に絞り加工を施すことにより行われる。この場合、従来品のように、外筒部材(外筒)の内周面部分に部分的に凹状の球面を形成する構造では、凹状の球面を形成した部分と凹状の球面が非形成となる部分との間に肉厚の差が生じると共に、凹状の球面が非形成となる部分の肉厚が厚くなるため、外筒部材の絞り加工が困難となる。   Here, the vibration isolator imparts preliminary compression in the radial direction to the rubber base in order to ensure the durability thereof. The provision of the precompression in the radial direction to the rubber base is usually performed by drawing the outer cylinder member. In this case, in the structure in which a concave spherical surface is formed on the inner peripheral surface portion of the outer cylinder member (outer cylinder) as in the conventional product, the concave spherical surface and the concave spherical surface are not formed. A difference in thickness occurs between the portions and the thickness of the portion where the concave spherical surface is not formed becomes thick, so that drawing of the outer cylinder member becomes difficult.

そのため、従来品では、外筒部材の内周面に、軸方向に延びると共に凹状の球面と同等の深さを有する複数の凹溝を周方向に分散して形成する。これにより、絞り加工に伴って、外筒部材は、各凹溝の溝幅が狭くなるように絞り変形するので、肉厚の差があり、かつ、凹状の球面が非形成となる部分の肉厚が厚くても、絞り加工を施すことができる。   Therefore, in the conventional product, a plurality of concave grooves extending in the axial direction and having a depth equivalent to that of the concave spherical surface are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the outer cylinder member in the circumferential direction. As a result, the outer cylinder member undergoes drawing deformation so that the groove width of each concave groove becomes narrow with drawing, so there is a difference in thickness and the thickness of the portion where the concave spherical surface is not formed. Drawing can be performed even if the thickness is large.

しかしながら、この従来品では、こじり方向におけるばね定数は小さくできるが、外筒部材に凹溝を形成して、その絞り加工を可能とすることで、ゴム基体(ゴム状弾性体)に予備圧縮を付与する構造であるので、外筒部材に絞り加工を施すと、凹溝に変形が集中し、この凹溝に接着される部位でゴム状弾性体の剥がれが発生すると共に、溝幅が狭まった凹溝に挟まれてゴム基体に亀裂が発生する。   However, with this conventional product, the spring constant in the twisting direction can be reduced, but by forming a concave groove in the outer cylindrical member to enable drawing, the rubber base (rubber-like elastic body) can be pre-compressed. Since it is a structure to be applied, when the outer cylinder member is drawn, deformation concentrates on the concave groove, and the rubber-like elastic body is peeled off at the portion bonded to the concave groove, and the groove width is narrowed. Cracks are generated in the rubber substrate between the concave grooves.

これに対し、請求項2によれば、第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工が施された状態で、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が筒状部材により保持固定されるので、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部に径方向への予備圧縮を付与することができるという効果がある。また、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の板厚が一定の素材から凹状内周面を備える形状に形成されるので、第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工を可能とするための凹溝を形成する必要がない。よって、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部の剥がれや亀裂の発生を抑制しつつ、第1ゴム部および第2ゴム部に径方向への予備圧縮を付与できるという効果がある。   On the other hand, according to the second aspect, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are held and fixed by the cylindrical member in a state where the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are drawn. Therefore, there is an effect that preliminary compression in the radial direction can be applied to the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion. In addition, since the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are formed from a material having a constant plate thickness into a shape having a concave inner peripheral surface, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be drawn. It is not necessary to form a concave groove for Therefore, there is an effect that radial compression can be applied to the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion while suppressing occurrence of peeling and cracking of the first rubber portion and the second rubber portion.

即ち、本発明では、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を筒状部材が保持固定する構造であるので、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状(例えば、サスペンションアームの圧入穴へ圧入可能な外形形状)を筒状部材に担わせることができ、第1外筒部および第2外筒部は、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状を考慮する必要がない。よって、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を、板厚が一定の素材から例えばプレス加工により形成することができ、その結果、凹溝を設けなくても、これら第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工を施すことが可能となる。   That is, in the present invention, since the cylindrical member holds and fixes the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, the shape as an attachment site to the mating member (for example, press-fitting into the press-fitting hole of the suspension arm is possible. The outer shape) can be carried by the cylindrical member, and the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion do not need to take into account the shape as an attachment site to the mating member. Therefore, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be formed from a material having a constant plate thickness, for example, by pressing, and as a result, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be formed without providing a concave groove. The second outer cylinder portion can be drawn.

請求項3記載の防振装置によれば、請求項1又は2に記載の防振装置の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材に絞り加工が施される、即ち、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面側が筒状部材の内周面側によって締め付けられることで、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が筒状部材により保持固定されるので、かかる保持固定を簡易に行うことができるという効果がある。また、絞り加工を施す前の筒状部材の内径を第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外径よりも大きくしておけるので、組み立て工程において、第1外筒部および第2外筒部を筒状部材の内周側へ軸方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができるという効果がある。   According to the vibration isolator of claim 3, in addition to the effect of the vibration isolator according to claim 1 or 2, the cylindrical member is subjected to drawing processing, that is, the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion. Since the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion are held and fixed by the cylindrical member by tightening the outer peripheral surface side of the outer cylinder portion by the inner peripheral surface side of the cylindrical member, the holding and fixing are easily performed. There is an effect that can be. Further, since the inner diameter of the cylindrical member before the drawing process can be made larger than the outer diameters of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder in the assembly process. There is an effect that the operation of inserting the portion into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member along the axial direction can be efficiently performed.

この場合、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面と筒状部材の内周面とが直接接触する(即ち、金属材料どうしが接触する)場合には、両者の間での摩擦係数の確保が困難となる。また、絞り加工後のスプリングバックは、外周側に位置する部材が大きくなるので、締め代の確保が困難となる。そのため、筒状部材から第1外筒部および第2外筒部が軸方向へ抜け出すおそれがある。   In this case, when the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part and the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member are in direct contact (that is, the metal materials are in contact with each other), the friction between the two It is difficult to secure the coefficient. Moreover, since the member located in the outer peripheral side becomes large, the spring back after a drawing process becomes difficult to ensure a fastening allowance. Therefore, there is a possibility that the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part may come out in the axial direction from the cylindrical member.

これに対し、本発明では、第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面または筒状部材の内周面の少なくとも一方の少なくとも一部にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム膜部が覆設されるので、かかるゴム膜部の介在により、摩擦係数を確保することができる。また、ゴム膜部が介在することで、筒状部材のスプリングバックによる締め代の不足分を、ゴム膜部の弾性回復による圧縮力で補うことができる。よって、軸方向への抜け出しに対する保持力を確保して、第1外筒部および第2外筒部が筒状部材から軸方向へ抜け出すことを抑制できるという効果がある。   On the other hand, in the present invention, a rubber film portion composed of a rubber-like elastic body is provided on at least a part of at least one of the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion or the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member. Since it is covered, the friction coefficient can be secured by the intervention of the rubber film portion. Further, the rubber film portion is interposed, so that the shortage of the tightening allowance due to the spring back of the cylindrical member can be compensated by the compressive force due to the elastic recovery of the rubber film portion. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to secure a holding force against the axial withdrawal and to prevent the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion from coming out of the cylindrical member in the axial direction.

また、請求項3によれば、筒状部材に絞り加工が施されるので、かかる筒状部材の内周側で第1外筒部および第2外筒部が径方向(軸直角方向)にがたつくことを抑制することができるという効果がある。   According to the third aspect, since the cylindrical member is drawn, the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion are radially arranged (perpendicular to the axis) on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member. There is an effect that it is possible to suppress rattling.

(a)は、本発明の第1参考例における防振装置の上面図であり、(b)は、図1(a)のIb−Ib線における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the vibration isolator in the 1st reference example of this invention, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the Ib-Ib line | wire of Fig.1 (a). (a)は、内筒部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図2(a)のIIb−IIb線における内筒部材の断面図である。(A) is a top view of an inner cylinder member, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner cylinder member in the IIb-IIb line | wire of Fig.2 (a). (a)は、第1外筒部の上面図であり、(b)は、図3(a)のIIIb−IIIb線における第1外筒部の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a 1st outer cylinder part, (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part in the IIIb-IIIb line | wire of Fig.3 (a). (a)は、筒状部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図4(a)のIVb−IVb線における筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a cylindrical member, (b) is sectional drawing of the cylindrical member in the IVb-IVb line | wire of Fig.4 (a). (a)は、加硫成形体の上面図であり、(b)は、図5(a)のVb−Vb線における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a vulcanization molded object, (b) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object in the Vb-Vb line | wire of Fig.5 (a). (a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体の断面図であり、(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a sectional view of a vulcanized molded body in a state before being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step, and (b) is a vulcanization in a state after being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step. It is sectional drawing of a molded object. (a)は、ゴム基体圧縮工程においてゴム基体が軸方向に圧縮された状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state where a rubber base was compressed in the direction of an axis in a rubber base compression process, (b) is a cylindrical member in a cylindrical member squeezing process. It is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state after drawing processing. (a)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図であり、(b)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state before a bending process is given in a bending process, (b) is in the state after a bending process was given in the bending process. It is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member. (a)は、第2参考例における防振装置を構成する加硫成形体Bの断面図であり、(b)は、第2参考例における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object B which comprises the vibration isolator in a 2nd reference example , (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in a 2nd reference example . (a)は、第3参考例における防振装置を構成する加硫成形体の断面図であり、図10(b)は、第3参考例における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object which comprises the vibration isolator in a 3rd reference example, FIG.10 (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in a 3rd reference example . (a)は、第4参考例における防振装置の上面図であり、(b)は、図11(a)のXIb−XIb線における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the vibration isolator in a 4th reference example , (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the XIb-XIb line | wire of Fig.11 (a). (a)は、第1外筒部の上面図であり、(b)は、図12(a)のXIIb−XIIb線における第1外筒部の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a 1st outer cylinder part, (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part in the XIIb-XIIb line | wire of Fig.12 (a). 介設部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図13(a)のXIIIb−XIIIb線における介設部材の断面図である。It is a top view of an interposed member, (b) is sectional drawing of the interposed member in the XIIIb-XIIIb line | wire of Fig.13 (a). (a)は、加硫成形体の側面図であり、(b)は、図14(a)のXIVb−XIVb線における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a side view of a vulcanization molded object, (b) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object in the XIVb-XIVb line | wire of Fig.14 (a). (a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体の断面図であり、(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体の断面図である。(A) is a sectional view of a vulcanized molded body in a state before being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step, and (b) is a vulcanization in a state after being drawn in the outer cylinder drawing step. It is sectional drawing of a molded object. (a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体及び筒状体の断面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical body in the state before a cylindrical member is drawn in a cylindrical member drawing process, (b) is a cylindrical member drawing process. It is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the state after the drawing process was given to the cylindrical member. (a)は、第5参考例における介設部材の上面図であり、(b)は、第6参考例における介設部材の上面図である。(A) is a top view of the interposed member in the fifth reference example , and (b) is a top view of the interposed member in the sixth reference example . (a)は、第7参考例における筒状部材の上面図であり、(b)は、図18(a)のXVIIIb−XVIIIb線における筒状部材の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the cylindrical member in a 7th reference example , (b) is a sectional view of the cylindrical member in the XVIIIb-XVIIIb line of Drawing 18 (a). (a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体および筒状体の断面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置の部分断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical body in the state before a cylindrical member is drawn in a cylindrical member drawing process, (b) is a cylindrical member drawing process. It is a fragmentary sectional view of the vibration isolator in the state after the drawing process was given to the cylindrical member. 第8参考例における防振装置を示す図であり、(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体および筒状部材の断面図であり、(b)は、曲げ工程において外筒部材に曲げ加工が施された後の状態における防振装置の断面図である。It is a figure which shows the vibration isolator in an 8th reference example , (a) is sectional drawing of a vulcanization molded object and a cylindrical member in the state after a cylindrical member was drawn in the cylindrical member drawing process (B) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the state after the bending process was given to the outer cylinder member in the bending process. (a)は、第実施の形態における第1外筒部の底面図であり、(b)は、図21(a)のXXIb−XXIb線における第1外筒部の断面図である。(A) is a bottom view of the 1st outer cylinder part in 1st Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part in the XXIb-XXIb line | wire of Fig.21 (a). (a)は、外筒部材の斜視図であり、(b)は、加硫成形体の側面図である。(A) is a perspective view of an outer cylinder member, (b) is a side view of a vulcanization molded object. (a)は、防振装置の上面図であり、(b)は、図23(a)のXXIIIb−XXIIIb線における防振装置の断面図である。(A) is a top view of a vibration isolator, (b) is sectional drawing of the vibration isolator in the XXIIIb-XXIIIb line | wire of Fig.23 (a). (a)は、第実施の形態における外筒部材の斜視図であり、(b)は、第実施の形態における外筒部材の斜視図である。(A) is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member in 2nd Embodiment, (b) is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member in 3rd Embodiment.

以下、本発明の好ましい参考例および実施の形態について添付図面を参照して説明する。まず、図1を参照して、防振装置100の全体構成について説明する。図1(a)は、本発明の第1参考例における防振装置100の上面図であり、図1(b)は、図1(a)のIb−Ib線における防振装置100の断面図である。 Hereinafter, preferred reference examples and embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, the overall configuration of the vibration isolator 100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1A is a top view of a vibration isolator 100 according to a first reference example of the present invention, and FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 100 taken along line Ib-Ib in FIG. It is.

図1に示すように、防振装置100は、自動車のサスペンション装置(懸架装置)に使用される防振ブッシュであり、筒状の内筒部材10と、その内筒部材10の外周側に配設される外筒部材20と、それら内筒部材10及び外筒部材20の間を連結すると共にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム基体30と、外筒部材20の外周側に配設される筒状の筒状部材40とを備える。   As shown in FIG. 1, a vibration isolator 100 is a vibration isolating bush used for an automobile suspension device (suspension device), and is arranged on a cylindrical inner cylinder member 10 and an outer peripheral side of the inner cylinder member 10. The outer cylinder member 20 is provided, the inner cylinder member 10 and the outer cylinder member 20 are connected to each other, and the rubber base 30 formed of a rubber-like elastic body is disposed on the outer peripheral side of the outer cylinder member 20. And a tubular member 40 having a tubular shape.

防振装置100は、サスペンションメンバーのブラケットにおける一対の挟持部の間に、内筒部材10に挿通される取り付けボルトを介して、内筒部材10の軸O方向端面が挟持固定されると共に、筒状部材40が、サスペンションアーム(本参考例では、ロアアーム)の一端における圧入穴に圧入され、これにより、自動車のサスペンション装置に装着される。 The vibration isolator 100 is configured such that the end surface in the axial O direction of the inner cylinder member 10 is clamped and fixed between a pair of clamping portions in the bracket of the suspension member via an attachment bolt inserted into the inner cylinder member 10. The shaped member 40 is press-fitted into a press-fitting hole at one end of the suspension arm (in this reference example , the lower arm), and is thereby mounted on the suspension device of the automobile.

次いで、図2から図4を参照して、防振装置100を構成する各部の詳細構成について説明する。まず、図2を参照して、内筒部材1の詳細構成について説明する。図2(a)は、内筒部材10の上面図であり、図2(b)は、図2(a)のIIb−IIb線における内筒部材10の断面図である。   Next, with reference to FIGS. 2 to 4, the detailed configuration of each part constituting the vibration isolator 100 will be described. First, with reference to FIG. 2, the detailed structure of the inner cylinder member 1 is demonstrated. 2A is a top view of the inner cylinder member 10, and FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view of the inner cylinder member 10 taken along the line IIb-IIb in FIG. 2A.

図2に示すように、内筒部材10は、取り付けボルトが挿通される挿通孔が軸Oに沿って貫通形成された筒状の軸部11と、その軸部11の外周面から径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部12とを備え、これらが金属材料から一体に構成される。なお、軸部11と膨出部12とは別材料(例えば、膨出部12が樹脂材料)から別体に構成されていても良い。   As shown in FIG. 2, the inner cylinder member 10 includes a cylindrical shaft part 11 in which an insertion hole through which a mounting bolt is inserted is formed along the axis O, and a radially outer side from the outer peripheral surface of the shaft part 11. And a spherical bulging portion 12 that bulges toward the direction, and these are integrally formed of a metal material. Note that the shaft portion 11 and the bulging portion 12 may be configured separately from different materials (for example, the bulging portion 12 is a resin material).

膨出部12は、軸部11の軸O方向中央(図2(b)上下方向中央)に配設され、膨出部12における凸状の球面の中心は、軸部11の軸O上に位置する。即ち、内筒部材10は、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称形状に形成される。   The bulging portion 12 is disposed at the center of the shaft portion 11 in the axis O direction (the center in the vertical direction in FIG. 2B), and the center of the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 12 is on the axis O of the shaft portion 11. To position. That is, the inner cylinder member 10 is formed in a rotationally symmetric shape with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation center).

図3を参照して、外筒部材20の詳細構成について説明する。図3(a)は、第1外筒部21の上面図であり、図3(b)は、図3(a)のIIIb−IIIb線における第1外筒部21の断面図である。なお、図3では、外筒絞り工程における絞り加工(図6参照)が施される前の状態が図示される。   With reference to FIG. 3, the detailed structure of the outer cylinder member 20 is demonstrated. Fig.3 (a) is a top view of the 1st outer cylinder part 21, FIG.3 (b) is sectional drawing of the 1st outer cylinder part 21 in the IIIb-IIIb line | wire of Fig.3 (a). FIG. 3 shows a state before the drawing process (see FIG. 6) in the outer cylinder drawing process.

なお、外筒部材20は、軸O方向の中央部で第1外筒部21と第2外筒部22とに2分割される(図1参照)。これら第1外筒部21と第2外筒部22とは、同一の部材(構成)であり、名称のみが異なる部材であるので、以下においては、第1外筒部21について説明し、第2外筒部22の説明は省略する。   In addition, the outer cylinder member 20 is divided into two at the center part in the axis O direction into a first outer cylinder part 21 and a second outer cylinder part 22 (see FIG. 1). Since the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are the same member (configuration) and are different only in names, the first outer cylinder portion 21 will be described below. Description of the 2 outer cylinder part 22 is abbreviate | omitted.

図3に示すように、第1外筒部21は、板厚が一定の板状の金属材料(本参考例では鉄鋼材料)をプレス加工により器状に成形して得られる部材であり、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称に形成される。 As shown in FIG. 3, the first outer cylinder portion 21 is a member obtained by forming a plate-like metal material (steel material in the present reference example ) having a constant plate thickness into a vessel shape by pressing. It is formed in rotational symmetry with O as the axis of symmetry (rotation center).

なお、第1外筒部21は、板厚が一定の素材から形成されるので、従来品のように絞り加工を可能とするための凹溝を形成する必要がない。よって、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22に絞り加工を施す外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32の剥がれや亀裂の発生を抑制しつつ、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に径方向(軸O直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   In addition, since the 1st outer cylinder part 21 is formed from a raw material with a fixed plate | board thickness, it is not necessary to form the ditch | groove for enabling drawing like the conventional product. Therefore, in the outer cylinder drawing process (see FIG. 6) in which the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are drawn, the occurrence of peeling and cracking of the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 is suppressed. However, preliminary compression in the radial direction (direction perpendicular to the axis O) can be applied to the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32.

即ち、第1外筒部21(及び、第2外筒部22)は、筒状部材40に保持固定されるので(図1参照)、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状(本参考例では、ロアアームの圧入穴へ圧入可能な外形形状)を筒状部材40に担わせることができ、第1外筒部21は、相手部材への取り付け部位としての形状を考慮する必要がない。よって、第1外筒部21を、板厚が一定の素材からプレス加工により成形することができ、その結果、凹溝を設けなくても、第1外筒部21(及び、第2外筒部22)に絞り加工を施すことが可能となる。 That is, since the first outer cylinder part 21 (and the second outer cylinder part 22) is held and fixed to the cylindrical member 40 (see FIG. 1), the shape as an attachment site to the mating member (in this reference example) The cylindrical member 40 can bear the outer shape that can be press-fitted into the press-fitting hole of the lower arm, and the first outer cylinder portion 21 does not need to take into account the shape as an attachment site to the counterpart member. Therefore, the 1st outer cylinder part 21 can be shape | molded by a press work from the raw material with fixed board thickness, As a result, even if it does not provide a ditch | groove, the 1st outer cylinder part 21 (and 2nd outer cylinder) Part 22) can be drawn.

第1外筒部21は、軸Oに直交する円環板状に形成される環状部20aと、その環状部20aの内縁に接続されると共に断面形状が円弧状に湾曲する湾曲部20bと、その湾曲部20bの終端(図3(b)下側)に接続され湾曲部20bから離間する従って内径が漸次拡大される円錐筒状の拡径部20cと、その拡径部20cの最大径側に接続されると共に内径が略一定に形成される円筒状の円筒部20dとを備え、これら各部20a〜20dが軸Oに沿って同軸に一体に形成される。   The first outer cylinder portion 21 includes an annular portion 20a formed in an annular plate shape orthogonal to the axis O, a curved portion 20b that is connected to the inner edge of the annular portion 20a and whose cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape, A conical cylindrical enlarged portion 20c that is connected to the end of the curved portion 20b (lower side in FIG. 3 (b)) and is spaced apart from the curved portion 20b so that the inner diameter is gradually enlarged, and the largest diameter side of the enlarged portion 20c And a cylindrical portion 20d having a substantially constant inner diameter, and these portions 20a to 20d are integrally formed coaxially along the axis O.

拡径部20cと円筒部20dとの間は断面円弧状に滑らかに接続される。また、環状部20aが軸Oに直交する環状板状に形成され、後述する曲げ工程(図8参照)において筒状部材40の軸O方向端部が径方向内方に曲げられた場合には、その曲げられた部分が環状部20aと軸O方向で重なる(図1参照)。よって、筒状部材40の曲げられた部分と環状部20aとの係合を強固とすることができる。   The enlarged diameter portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are smoothly connected in a circular arc shape in cross section. Further, when the annular portion 20a is formed in an annular plate shape orthogonal to the axis O, and the end portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40 is bent radially inward in a bending step (see FIG. 8) described later. The bent portion overlaps the annular portion 20a in the direction of the axis O (see FIG. 1). Therefore, the engagement between the bent portion of the tubular member 40 and the annular portion 20a can be strengthened.

ここで、拡径部20c及び円筒部20dの内周面が凹状内周面ISとされる。凹状内周面ISは、内筒部材10の膨出部12を取り囲む部位であり、外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、拡径部20c及び円筒部20dが絞り加工(絞り変形される)ことで、その凹状内周面ISの形状が、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成される(図1参照)。   Here, the inner peripheral surfaces of the enlarged diameter portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are defined as the concave inner peripheral surface IS. The concave inner peripheral surface IS is a portion surrounding the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10, and the enlarged diameter portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are drawn (drawn and deformed) in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6). Thus, the shape of the concave inner peripheral surface IS is formed into a concave spherical surface concentric with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10 (see FIG. 1).

なお、本参考例では、図3に示すように、環状部20aの外径(環状部20aの外縁における径)D1が、円筒部20dの外径(円筒部20dの外周面における径)D2よりも小さくされる(D1<D2)。これにより、外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、円筒部20dの部分のみをダイス片(図示せず)に当接させ、そのダイス片により径方向内方へ押圧(移動)させることができるので、凹状内周面ISの形状を、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に近づけることができる。 In this reference example , as shown in FIG. 3, the outer diameter of the annular portion 20a (diameter at the outer edge of the annular portion 20a) D1 is greater than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion 20d (diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d) D2. Is also reduced (D1 <D2). Thereby, in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6), only the portion of the cylindrical portion 20d can be brought into contact with a die piece (not shown) and can be pressed (moved) radially inward by the die piece. Therefore, the shape of the concave inner peripheral surface IS can be brought close to a concave spherical surface that is concentric with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

図4を参照して、筒状部材40について説明する。図4(a)は、筒状部材40の上面図であり、図4(b)は、図4(a)のIVb−IVb線における筒状部材40の断面図である。なお、図4では、筒状部材絞り工程(図7参照)前の状態(即ち、絞り加工前の筒状部材40)が図示される。   The cylindrical member 40 will be described with reference to FIG. 4A is a top view of the tubular member 40, and FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view of the tubular member 40 taken along line IVb-IVb of FIG. 4A. 4 shows a state before the cylindrical member drawing step (see FIG. 7) (that is, the cylindrical member 40 before drawing).

図4に示すように、筒状部材40は、金属材料(本参考例では鉄鋼材料)から軸Oを有する筒状に形成される部材である。即ち、筒状部材40は、軸Oを対称軸(回転軸)として回転対称となる形状に形成される。 As shown in FIG. 4, the cylindrical member 40 is a member formed in a cylindrical shape having an axis O from a metal material (a steel material in the present reference example ). That is, the cylindrical member 40 is formed in a shape that is rotationally symmetric with the axis O as the axis of symmetry (rotation axis).

筒状部材40の内径は、後述する外筒絞り工程による絞り加工(図6(b)参照)が施された後の加硫成形体Aの最大外径(ゴム膜部33,34の外周面における径)よりも大きくされる。本参考例では、絞り加工前の加硫成形体Aの最大外径(円筒部20dの外径D2)よりも大きくされる。これにより、防振装置100の組み立て作業において、加硫成形体Aを筒状部材40の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができる(図7(a)参照)。 The inner diameter of the cylindrical member 40 is the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body A after the drawing process (see FIG. 6B) in the outer cylinder drawing process described later (the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film portions 33 and 34). Larger than the diameter). In this reference example, it is made larger than the maximum outer diameter (outer diameter D2 of the cylindrical portion 20d) of the vulcanized molded body A before drawing. Thereby, in the assembly work of the vibration isolator 100, the work of inserting the vulcanized molded body A into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 40 along the axis O direction can be efficiently performed (FIG. 7A). reference).

また、筒状部材40の軸O方向(図4(b)上下方向)端部には、内周面側の角部に面取り加工が施され、断面直線状の面取り面40aが形成される。この面取り面40aの形成によっても、筒状部材40の内周側へ加硫成形体Aを軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業性の向上を図ることができる。更に、面取り面40aを備えることで、後述する曲げ工程(図8参照)において、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部を径方向内方へ曲げ加工し易くすることができる。   Further, at the end of the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 4 (b)), a chamfering process is performed on a corner portion on the inner peripheral surface side to form a chamfered surface 40a having a linear cross section. The formation of the chamfered surface 40a can also improve the workability of inserting the vulcanized molded body A along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 40. Furthermore, by providing the chamfered surface 40a, it is possible to easily bend the end portion in the axial O direction of the tubular member 40 radially inward in a bending step (see FIG. 8) described later.

次いで、図5から図8を参照して、防振装置100の製造方法について説明する。まず、図5を参照して、加硫成形体Aの製造方法について説明し、併せて、ゴム基体30の構成について説明する。図5(a)は、加硫成形体Aの上面図であり、図5(b)は、図5(a)のVb−Vb線における加硫成形体Aの断面図である。   Next, a method for manufacturing the vibration isolator 100 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, with reference to FIG. 5, the manufacturing method of the vulcanization molded object A is demonstrated, and the structure of the rubber base | substrate 30 is demonstrated collectively. 5A is a top view of the vulcanized molded body A, and FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A taken along the line Vb-Vb in FIG. 5A.

図5に示すように、加硫成形体Aは、加硫金型により成形された部品であり、防振装置100の一要素を構成する。即ち、加硫成形体Aに筒状部材40を装着することで、防振装置100が構成される。加硫成形体Aの製造は、内筒部材10と外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)とを加硫金型内に設置し、型締め後、ゴム材料を充填して、ゴム基体30を加硫成形することで行われる。これにより、内筒部材10の外周面と外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)の内周面との間がゴム基体30により連結され、加硫成形体Aが製造される。   As shown in FIG. 5, the vulcanized molded body A is a part molded by a vulcanization mold and constitutes one element of the vibration isolator 100. That is, the vibration isolator 100 is configured by mounting the tubular member 40 on the vulcanized molded body A. The vulcanized molded body A is manufactured by placing the inner cylinder member 10 and the outer cylinder member 20 (the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22) in a vulcanization mold, and after clamping the mold, a rubber material And the rubber substrate 30 is vulcanized and molded. Thereby, the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylindrical member 10 and the inner peripheral surface of the outer cylindrical member 20 (the first outer cylindrical portion 21 and the second outer cylindrical portion 22) are connected by the rubber base 30, and the vulcanized molded body A Is manufactured.

なお、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22は、互いの円筒部20dどうしを向かい合わせた姿勢で同軸状に加硫金型内に設置される。加硫金型は、内筒部材10の軸O方向(図5(b)上下方向)中央に位置する中型を備え、この中型は、型締め後の形状が円環状となり、型締め時は、その中型の内周先端縁部が、膨出部12の外周面であって球面の頂部に密着される。   In addition, the 1st outer cylinder part 21 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 22 are coaxially installed in a vulcanization metal mold | die with the attitude | position which mutually faced the cylindrical parts 20d. The vulcanization mold includes an intermediate mold located in the center of the inner cylinder member 10 in the direction of the axis O (the vertical direction in FIG. 5 (b)). The intermediate mold has an annular shape after clamping, The inner peripheral front end edge of the middle mold is in close contact with the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 and the top of the spherical surface.

これにより、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の分割面どうしの間に中型が介在されることで、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22は、その分割面(円筒部20dの軸O方向端面、図3(b)下側面)を軸O方向に離間させた状態で加硫金型内に設置され、ゴム基体30は、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とに軸O方向に2分割された状態に加硫成形される。即ち、加硫成形体Aのゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)は、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部21の分割面とが軸O方向に離間し所定の間隔を隔てた状態を形成する。   Thereby, the middle type is interposed between the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22, so that the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 have their split surfaces ( The end portion of the cylindrical portion 20d in the axis O direction and the lower side surface of FIG. 3 (b) are placed in the vulcanization mold in a state of being separated in the direction of the axis O, and the rubber base 30 includes the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber. It is vulcanized and molded into a portion 32 divided into two in the direction of the axis O. That is, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32) of the vulcanized molded body A has a split surface of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and a split surface of the second outer cylinder portion 21 in the axis O direction. And a state in which a predetermined interval is provided.

第1ゴム部31は、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面および第1外筒部21における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位であり、第2ゴム部32は、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面および第2外筒部22における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位である。これら第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32は、互いの分割面の間に所定の間隔を隔てて配設される。この分割面の間の間隔は、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22から内筒部材10の膨出部12へ近接するに従って狭くなるように形成される。   The first rubber portion 31 is a portion that connects the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylinder portion 21, and the second rubber portion 32 is the inner cylinder member 10. This is a portion for connecting the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS in the second outer cylindrical portion 22. The first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 are disposed with a predetermined interval between the divided surfaces. The interval between the divided surfaces is formed so as to become narrower from the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 toward the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

なお、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とは、軸O方向に完全に分割(分断)されている必要はない。例えば、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面を被覆するゴム基体30の一部(例えば、膜状体)によって、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とが連結されていても良い。   The first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 do not have to be completely divided (divided) in the axis O direction. For example, even if the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 are connected by a part (for example, a film-like body) of the rubber base 30 that covers the outer peripheral surface of the bulging part 12 of the inner cylinder member 10. good.

ゴム基体30は、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面に覆設されるゴム膜部33,34を備える。ゴム膜部33,34は、軸Oを中心とする上面視円形の外周面を形成する部位であり、円環部20aから円錐部20cの中途に亘る範囲に形成されると共に、円環部20aの上面または下面(例えば、ゴム膜33であれば図5(b)上側面)と湾曲部20bの内周面を介して、第1ゴム部31又は第2ゴム部32に連なる。   The rubber base 30 includes rubber film portions 33 and 34 that are covered on the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. The rubber film portions 33 and 34 are portions that form a circular outer peripheral surface with the axis O as the center, and are formed in a range from the annular portion 20a to the middle of the conical portion 20c, and the annular portion 20a. Are connected to the first rubber part 31 or the second rubber part 32 via the upper or lower surface (for example, the upper side surface of FIG. 5B in the case of the rubber film 33) and the inner peripheral surface of the curved part 20b.

なお、本参考例では、図5に示すように、ゴム膜部33,34の外径(ゴム膜部33,34の外周面における径)D3が、円筒部20dの外径(円筒部20dの外周面における径)D2よりも小さくされる(D3<D2)。 In this reference example , as shown in FIG. 5, the outer diameter of the rubber film portions 33, 34 (the diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the rubber film portions 33, 34) D3 is equal to the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion 20d (of the cylindrical portion 20d). It is made smaller than the diameter D2 on the outer peripheral surface (D3 <D2).

ここで、ゴム膜部33,34の覆設範囲は、円錐部20cの中途までの範囲であり、円筒部20d及びその円筒部20d側となる円錐部20cの残部には、ゴム膜部33,34が覆設されない(即ち、外周面が露出される)。これにより、外筒絞り工程(図6参照)において、ゴム膜部33,34を介さずに、円筒部20dを絞り金型(図示せず)により直接押圧可能として、円筒部20d及び円錐部20cの絞り加工を高精度に行うことができる。   Here, the covering range of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 is a range up to the middle of the conical portion 20c, and the rubber film portion 33 and the remaining portion of the conical portion 20c on the cylindrical portion 20d side are disposed on the cylindrical portion 20d. 34 is not covered (that is, the outer peripheral surface is exposed). Thus, in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6), the cylindrical portion 20d and the conical portion 20c can be directly pressed by the drawing die (not shown) without using the rubber film portions 33 and 34. The drawing process can be performed with high accuracy.

ゴム膜部33,34は、その外周面から円錐部20cへ向けて凹設されると共に円筒部20d側に位置する受入凹部33a,34aを備える。これにより、加硫金型と円錐部20cとの当接面積を確保して、加硫成形時のシール性を高めることができるので、円筒部20dの外周面にゴム膜部33,34が形成されることを抑制できる。また、この受入凹部33a,34aの凹設により、筒状部材絞り工程(図7参照)において、筒状部材40の内周面と円錐部20cの外周面との間に空間を形成して、その空間に、余肉となったゴム膜部33,34を受け入れることができる。   The rubber film portions 33 and 34 are provided with receiving recesses 33a and 34a that are recessed from the outer peripheral surface thereof toward the conical portion 20c and are located on the cylindrical portion 20d side. As a result, the contact area between the vulcanization mold and the conical portion 20c can be secured and the sealing performance at the time of vulcanization molding can be improved, so that the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d. Can be suppressed. In addition, by providing the receiving recesses 33a and 34a, a space is formed between the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 40 and the outer peripheral surface of the conical portion 20c in the cylindrical member drawing step (see FIG. 7). In the space, the rubber film portions 33 and 34 that have become surplus can be received.

図6から図8を参照して、加硫成形体Aと筒状部材40とから防振装置100を組み立てる組み立て方法について説明する。防振装置100の組み立ては、外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)に絞り加工を施す外筒絞り工程(図6参照)、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)を軸O方向へ圧縮するゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)、筒状部材40に絞り加工を施す筒状部材絞り工程(図7参照)、及び、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す曲げ工程(図8参照)を順に実施することで行われる。   An assembly method for assembling the vibration isolator 100 from the vulcanized molded body A and the tubular member 40 will be described with reference to FIGS. The vibration isolator 100 is assembled by an outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6) for drawing the outer cylinder member 20 (first outer cylinder portion 21 and second outer cylinder portion 22), and a rubber base 30 (first rubber portion). 31 and the second rubber portion 32) in the direction of the axis O, a rubber base compression step (see FIG. 7), a cylindrical member drawing step for drawing the cylindrical member 40 (see FIG. 7), and a cylindrical member This is performed by sequentially performing a bending step (see FIG. 8) for bending the end portions of the 40 axis O directions.

図6を参照して、外筒絞り工程について説明する。図6(a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体Aの断面図であり、図6(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体Aの断面図である。   The outer cylinder drawing process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A in a state before the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process, and FIG. 6B is a diagram after the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molding A in the state.

外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)に絞り加工を施すための絞り金型は、環状のダイスと、その環状のダイスを外周側から保持して案内する環状のホルダとを備える(いずれも図示せず)。ダイスは、周方向に複数のダイス片に分割されると共に外周面にテーパ面が形成され、ホルダは、ダイスのテーパ面に対応するテーパ面が内周に形成される。   The drawing die for drawing the outer cylinder member 20 (the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22) is an annular die and an annular shape that holds and guides the annular die from the outer peripheral side. (All are not shown). The die is divided into a plurality of die pieces in the circumferential direction, and a tapered surface is formed on the outer peripheral surface. The holder has a tapered surface corresponding to the tapered surface of the die formed on the inner periphery.

外筒絞り工程は、プレス装置の台上に設置されたホルダにダイスを保持させ、加硫成形体Aをダイスの内周側にセットした後、プレス装置の加圧力により、ダイスをホルダに対して相対移動させる。かかる相対移動により、各ダイス片は、その外周面のテーパ面がホルダの内周面のテーパ面によって案内されることで、加硫成形体Aの径方向内方であって軸心Oへ向けて互いに接近するように移動され、ダイスの径寸法が小さくなる。   In the outer cylinder drawing step, the die is held by a holder installed on the table of the press device, the vulcanized molded body A is set on the inner peripheral side of the die, and then the die is pressed against the holder by the pressing force of the press device. To move relative. By such relative movement, each die piece is guided radially by the taper surface of the inner peripheral surface of the holder to the axial center O of the vulcanized molded body A toward the axis O. Are moved closer to each other and the diameter of the die is reduced.

これにより、図6(b)に示すように、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の円筒部20dの外周面が、各ダイス片の内周面により、径方向内方へ押圧され、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22に絞り加工が施される。   Thereby, as shown in FIG.6 (b), the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical part 20d of the 1st outer cylinder part 21 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 22 presses radially inward by the inner peripheral surface of each die piece. Then, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 are drawn.

この外筒絞り工程により、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の円筒部20dは、外径D2から外径D4まで縮径される(D4<D2)。これにより、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)に径方向(軸O直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   By this outer cylinder drawing process, the cylindrical part 20d of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 is reduced in diameter from the outer diameter D2 to the outer diameter D4 (D4 <D2). Thereby, preliminary compression in the radial direction (direction perpendicular to the axis O) can be applied to the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32).

また、円筒部20dの縮径に伴い、円錐部20c及び円筒部20dが湾曲部20b側を支点として径方向内方へ曲げられるように絞り変形されることで、これら円錐部20c及び円筒部20dが湾曲される。その結果、凹状内周面ISの形状を、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に近づけることができる。   Further, as the diameter of the cylindrical portion 20d is reduced, the conical portion 20c and the cylindrical portion 20d are drawn and deformed so as to be bent radially inward with the curved portion 20b as a fulcrum. Is curved. As a result, the shape of the concave inner peripheral surface IS can be brought close to a concave spherical surface that is concentric with the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

なお、本参考例では、外径D2が53.6mmとされ、外径D4が52.0mmとされる。また、外径D4は、ゴム膜部33,34の外径D3(図5参照)よりも小さくされる(D4<D3)。即ち、外筒絞り工程が行われた後の図6(b)に示す加硫成形体Aにおいては、ゴム膜部33,34が円筒部20dよりも大径とされ、ゴム膜部33,34の外周面が、円筒部20dの外周面よりも、径方向外方(軸Oから離間した位置)に配設される。 In this reference example , the outer diameter D2 is 53.6 mm, and the outer diameter D4 is 52.0 mm. Further, the outer diameter D4 is made smaller than the outer diameter D3 (see FIG. 5) of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 (D4 <D3). That is, in the vulcanized molded body A shown in FIG. 6B after the outer cylinder drawing process is performed, the rubber film portions 33 and 34 have a larger diameter than the cylindrical portion 20d, and the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are formed. The outer peripheral surface is disposed radially outward (a position spaced apart from the axis O) from the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d.

図7を参照して、ゴム基体圧縮工程および筒状部材絞り工程について説明する。図7(a)は、ゴム基体圧縮工程においてゴム基体30が軸O方向に圧縮された状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図であり、図7(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材40に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図である。   With reference to FIG. 7, a rubber base | substrate compression process and a cylindrical member squeezing process are demonstrated. FIG. 7A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A and the cylindrical member 40 in a state where the rubber base 30 is compressed in the axis O direction in the rubber base compression step, and FIG. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object A and the cylindrical member 40 in the state after the drawing process was given to the cylindrical member 40 in the member drawing process.

図7(a)に示すように、ゴム基体圧縮工程では、まず、筒状部材40に加硫成形体Aを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Aを筒状部材40の内周側に設置する。次いで、加硫成形体Aの第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を、それら両外筒部21,22の分割面(円筒部20dの軸O方向端面、図3(b)下側面)どうしが互いに近接するように、軸O方向に相対移動させる。   As shown in FIG. 7A, in the rubber base compression process, first, the vulcanized molded body A is inserted into the cylindrical member 40 along the direction of the axis O, and the vulcanized molded body A is inserted into the cylindrical member 40. Install on the circumference side. Subsequently, the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 of the vulcanized molded body A are divided into the split surfaces of both the outer cylinder portions 21 and 22 (the end surface in the axis O direction of the cylindrical portion 20d, FIG. 3B lower). Side surface) Relatively move in the direction of axis O so that they are close to each other.

具体的には、一対の筒状の治具Jの端面間に、第1外筒部21の環状部20a及び第2外筒部22の環状部20aを挟み込み、上方の治具Jを下方の治具Jへ向けて軸O方向へ所定量だけ押し下げる。なお、本参考例では、図7(a)に示すように、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部22の分割面との間に所定の隙間が形成される位置で、一対の治具Jが固定される。 Specifically, the annular part 20a of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the annular part 20a of the second outer cylinder part 22 are sandwiched between the end surfaces of the pair of cylindrical jigs J, and the upper jig J is placed on the lower side. Push down toward the jig J by a predetermined amount in the direction of the axis O. In this reference example , as shown in FIG. 7A, at a position where a predetermined gap is formed between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder portion 22. A pair of jigs J is fixed.

図7(b)に示すように、筒状部材絞り工程による筒状部材40の絞り加工は、一対の治具Jを固定した状態で(即ち、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)が軸O方向に圧縮された状態を維持しつつ)行われる。なお、筒状部材40に絞り加工を施すための絞り金型の構成およびその作用は、外筒絞り工程で使用される絞り金型と同様であるので、その説明は省略する。   As shown in FIG. 7B, the drawing of the tubular member 40 by the tubular member drawing step is performed with the pair of jigs J fixed (that is, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber member 30). The rubber part 32) is carried out while maintaining the state compressed in the direction of the axis O). The configuration of the drawing die for drawing the cylindrical member 40 and the operation thereof are the same as those of the drawing die used in the outer cylinder drawing step, and the description thereof will be omitted.

ここで、筒状部材40の絞り加工は、筒状部材40の内周面によって第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の円筒部20dを径方向内方へ押圧して、かかる円筒部20dに所定の締め代(本参考例では、半径で0.01mm〜0.02mm程度)を付与することで、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を筒状部材40内に保持することを目的とする。このように、締め代が小さな値に設定され、比較的低い加圧力での絞り金型の動作により絞り加工を行うことができるため、プレス装置の小型化を図ることができる。なお、この場合には、後述するように、圧縮されたゴム膜部33,34の弾性回復力により、筒状部材40の内周面とゴム膜部33,34とが密着される。 Here, the drawing of the cylindrical member 40 is performed by pressing the cylindrical portion 20d of the first outer cylindrical portion 21 and the second outer cylindrical portion 22 inward in the radial direction by the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 40. The first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 are placed in the cylindrical member 40 by giving a predetermined fastening allowance (in this reference example , about 0.01 mm to 0.02 mm in radius) to the part 20d. The purpose is to hold. In this way, the tightening margin is set to a small value, and drawing can be performed by the operation of the drawing die with a relatively low pressure, so that the press device can be downsized. In this case, as will be described later, the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 40 and the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are brought into close contact with each other by the elastic recovery force of the compressed rubber film portions 33 and 34.

図8を参照して、曲げ工程について説明する。図8(a)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図であり、図8(b)は、曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40の断面図である。   The bending process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body A and the cylindrical member 40 in a state before the bending process is performed in the bending process, and FIG. 8B is a diagram illustrating the bending process performed in the bending process. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molded object A and the cylindrical member 40 in the state after being done.

筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施すためのかしめ金型は、一対の環状のダイスと、それら一対のダイスを軸O方向に移動可能に保持するホルダとを備える。一対のダイスの対向面には、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部が当接される部位に、軸Oを含む平面で切断した断面形状が円弧状に湾曲する凹部である湾曲凹部が凹設される。   The caulking die for bending the end of the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction includes a pair of annular dies and a holder that holds the pair of dies so as to be movable in the axis O direction. On the opposing surfaces of the pair of dies, a curved concave portion, which is a concave portion in which a cross-sectional shape cut along a plane including the axis O curves in a circular arc shape, is recessed at a portion where the end portion in the axial O direction of the cylindrical member 40 abuts. Established.

曲げ工程は、プレス装置の台上に設置されたかしめ金型の一対のダイス間に、図8(a)に示す状態の加硫成形体A及び筒状部材40をセットした後、プレス装置の加圧力により、一対のダイスを互いに近接する方向へ相対移動させる。かかる相対移動に伴い、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部が、ダイスの湾曲凹部の内面形状に沿って変形され、径方向内方へ向けて曲げられる。その結果、図8(b)に示すように、加硫成形体Aに筒状部材40が装着され、これらの組み立て(防振装置100の製造)が完了される。   In the bending process, after the vulcanized molded body A and the cylindrical member 40 in the state shown in FIG. 8A are set between a pair of dies of a caulking die installed on a table of the press apparatus, The pair of dies are moved relative to each other in the direction approaching each other by the applied pressure. With this relative movement, the end portion in the axis O direction of the tubular member 40 is deformed along the inner surface shape of the curved concave portion of the die and bent toward the radially inward side. As a result, as shown in FIG. 8B, the tubular member 40 is attached to the vulcanized molded body A, and the assembly thereof (manufacture of the vibration isolator 100) is completed.

ここで、筒状部材40には、上述した筒状部材絞り工程における絞り加工が施されていることで(図7参照)、図8(a)に示すように、一対の治具Jが取り外された状態でも、その内周側に、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を保持しておくことができる。   Here, the cylindrical member 40 has been subjected to the drawing process in the cylindrical member drawing step described above (see FIG. 7), so that the pair of jigs J are removed as shown in FIG. Even in this state, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 can be held on the inner peripheral side.

この場合、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面と筒状部材40の内周面とが直接接触する(即ち、金属材料どうしが接触する)場合には、両者の間での摩擦係数の確保が困難となる。また、絞り加工後のスプリングバックは、外周側に位置する筒状部材40で大きくなるので、締め代の確保が困難となる。そのため、筒状部材40から第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が軸O方向へ抜け出すおそれがある。   In this case, when the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 and the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 40 are in direct contact (that is, the metal materials are in contact with each other), It is difficult to ensure the coefficient of friction. Further, since the spring back after the drawing process is enlarged by the cylindrical member 40 located on the outer peripheral side, it is difficult to secure the tightening allowance. Therefore, the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 may come out from the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction.

これに対し、本参考例では、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面の一部にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム膜部33,34が覆設されるので、かかるゴム膜部の介在により、摩擦係数を確保することができる。また、ゴム膜部33,34が介在することで、筒状部材40のスプリングバックによる締め代の不足分を、ゴム膜部33,34の弾性回復による圧縮力で補うことができる。よって、軸O方向への抜け出しに対する保持力を確保して、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が筒状部材40から軸O方向へ抜け出すことを抑制できる。これにより、曲げ工程において使用するかしめ金型は、治具Jとの関係を考慮する必要がない(即ち、治具Jが取り外された状態で曲げ加工を行うことができる)ので、その構造を簡素化することができる。 On the other hand, in the present reference example , rubber film portions 33 and 34 made of a rubber-like elastic body are covered on part of the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. The friction coefficient can be ensured by the intervention of the rubber film portion. Further, the rubber film portions 33 and 34 are interposed, so that the shortage of the tightening allowance due to the spring back of the tubular member 40 can be compensated by the compression force due to the elastic recovery of the rubber film portions 33 and 34. Therefore, it is possible to secure a holding force against the withdrawal in the axis O direction, and to prevent the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 from coming out of the cylindrical member 40 in the axis O direction. Thereby, the caulking die used in the bending process does not need to consider the relationship with the jig J (that is, the bending process can be performed with the jig J removed). It can be simplified.

なお、一対の治具Jを取り外すことで、筒状部材40に対して第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が軸O方向へ多少ずれた(抜け出す方向へ移動した)としても、曲げ工程において筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す際に、その曲げられた部分により第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を押し戻し、軸O方向の位置を規定する(適正な位置に配置する)ことができる。   In addition, even if the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are slightly shifted in the direction of the axis O (moved in the direction of withdrawal) by removing the pair of jigs J, When bending the axial O-direction end of the cylindrical member 40 in the bending step, the bent portions are used to push back the first outer cylindrical portion 21 and the second outer cylindrical portion 22 to define the position in the axial O direction. (Can be placed at an appropriate position).

また、筒状部材40に絞り加工が施され、その内周面が、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22とゴム膜部33,34とに密着されていることで、防振装置100の使用時において、かかる筒状部材40の内周側で加硫成形体Aが径方向(軸O直角方向)にがたつくことを抑制することができる。   In addition, the cylindrical member 40 is subjected to drawing processing, and the inner peripheral surface thereof is in close contact with the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 and the rubber film portions 33 and 34, thereby preventing vibration. When the apparatus 100 is used, the vulcanized molded body A can be prevented from rattling in the radial direction (perpendicular to the axis O) on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 40.

以上のように、防振装置100によれば、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)が、内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面と、外筒部材20(第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22)の凹状内周面IS(即ち、内筒部材10の膨出部12を取り囲む同心状の凹状の球面)との間を連結するので、こじり方向の変位の入力に対しては、ゴム基体30を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができる。よって、防振装置100のこじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくすることができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 100, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32) includes the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10 and the outer cylinder member 20 ( Since the connection is made between the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22) (that is, the concentric concave spherical surface surrounding the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10). In response to the input of the directional displacement, the rubber base 30 can be deformed mainly in the shearing direction. Therefore, the spring constant in the twisting direction of the vibration isolator 100 can be reduced.

この場合、加硫成形体Aは、加硫工程により、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部22の分割面とを軸O方向に離間させた(所定の間隔を隔てた)状態に第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32が加硫成形される(図6(a)参照)。このような形態に加硫成形された加硫成形体Aは、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図6(b)及び図7(a)参照)、筒状部材絞り工程(図7(a)及び図7(b)参照)、及び、曲げ工程(図8(a)及び図8(b)参照)により、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22が、軸O方向に相対移動されて分割面どうしを互いに近接させた状態で、筒状部材40により保持固定される。これにより、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   In this case, in the vulcanized molded body A, the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion 22 are separated in the axis O direction by a vulcanization process (with a predetermined interval). ), The first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 are vulcanized (see FIG. 6A). The vulcanized molded body A vulcanized and molded in such a form has a rubber base compression step (see FIGS. 6B and 7A) and a cylindrical member squeezing step (FIGS. 7A and 7). (B)) and the bending process (see FIGS. 8A and 8B), the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are relatively moved in the axis O direction and divided. It is held and fixed by the cylindrical member 40 in a state where the surfaces are close to each other. Thereby, preliminary compression in the direction of the axis O can be applied to the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32.

なお、このような軸O方向への予備圧縮の付与は、従来品のように絞り加工に伴う外筒部材の縮径を利用する構造では付与不可能なものであり、防振装置100のように、軸O方向へ相対移動させた第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を、筒状部材40により保持固定する構造を採用したことで始めて付与可能となったものである。これにより、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができると共に、軸O方向変位に対する耐久性の向上を図ることができる。   Note that such provision of pre-compression in the direction of the axis O is impossible with a structure that uses the reduced diameter of the outer cylinder member that accompanies drawing as in the conventional product, and is similar to that of the vibration isolator 100. In addition, the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22 that are relatively moved in the direction of the axis O can be provided only by adopting a structure in which the cylindrical member 40 holds and fixes the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22. Thereby, the spring constant in the direction of the axis O can be increased, and the durability against the displacement in the direction of the axis O can be improved.

また、防振装置100によれば、上述したように、加硫成形体Aは、第1外筒部21の分割面と第2外筒部22の分割面とを軸O方向に離間させた(所定の間隔を隔てた)状態で加硫成形され(図6(a)参照)、その加硫成形後に、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22を軸O方向へ相対移動させ(図6(b)及び図7(a)参照)、筒状部材40により保持固定する構成なので(図8(b)参照)、第1外筒部21と第2外筒部22との間の軸O方向における相対距離(即ち、筒状部材40に保持固定された際の分割面どうしの軸O方向における離間距離(図8(b)上下方向距離))を調整することができる。これにより、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に付与する軸O方向への予備圧縮量を調整することができるので、軸O方向におけるばね定数の値を増減させることができる。   Further, according to the vibration isolator 100, as described above, the vulcanized molded body A has the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 22 separated in the axis O direction. Vulcanization molding is performed in a state (with a predetermined interval) (see FIG. 6A), and after the vulcanization molding, the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 are relatively moved in the direction of the axis O. (Refer to FIG. 6B and FIG. 7A) Since it is configured to be held and fixed by the cylindrical member 40 (see FIG. 8B), it is between the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22. The relative distance in the axis O direction (that is, the separation distance in the axis O direction between the split surfaces when held and fixed to the cylindrical member 40 (the vertical distance in FIG. 8B)) can be adjusted. Thereby, since the amount of preliminary compression in the direction of the axis O applied to the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32 can be adjusted, the value of the spring constant in the direction of the axis O can be increased or decreased.

なお、この場合には、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部の曲げ変形の量を調整する必要があり、曲げ工程(図8参照)で使用するかしめ金型の湾曲凹部の形状を調整する。この曲げ変形の量(湾曲凹部の形状)の調整で不足する場合には、筒状部材40の軸O方向寸法を変更する。   In this case, it is necessary to adjust the amount of bending deformation of the end portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40, and the shape of the curved concave portion of the caulking die used in the bending step (see FIG. 8) is adjusted. . When the amount of bending deformation (shape of the curved concave portion) is insufficient, the dimension of the tubular member 40 in the axis O direction is changed.

次いで、図9を参照して、第2参考例における防振装置200について説明する。なお、上述した第1参考例と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。図9(a)は、第2参考例における防振装置200を構成する加硫成形体Bの断面図であり、図9(b)は、第2参考例における防振装置200の断面図である。なお、図9(a)では、外筒絞り工程により外筒部材20に絞り加工が施されれる前の状態の加硫成形体Bが図示される。 Next, the vibration isolator 200 in the second reference example will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as the 1st reference example mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body B constituting the vibration isolator 200 in the second reference example , and FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 200 in the second reference example . is there. 9A shows the vulcanized molded body B in a state before the outer cylinder member 20 is drawn by the outer cylinder drawing step.

第2参考例における加硫成形体Bは、ゴム膜部233,234の構成(形成範囲)が、第1参考例におけるゴム膜部33,34の構成と異なる点を除き、他の構成は第1参考例における加硫成形体Aと同一である。また、防振装置200の製造方法は、防振装置100の場合と同一である。よって、これらの説明は省略する。 The vulcanized molded body B in the second reference example has the other configurations except that the configuration (formation range) of the rubber film portions 233 and 234 is different from the configuration of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 in the first reference example . It is the same as the vulcanized molded product A in 1 Reference Example . The method for manufacturing the vibration isolator 200 is the same as that for the vibration isolator 100. Therefore, these descriptions are omitted.

図9(a)に示すように、第2参考例におけるゴム膜部233,234は、第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の外周面の全体に亘って覆設される。即ち、第1参考例におけるゴム膜部33,34の覆設範囲が円環部20aから円錐部20cの中途に亘る範囲であったのに対し(図5(b)参照)、この覆設範囲が延長され、円錐部20cの外周面および円筒部20dの外周面にもゴム膜部233,234が覆設される。 As shown in FIG. 9A, the rubber film parts 233 and 234 in the second reference example are covered over the entire outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder part 21 and the second outer cylinder part 22. That is, the covering range of the rubber film portions 33 and 34 in the first reference example is a range extending from the annular portion 20a to the middle of the conical portion 20c (see FIG. 5B), but this covering range. The rubber film portions 233 and 234 are also covered on the outer peripheral surface of the conical portion 20c and the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 20d.

ゴム膜部233,234は、第1参考例の場合と同様に、軸Oを中心とする上面視円形の外周面を形成する。これらゴム膜部233,234の外径(ゴム膜部233,234の外周面における径)は、筒状部材40の内径よりも小さくされる。 The rubber film portions 233 and 234 form a circular outer peripheral surface with the axis O as the center, as in the case of the first reference example . The outer diameters of these rubber film parts 233 and 234 (the diameters on the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film parts 233 and 234) are made smaller than the inner diameter of the tubular member 40.

第2参考例における防振装置200によれば、ゴム膜部233,234の覆設範囲が拡大されたことで、筒状部材40の内周面との接触面積を増加させることができる。これにより、筒状部材40による加硫成形体Bの保持力を確保できるので、筒状部材絞り工程により筒状部材40に絞り加工を施した後、曲げ工程へ移行するまでの間に(図8参照)、筒状部材40の内周側から加硫成形体Bが軸O方向へ抜け出すことをより確実に抑制することができる。 According to the vibration isolator 200 in the second reference example , the contact area with the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 40 can be increased by expanding the covering range of the rubber film portions 233 and 234. Accordingly, the holding force of the vulcanized molded body B by the cylindrical member 40 can be secured, and therefore, after the cylindrical member 40 is drawn by the cylindrical member drawing process, the process proceeds to the bending process (see FIG. 8), it is possible to more reliably suppress the vulcanized molded body B from coming out in the direction of the axis O from the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 40.

次いで、図10を参照して、第3参考例における防振装置300について説明する。なお、上述した各参考例と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。図10(a)は、第3参考例における防振装置300を構成する加硫成形体Cの断面図であり、図10(b)は、第3参考例における防振装置300の断面図である。 Next, the vibration isolator 300 in the third reference example will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each reference example mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body C constituting the vibration isolator 300 in the third reference example , and FIG. 10B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 300 in the third reference example . is there.

第3参考例における加硫成形体Cは、第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322の構成が、第1参考例における第1外筒部21及び第2外筒部22の構成と異なる点を除き、他の構成は第1参考例における加硫成形体Aと同一である。但し、ゴム膜部233,234については、第2参考例における加硫成形体Bと同一である。また、防振装置300の製造方法は、外筒絞り工程(図6参照、外筒部材320の絞り加工)が省略される点を除き、他の工程は防振装置100の場合と同一である。よって、これらの説明は省略する。 In the vulcanized molded body C in the third reference example , the configurations of the first outer cylinder portion 321 and the second outer cylinder portion 322 are the same as the configurations of the first outer cylinder portion 21 and the second outer cylinder portion 22 in the first reference example . Except for the differences, the other configurations are the same as those of the vulcanized molded body A in the first reference example . However, the rubber film portions 233 and 234 are the same as the vulcanized molded body B in the second reference example . The manufacturing method of the vibration isolator 300 is the same as that of the vibration isolator 100 except that the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 6, drawing of the outer cylinder member 320) is omitted. . Therefore, these descriptions are omitted.

図10(a)に示すように、第3参考例における外筒部材320は、鋳造により形成される中実状の部材(本参考例ではアルミダイカスト製の部材)であり、内周側に凹状の球面として形成される凹状内周面ISを備えると共に、その凹状内周面ISの軸O方向における中央部で第1外筒部321と第2外筒部322とに2分割される。これら第1外筒部321と第2外筒部322とは、同一の部材(構成)である。 As shown in FIG. 10 (a), the outer cylinder member 320 in the third reference example is a solid member formed by casting (in this reference example , a member made of aluminum die casting), and has a concave shape on the inner peripheral side. A concave inner peripheral surface IS formed as a spherical surface is provided, and is divided into a first outer cylinder portion 321 and a second outer cylinder portion 322 at a central portion in the axis O direction of the concave inner peripheral surface IS. The first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are the same member (configuration).

加硫成形体Cは、第1参考例における加硫成形体Aの場合と同様に、第1外筒部321の分割面と第2外筒部322の分割面とが軸O方向に離間し所定の間隔を隔てた状態に加硫形成される。凹状内周面ISは、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)において、第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322が、それら両外筒部321,322の分割面どうしが互いに近接するように、軸O方向に相対移動されることで、内筒部材10の膨出部12における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成される。 In the vulcanized molded body C, as in the case of the vulcanized molded body A in the first reference example , the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 321 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 322 are separated in the axis O direction. Vulcanization is performed at a predetermined interval. The concave inner circumferential surface IS is formed so that the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are close to each other in the divided surfaces of the outer cylinder parts 321 and 322 in the rubber base compression process (see FIG. 7). Further, by being relatively moved in the direction of the axis O, a convex spherical surface is formed concentrically with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 12 of the inner cylinder member 10.

防振装置300によれば、こじり方向の変位の入力に対して、ゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)を、主にせん断方向に変形させることができるので、こじり方向におけるばね定数を小さくすることができる。   According to the vibration isolator 300, the rubber base 30 (the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32) can be mainly deformed in the shearing direction in response to the input of the displacement in the twisting direction. The spring constant at can be reduced.

また、第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322が、軸O方向に相対移動させて分割面どうしを互いに近接させた状態で、筒状部材40により保持固定されるので、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与することができる。   Further, since the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are relatively moved in the direction of the axis O and the divided surfaces are brought close to each other, the first outer cylinder part 321 and the second outer cylinder part 322 are held and fixed by the cylindrical member 40. Preliminary compression in the direction of the axis O can be applied to the part 31 and the second rubber part 32.

即ち、外筒部材320(第1外筒部321及び第2外筒部322)が絞り加工(縮径加工)を施すことができない形状の場合であっても、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与して、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができると共に、軸O方向変位に対する耐久性の向上を図ることができる。   That is, even if the outer cylinder member 320 (the first outer cylinder portion 321 and the second outer cylinder portion 322) has a shape that cannot be subjected to drawing processing (diameter reduction processing), the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 31 are provided. By preliminarily compressing the rubber part 32 in the axis O direction, the spring constant in the axis O direction can be increased, and durability against displacement in the axis O direction can be improved.

次いで、図11から図16を参照して、第4参考例における防振装置400について説明する。図11(a)は、第4参考例における防振装置400の上面図であり、図11(b)は、図11(a)のXIb−XIb線における防振装置400の断面図である。なお、上述した各参考例と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 Next, a vibration isolator 400 in the fourth reference example will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 11A is a top view of the vibration isolator 400 in the fourth reference example , and FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 400 taken along the line XIb-XIb in FIG. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each reference example mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

図11に示すように、内筒部材410は、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称形状に形成される部材であり、挿通孔が軸Oに沿って貫通形成された筒状の軸部411と、その軸部411の外周面から径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部412とを備え、これらが金属材料から一体に構成される。膨出部412は、軸部411の軸O方向中央(図11(b)上下方向中央)に配設され、膨出部412における凸状の球面の中心は、軸部411の軸O上に位置する。   As shown in FIG. 11, the inner cylinder member 410 is a member formed in a rotationally symmetric shape having an axis O as a symmetric axis (rotation center), and a cylindrical shape in which an insertion hole is formed through the axis O. A shaft portion 411 and a spherical bulging portion 412 that bulges radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the shaft portion 411 are formed integrally from a metal material. The bulging portion 412 is disposed in the center of the shaft portion 411 in the axis O direction (the center in the vertical direction in FIG. 11B), and the center of the convex spherical surface of the bulging portion 412 is on the axis O of the shaft portion 411. To position.

外筒部材420は、軸O方向の中央部で第1外筒部421と第2外筒部422とに2分割される。ここで、図12を参照して、外筒部材420の詳細構成について説明する。なお、第1外筒部421と第2外筒部422とは、同一の部材(構成)であり、名称のみが異なる部材であるので、以下においては、第1外筒部421について説明し、第2外筒部422の説明は省略する。   The outer cylinder member 420 is divided into a first outer cylinder part 421 and a second outer cylinder part 422 at the center in the axis O direction. Here, with reference to FIG. 12, the detailed structure of the outer cylinder member 420 is demonstrated. In addition, since the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 are the same members (structure), and are only members from which a name differs, the 1st outer cylinder part 421 is demonstrated below, The description of the second outer cylinder portion 422 is omitted.

図12(a)は、第1外筒部421の上面図であり、図12(b)は、図12(a)のXIIb−XIIb線における第1外筒部421の断面図である。なお、図12では、外筒絞り工程における絞り加工(図15参照)が施される前の状態が図示される。   12A is a top view of the first outer cylinder portion 421, and FIG. 12B is a cross-sectional view of the first outer cylinder portion 421 taken along the line XIIb-XIIb of FIG. 12A. FIG. 12 shows a state before drawing (see FIG. 15) in the outer cylinder drawing process.

図12に示すように、第1外筒部421は、板厚が一定の板状の金属材料(本参考例では鉄鋼材料)をプレス加工により器状に成形して得られる部材であり、軸Oを対称軸(回転中心)とする回転対称に形成される。なお、第1外筒部421に対し、従来品のように絞り加工を可能とするための凹溝を形成する必要がない点およびその効果は、第1参考例における第1外筒部21と同様であるので、その説明は省略する。 As shown in FIG. 12, the first outer cylinder portion 421 is a member obtained by forming a plate-shaped metal material (steel material in the present reference example ) having a constant thickness into a vessel shape by pressing. It is formed in rotational symmetry with O as the axis of symmetry (rotation center). In addition, the point which does not need to form the ditch | groove for enabling a drawing process like the conventional product with respect to the 1st outer cylinder part 421, and the effect are the 1st outer cylinder part 21 in a 1st reference example , and the effect. Since it is the same, the description is abbreviate | omitted.

第1外筒部421は、軸O方向一端側(図12(b)上側)に位置し、直径(内径および外径)が略一定に形成される円筒状の部位と、その円筒状の部位に接続され、分割面(図12(b)下側端面)へ向かうに従って直径が漸次拡大されると共に断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位とからなる。   The first outer cylinder portion 421 is located on one end side in the axis O direction (upper side in FIG. 12B), and has a cylindrical portion having a substantially constant diameter (inner diameter and outer diameter), and the cylindrical portion. And the diameter is gradually enlarged toward the dividing surface (lower end surface in FIG. 12 (b)) and the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape.

第1外筒部421は、後述する外筒絞り工程による絞り加工が施される前の状態において、円筒状の部位の内径寸法(即ち、第1外筒部421の軸O方向端部開口(図12(b)上側)における最小の内径寸法)が、内筒部材410の膨出部412における最大の外径寸法よりも小さくされる(図13(b)参照)。   The first outer cylinder portion 421 has an inner diameter dimension of the cylindrical portion (that is, an opening at the end of the first outer cylinder portion 421 in the direction of the axis O in the state before being drawn by an outer cylinder drawing step described later). The minimum inner diameter dimension in FIG. 12B (upper side) is made smaller than the maximum outer diameter dimension in the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylinder member 410 (see FIG. 13B).

断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位には、周方向等間隔に複数(本参考例では4個)の貫通孔421aが貫通形成される。また、円弧状に湾曲される部位の内周面が、内筒部材410の膨出部412を取り囲む凹状内周面ISとされる。凹状内周面ISは、外筒絞り工程(図14参照)において、絞り加工が施されることで、内筒部材410の膨出部412における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に近づけられる。 A plurality of (four in this reference example ) through-holes 421a are formed at equal intervals in the circumferential direction at a portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape. Further, the inner peripheral surface of the portion curved in an arc shape is a concave inner peripheral surface IS surrounding the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylinder member 410. The concave inner circumferential surface IS is brought closer to the concave spherical surface concentric with the convex spherical surface in the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylindrical member 410 by performing drawing in the outer cylindrical drawing step (see FIG. 14). It is done.

図11に戻って説明する。筒状部材440は、面取り面40aの形成が省略される点を除き、第1参考例における筒状部材40と同様の構成であるため(図4及び図16(a)参照)、その説明は省略する。なお、図11では、筒状部材絞り工程(図16参照)により絞り加工が施された後の筒状部材440が図示される。 Returning to FIG. The cylindrical member 440 has the same configuration as that of the cylindrical member 40 in the first reference example except that the chamfered surface 40a is not formed (see FIGS. 4 and 16A). Omitted. In addition, in FIG. 11, the cylindrical member 440 after drawing by the cylindrical member drawing process (refer FIG. 16) is illustrated.

第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間には、介設部材450が介設される。介設部材450は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が筒状部材440内で互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制するための部材である。ここで、図13を参照して、介設部材450の詳細構成について説明する。   An interposed member 450 is interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part 422. The interposed member 450 is a member for restricting the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other in the cylindrical member 440. Here, with reference to FIG. 13, the detailed structure of the interposed member 450 is demonstrated.

図13(a)は、介設部材450の上面図であり、図13(b)は、図13(a)のXIIIb−XIIIb線における介設部材450の断面図である。なお、図13では、理解を容易とするために、2分割された部材(介設部材450)を互いに離間させた状態が図示される。   13A is a top view of the interposed member 450, and FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view of the interposed member 450 taken along line XIIIb-XIIIb in FIG. In FIG. 13, for easy understanding, a state where the two divided members (interposition members 450) are separated from each other is illustrated.

図13に示すように、介設部材450は、金属材料(本参考例では鉄鋼材料)から円筒状に形成される部材であり、位相を180度異ならせた2ヶ所(図13(a)上側および下側)で分断されて2つの部材に2分割される。よって、介設部材450を構成する2つの部材は、互いに同じ形状(構成)とされるので、その分、部品種類の削減を図ることができる。 As shown in FIG. 13, the interposition member 450 is a member formed in a cylindrical shape from a metal material (steel material in the present reference example ), and has two locations (upper side in FIG. 13A) whose phases are different by 180 degrees. And divided into two parts into two parts. Therefore, since the two members constituting the interposed member 450 have the same shape (configuration), the types of components can be reduced accordingly.

介設部材450の板厚寸法は、外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)と同じ板厚寸法に設定されると共に、介設部材450を構成する2つの部材の分割面を互いに当接させて得られる円筒の直径(内径および外径)は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面(図12(b)下側面)における直径(内径および外径)とほぼ等しくされる。よって、防振装置400の組み立て状態では、介設部材450の端面が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面に対面され、介設部材450の内周面側に後述する空間SPが確保される(図11(b)参照)。   The plate thickness dimension of the interposed member 450 is set to the same plate thickness dimension as the outer cylinder member 420 (the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422), and two members constituting the interposed member 450 The diameter (inner diameter and outer diameter) of the cylinder obtained by bringing the divided surfaces into contact with each other is the diameter (the lower side surface in FIG. 12 (b)) of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. The inner diameter and the outer diameter). Therefore, in the assembled state of the vibration isolator 400, the end surface of the interposed member 450 faces the split surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422, and is described later on the inner peripheral surface side of the interposed member 450. A space SP is secured (see FIG. 11B).

次いで、図14から図16を参照して、防振装置400の製造方法について説明する。まず、図14を参照して、加硫成形体Dの製造方法について説明し、併せて、ゴム基体430の構成について説明する。図14(a)は、加硫成形体Dの側面図であり、図14(b)は、図14(a)のXIVb−XIVb線における加硫成形体Dの断面図である。   Next, a method for manufacturing the vibration isolator 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, with reference to FIG. 14, the manufacturing method of the vulcanization molded object D is demonstrated, and the structure of the rubber base | substrate 430 is also demonstrated. FIG. 14A is a side view of the vulcanized molded body D, and FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D along the line XIVb-XIVb in FIG. 14A.

図14に示すように、加硫成形体Dは、第1参考例の場合と同様に、内筒部材410と外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)とを加硫金型内に設置すると共に、ゴム基体430(第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432)を加硫成形し、内筒部材410の外周面と外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の内周面との間がゴム基体430により連結されることで、製造される。 As shown in FIG. 14, the vulcanized molded body D includes an inner cylinder member 410 and an outer cylinder member 420 (first outer cylinder part 421 and second outer cylinder part 422), as in the case of the first reference example. The rubber base 430 (the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432) is vulcanized and molded while being installed in the vulcanization mold, and the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylinder member 410 and the outer cylinder member 420 (first outer cylinder part). 421 and the inner peripheral surface of the second outer cylindrical portion 422) are connected by a rubber base 430, and thus the manufacturing is performed.

この場合、加硫金型は、内筒部材410の軸O方向(図14(b)上下方向)中央に位置すると共に型締め後の形状が円環状となる中型を備え、型締め時には、その中型の内周先端縁部が、膨出部412の外周面(頂部)に所定の間隔を隔てて対面すると共に、中型の上面および下面が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面を支持する。なお、この分割面の中型による支持部分(図示せず)は、周方向に断続して配置される。   In this case, the vulcanization mold is provided with an intermediate mold that is located in the center of the inner cylinder member 410 in the direction of the axis O (the vertical direction in FIG. 14 (b)) and has an annular shape after the mold clamping. The inner peripheral front end edge of the middle mold faces the outer circumferential surface (top) of the bulging portion 412 with a predetermined interval, and the upper and lower surfaces of the middle mold are the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. Support the split surface. In addition, the support part (not shown) by the middle mold | type of this division surface is intermittently arrange | positioned in the circumferential direction.

中型の介在により、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422は、その分割面を軸O方向に離間させた状態で加硫金型内に設置され、ゴム基体430は、第1ゴム部431と第2ゴム部432とに軸O方向に2分割された状態に加硫成形される。即ち、加硫成形体Dには、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間(及び第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面との間)に中型に対応する形状(本参考例では断面コ字状)の空間SPが形成される。 Due to the intermediate mold, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are installed in the vulcanization mold with their divided surfaces spaced apart in the direction of the axis O, and the rubber base 430 is the first rubber. The part 431 and the second rubber part 432 are vulcanized and molded into two parts in the direction of the axis O. That is, the vulcanized molded body D has a space between the dividing surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion 432 (and the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the division of the second outer cylinder portion 422). A space SP having a shape corresponding to the middle size (in the reference example , a U-shaped cross section) is formed between the surface and the surface.

第1ゴム部431は、内筒部材410の膨出部412の外周面および第1外筒部421における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位であり、第2ゴム部432は、内筒部材410の膨出部412の外周面および第2外筒部422における凹状内周面ISを連結する部位である。   The first rubber portion 431 is a portion that connects the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylindrical member 410 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylindrical portion 421, and the second rubber portion 432 is the inner cylindrical member 410. The outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion 412 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS in the second outer cylinder portion 422 are connected to each other.

ゴム基体430は、第1外筒部421の外周面に覆設されるゴム膜部431a,431bを備える。ゴム膜部431a,431bは、周方向に連続する2本の帯状の膜であり、ゴム膜部431aは第1外筒部421の貫通孔421aを介して、ゴム膜部431bは第1外筒部421の分割面を介して、それぞれ第1ゴム部431に連なる。   The rubber base 430 includes rubber film portions 431 a and 431 b that are covered on the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421. The rubber film portions 431a and 431b are two belt-like films that are continuous in the circumferential direction. The rubber film portion 431a is passed through the through hole 421a of the first outer cylinder portion 421, and the rubber film portion 431b is the first outer cylinder. The first rubber portions 431 are connected to each other through the dividing surface of the portion 421.

なお、本参考例では、ゴム膜部431bが、第1外筒部421の分割面を介して、第1ゴム部431に連なる構成を採用するので、貫通孔421aに加え、更に、ゴム膜部431bを第1ゴム部431に連ならせるための貫通孔を第1外筒部421に貫通形成する必要がない。よって、貫通孔の形成を最小限に抑制できるので、その分、第1外筒部421の剛性を確保して、その耐久性の向上を図ることができる。 In this reference example , since the rubber film portion 431b employs a configuration that is continuous with the first rubber portion 431 via the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421, in addition to the through hole 421a, the rubber film portion There is no need to form a through hole in the first outer cylinder portion 421 for connecting the 431b to the first rubber portion 431. Therefore, since formation of a through-hole can be suppressed to the minimum, the rigidity of the 1st outer cylinder part 421 can be ensured by that much, and the durable improvement can be aimed at.

ここで、ゴム膜部431a,431bの覆設範囲は部分的であり、ゴム膜部431aの上方(図13(b)上側)及びゴム膜部431a,431bの間の領域には、ゴム膜部431a,431bが覆設されない(即ち、第1外筒部421の外周面が露出される)。これにより、外筒絞り工程(図14参照)において、ゴム膜部431a,431bを介さずに、第1外筒部421の外周面を絞り金型(図示せず)により直接押圧可能として、その絞り加工を高精度に行うことができる。   Here, the covering range of the rubber film portions 431a and 431b is partial, and there is a rubber film portion in the region above the rubber film portion 431a (upper side in FIG. 13B) and between the rubber film portions 431a and 431b. 431a and 431b are not covered (that is, the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 is exposed). Thereby, in the outer cylinder drawing step (see FIG. 14), the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 can be directly pressed by a drawing die (not shown) without using the rubber film parts 431a and 431b. Drawing can be performed with high accuracy.

ゴム基体430は、第2外筒部422の外周面に覆設されるゴム膜部432a,432bを備える。これらゴム膜部432a,432bは、ゴム膜部431a,431bとそれぞれ同一に構成されるので、その説明は省略する。   The rubber base 430 includes rubber film portions 432 a and 432 b that are provided on the outer peripheral surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. The rubber film portions 432a and 432b are configured in the same manner as the rubber film portions 431a and 431b, respectively, and thus description thereof is omitted.

図15及び図16を参照して、加硫成形体Dと筒状部材440とから防振装置400を組み立てる組み立て方法について説明する。第1参考例(防振装置100)では、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)によりゴム基体30(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)が軸O方向へ圧縮されたが、第4参考例(防振装置400)では、かかるゴム基体圧縮工程は省略される。 With reference to FIG.15 and FIG.16, the assembly method which assembles the vibration isolator 400 from the vulcanization molded object D and the cylindrical member 440 is demonstrated. In the first reference example (vibration isolator 100), the rubber base 30 (the first rubber part 31 and the second rubber part 32) is compressed in the axis O direction by the rubber base compression step (see FIG. 7). In the reference example (anti-vibration device 400), the rubber substrate compression step is omitted.

図15(a)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体Dの断面図であり、図15(b)は外筒絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体Dの断面図である。   FIG. 15A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D in a state before the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process, and FIG. 15B is a diagram after the drawing process is performed in the outer cylinder drawing process. It is sectional drawing of the vulcanization molding D in the state.

図15に示すように、加硫成形体Dは、外筒絞り工程において、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が、外径D401から外径D402に縮径される(D402<D401)。これにより、ゴム基体430(第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432)に径方向(軸O直角方向)への予備圧縮を付与することができる。なお、絞り金型の構成および作用は、第1参考例の場合と同様であるので、その説明は省略する。 As shown in FIG. 15, in the vulcanized molded body D, in the outer cylinder drawing step, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are reduced in diameter from the outer diameter D401 to the outer diameter D402 (D402 < D401). Thereby, preliminary compression in the radial direction (perpendicular to the axis O) can be applied to the rubber base 430 (the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432). The configuration and operation of the drawing die are the same as in the case of the first reference example , and the description thereof is omitted.

なお、加硫成形体Dは、空間SP(第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面の間)に、介設部材450が配設可能に加硫成形される(図16(a)参照)。   The vulcanized molded body D is vulcanized and molded so that the interposed member 450 can be disposed in the space SP (between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 422). (See FIG. 16 (a)).

図16(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材440に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体D及び筒状体440の断面図であり、図16(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材440に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置400の断面図である。   FIG. 16A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D and the cylindrical body 440 in a state before the cylindrical member 440 is subjected to the drawing process in the cylindrical member drawing process, and FIG. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 400 in a state after the cylindrical member 440 has been subjected to drawing processing in the cylindrical member drawing step.

図16に示すように、第4参考例では、ゴム基体圧縮工程が省略されるので、筒状部材440に加硫成形体Dを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440の内周側に設置した後は(図16(a))、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材440に絞り加工が施される(図16(b))。 As shown in FIG. 16, in the fourth reference example , since the rubber base compression step is omitted, the vulcanized molded body D is inserted into the cylindrical member 440 along the axis O direction, and the vulcanized molded body D is After installation on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 440 (FIG. 16A), the cylindrical member 440 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing step (FIG. 16B).

加硫成形体Dの筒状部材440への挿入は、図16(a)に示すように、加硫成形体Dの空間SP(第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間)に介設部材450を装着した状態で行われる。この場合、介設部材450を構成する2つの部材は、互いに同じ形状とされるので、方向性を考慮する必要がなく、装着の作業性の向上が図られる。   As shown in FIG. 16 (a), the vulcanized molded body D is inserted into the cylindrical member 440. The space SP (the split surface of the first outer cylindrical portion 421 and the second outer cylindrical portion 422) is inserted into the vulcanized molded body D. This is performed in a state in which the interposition member 450 is mounted between the divided surfaces of the two. In this case, since the two members constituting the interposed member 450 have the same shape as each other, it is not necessary to consider the directionality, and the mounting workability can be improved.

また、このように、介設部材450は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422と別部材として形成される。よって、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422と内筒部材410との間を第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432により連結した加硫成形体Dを加硫金型により加硫成形した後、その加硫成形Dに対して、介設部材450を装着すれば良い。即ち、第1ゴム部431の分割面および第2ゴム部432の分割面の間に空間SPを形成する部分の加硫金型の構造(例えば、中型の型割構造)において、介設部材450の形状等を考慮する必要がないので、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。   In this way, the interposed member 450 is formed as a separate member from the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. Therefore, the vulcanized molded body D in which the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 and the inner cylinder member 410 are connected by the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 is added by the vulcanization mold. After the vulcanization molding, the interposed member 450 may be attached to the vulcanization molding D. That is, in the structure of the vulcanization mold (for example, the middle mold splitting structure) of the portion that forms the space SP between the dividing surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion 432, the interposed member 450. Therefore, the structure of the vulcanization mold can be simplified.

筒状部材絞り工程では、2段階の絞り加工が筒状部材440に施される。即ち、第1段階の絞り加工により、筒状部材440の全体が、外径D403から外径D404に縮径される(D404<D403)。次いで、第2段階の絞り加工により、筒状部材440は、軸O方向中央部分を除く軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側の部位が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の凹状内周面ISの背面側となる(即ち、断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位の)外周面に沿って密着する形状に縮径される(断面視において径方向内方へ折り曲げられる)。その結果、加硫成形体Dに筒状部材440が装着され、これらの組み立て(防振装置400の製造)が完了される。   In the cylindrical member drawing step, two-stage drawing is performed on the cylindrical member 440. That is, the entire cylindrical member 440 is reduced from the outer diameter D403 to the outer diameter D404 by the first stage drawing (D404 <D403). Next, by the second stage drawing process, the cylindrical member 440 has the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder at the one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction excluding the central portion in the axis O direction. The diameter of the portion 422 is reduced to a shape close to the outer peripheral surface of the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the concave inner peripheral surface IS (that is, a portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc) (inward in the radial direction in a cross-sectional view). Bend). As a result, the tubular member 440 is mounted on the vulcanized molded body D, and the assembly thereof (manufacture of the vibration isolator 400) is completed.

組み立てが完了した防振装置400では、図16(b)に示すように、第2段階の絞り加工において、筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側が径方向内方へ変形されることに伴い、介設部材450の上下(軸O方向)の端面が、第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面によって上下からを挟圧保持される。   In the vibration isolator 400 that has been assembled, as shown in FIG. 16B, in the second stage of drawing, one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 440 are radially inward. Along with the deformation, the upper and lower end surfaces (in the direction of the axis O) of the interposed member 450 are clamped and held from above and below by the divided surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. .

なお、第1段階の絞り加工と第2段階の絞り加工とは、異なる絞り金型によって行われるものであっても良く、或いは、同じ絞り金型により行われるものであっても良い。同じ絞り金型により行われる場合には、第1段階の絞り加工と第2段階の絞り加工とが同時に進行するものであっても良い。   The first stage drawing and the second stage drawing may be performed by different drawing dies, or may be performed by the same drawing dies. When the same drawing mold is used, the first stage drawing and the second stage drawing may proceed simultaneously.

筒状部材絞り工程では、筒状部材440の内周面によって第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422を径方向内方へ押圧して、かかる第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422に所定の締め代(本参考例では、半径で0.01mm〜0.02mm程度)を付与する。これにより、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422を筒状部材440内に強固に保持できる。この場合、圧縮されたゴム膜部431a〜432bの弾性回復力により、筒状部材440の内周面とゴム膜部431a〜432bとが密着される。 In the cylindrical member squeezing step, the first outer cylindrical portion 421 and the second outer cylindrical portion 422 are pressed radially inward by the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 440, and the first outer cylindrical portion 421 and the second outer cylindrical portion 422 are pressed. A predetermined fastening allowance (in the present reference example , about 0.01 mm to 0.02 mm in radius) is applied to the cylindrical portion 422. Thereby, the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 can be firmly hold | maintained in the cylindrical member 440. FIG. In this case, the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 440 and the rubber film portions 431a to 432b are brought into close contact with each other by the elastic recovery force of the compressed rubber film portions 431a to 432b.

なお、図16(a)に示すように、筒状部材440の内径は、外筒絞り工程による絞り加工(図15(b)参照)が施された後の外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の外径D402よりも大きくされる。本参考例では、筒状部材440の内径が、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における外径)よりも大きくされる。これにより、防振装置400の組み立て作業において、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができる。 As shown in FIG. 16A, the inner diameter of the cylindrical member 440 is the outer cylinder member 420 (first outer cylinder) after the drawing process (see FIG. 15B) by the outer cylinder drawing process. Part 421 and second outer cylinder part 422) are made larger than the outer diameter D402. In this reference example , the inner diameter of the tubular member 440 is made larger than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the outer diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). Thereby, in the assembly work of the vibration isolator 400, the work of inserting the vulcanized molded body D along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 440 can be efficiently performed.

但し、筒状部材440の内径が、外筒部材420の外径D402よりも大きく、かつ、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における径)よりも小さくされ、ゴム膜部431b,432bが弾性変形されつつ圧入される関係にあっても良い。筒状部材440に施す絞り加工の加工量を抑制して、歩留まりの向上や加工コストの削減を図ることができる。   However, the inner diameter of the cylindrical member 440 is larger than the outer diameter D402 of the outer cylindrical member 420 and smaller than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the diameter on the outer peripheral surface of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). The rubber film portions 431b and 432b may be press-fitted while being elastically deformed. The processing amount of the drawing process applied to the cylindrical member 440 can be suppressed, and the yield can be improved and the processing cost can be reduced.

また、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の外周面にゴム膜部431a〜432bが覆設されるので、第1参考例の場合と同様に、摩擦係数を確保すると共に、筒状部材440のスプリングバックによる締め代の不足分を、ゴム膜部431a〜432bの弾性回復による圧縮力で補うことができる。よって、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間が離間されていても、軸O方向への移動に対する保持力を確保できる。これにより、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ筒状部材440内で移動することを抑制することができる。 Further, since the rubber film portions 431a to 432b are covered on the outer peripheral surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422, the friction coefficient is secured and the cylinder is secured as in the case of the first reference example. The shortage of the tightening allowance due to the spring back of the member 440 can be compensated by the compressive force due to the elastic recovery of the rubber film portions 431a to 432b. Therefore, even if the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422 are separated from each other, a holding force against movement in the axis O direction can be ensured. Thereby, when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are prevented from moving in the cylindrical member 440 in a direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other. it can.

以上のように、防振装置400によれば、ゴム基体圧縮工程が省略され、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面とが軸O方向に離間し互いの分割面の間に空間SPが形成された状態(即ち、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432に軸O方向への予備圧縮が付与されない状態)で、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が筒状部材440により保持固定される。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 400, the rubber base compression step is omitted, and the divided surface of the first rubber part 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber part 432 are separated from each other in the axis O direction. The first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder in a state in which the space SP is formed between them (that is, the first rubber portion 431 and the second rubber portion 432 are not preliminarily compressed in the direction of the axis O). The portion 422 is held and fixed by the cylindrical member 440.

このように、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPが形成されることで、その空間SPの分、こじり方向における第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432のせん断成分および軸O直角方向における第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の圧縮成分を抑制しつつ、軸O方向における第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸O直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   Thus, by forming the space SP between the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432, the first rubber portion 431 and the first rubber portion 431 in the twisting direction corresponding to the space SP. The compression component of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 in the axis O direction while suppressing the shear component of the two rubber parts 432 and the compression component of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 in the direction perpendicular to the axis O Can be secured. As a result, the spring constant in the axis O direction can be increased while the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis O are reduced.

一方で、このように、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを形成する構造では、その空間SPを加硫金型で形成する(即ち、中型を配置する)ために、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面とを軸O方向に離間させておく必要がある。しかし、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面とが軸O方向に離間されていると、これら第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動するおそれがある。   On the other hand, in such a structure in which the space SP is formed between the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432, the space SP is formed by a vulcanization mold (that is, In order to arrange the middle mold), it is necessary to separate the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part 422 in the axis O direction. However, when the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated in the axis O direction, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are mutually connected. There is a risk of moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

これに対し、防振装置400によれば、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介設部材450が介設されるので、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを介設部材450により規制することができる。   On the other hand, according to the vibration isolator 400, since the interposed member 450 is interposed between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 422, the first rubber part The first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 move in a direction in which the respective division surfaces are brought close to each other while ensuring the space SP between the division surface of 431 and the division surface of the second rubber portion 432. Can be regulated by the interposed member 450.

また、筒状部材440の軸O方向中央部分を除く軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側の部位が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の凹状内周面ISの背面側となる(即ち、断面形状が円弧状に湾曲される部位の)外周面に沿って密着する形状に縮径される(断面視において径方向内方へ折り曲げられる)ので、筒状部材440に対して、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動することも規制することができる。   Further, the portions on one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction excluding the central portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 440 are the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. The cylindrical member 440 is reduced in diameter so as to be in close contact with the outer peripheral surface (that is, the portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape) (bent inward in the radial direction in the cross-sectional view). On the other hand, the movement of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 in the direction in which the divided surfaces are separated from each other can also be restricted.

即ち、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が、互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を介設部材450により規制すると共に、互いの分割面を離間させる方向へ移動する場合にはその移動を筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側または軸O方向他端側の部位により規制することができる。これにより、これら両方向への移動を筒状部材440の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに規制することができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421又は第2外筒部422が筒状部材440に対して軸O方向に位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   That is, when the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 move in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other, the movement is restricted by the interposed member 450 and the divided surfaces are separated from each other. In the case of moving in the direction, the movement can be restricted by a portion of the cylindrical member 440 on one end side in the axis O direction or on the other end side in the axis O direction. Thereby, since the movement in these both directions can be controlled without relying on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 440, when the large displacement is input in the axis O direction, The second outer cylinder portion 422 can be reliably suppressed from being displaced in the axis O direction with respect to the cylindrical member 440.

特に、介設部材450は、その介設部材450を構成する2つの部材を組み合わせることで、円筒状となるため、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介設される範囲を、周方向のほぼ全周とすることができる。よって、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができる。   In particular, the interposition member 450 is formed into a cylindrical shape by combining two members constituting the interposition member 450, so that the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422 The range interposed between the two can be almost the entire circumference in the circumferential direction. Therefore, it can be controlled stably that the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 move to the direction which makes a mutual division surface approach.

また、防振装置400によれば、内筒部材410の膨出部412における最大の外径寸法(軸O方向中央部分における外径)が、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の軸O方向端部開口における最小の内径寸法(円筒状の部位の内径寸法)よりも大きくされるので、軸O方向への変位に対し、受圧面積を大きくして、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の圧縮成分を確保することができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸O直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくする効果を顕著とすることができる。   Further, according to the vibration isolator 400, the maximum outer diameter dimension (outer diameter at the central portion in the axis O direction) of the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylinder member 410 is the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. Is larger than the minimum inner diameter dimension (inner diameter dimension of the cylindrical portion) at the end opening in the axis O direction, so that the pressure receiving area is increased with respect to the displacement in the axis O direction, and the first rubber section 431 and The compression component of the second rubber part 432 can be ensured. As a result, the effect of increasing the spring constant in the axis O direction can be made remarkable while reducing the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis O.

なお、このような膨出部412の最大外径と外筒部材420の最小内径との関係は、内筒部材410の膨出部412と外筒部材420の凹状内周面ISとの間にゴム基体が連続して配設される(即ち、空間SPを有さない)従来品では、軸O方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分と同時に、こじり方向におけるゴム基体のせん断成分および軸O直角方向におけるゴム基体の圧縮成分も増大させるため、採用することが不可能であり、防振装置400のように、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを形成することで初めて採用可能となったものである。   The relationship between the maximum outer diameter of the bulging portion 412 and the minimum inner diameter of the outer cylindrical member 420 is between the bulging portion 412 of the inner cylindrical member 410 and the concave inner peripheral surface IS of the outer cylindrical member 420. In the conventional product in which the rubber base is continuously disposed (that is, having no space SP), the rubber base shear component in the twisting direction and the direction perpendicular to the base O are simultaneously with the compressive component of the rubber base in the axial O direction. Since the compression component of the rubber base is also increased, it is impossible to employ the compression component, and the space SP is formed between the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432 as in the vibration isolator 400. Can be adopted for the first time.

ここで、本参考例は、第1参考例に対し、ゴム基体圧縮工程(図7参照)を省略し、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与しないことを技術思想とするが、筒状部材絞り工程(図15参照)において、筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側の変形に伴い、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432が軸O方向に圧縮変形されることは許容される。即ち、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPが確保されていれば足りる趣旨である。 Here, in this reference example , the rubber base compression step (see FIG. 7) is omitted with respect to the first reference example , and the first rubber portion 431 and the second rubber portion 432 are not preliminarily compressed in the axis O direction. In the cylindrical member squeezing step (see FIG. 15), the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 440 are deformed along the deformation of the cylindrical member 440 on one end side in the axis O direction and on the other end side in the axis O direction. The rubber part 432 is allowed to be compressed and deformed in the direction of the axis O. That is, it is sufficient that a space SP is secured between the dividing surface of the first rubber part 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber part 432.

図17(a)は、第5参考例における介設部材550の上面図であり、図17(b)は、第6参考例における介設部材650の上面図である。図17(a)及び図17(b)を参照して、第5及び第6参考例における介設部材550,650について説明する。 FIG. 17A is a top view of the interposed member 550 in the fifth reference example , and FIG. 17B is a top view of the interposed member 650 in the sixth reference example . With reference to FIGS. 17A and 17B, the interposed members 550 and 650 in the fifth and sixth reference examples will be described.

なお、介設部材550,650の高さ寸法(図17(a)及び図17(b)紙面垂直方向寸法)は、第4参考例における介設部材450の高さ寸法(図13(b)上下方向寸法)と同一とされる。また、介設部材550,650の非変形時の直径(内径および外径)は、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面(図12(b)下側面)における直径(内径および外径)とほぼ等しくされる。 The height dimension of the interposition members 550 and 650 (the vertical dimension in FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B) is the height dimension of the interposition member 450 in the fourth reference example (FIG. 13B). Vertical dimension). Further, the diameters (inner diameter and outer diameter) of the interposition members 550 and 650 when not deformed are the diameters (the lower side surface in FIG. 12B) of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 (the lower side surface). The inner diameter and the outer diameter).

図17(a)に示すように、介設部材550は、金属材料(本参考例では鉄鋼材料)から円筒状に形成される部材であり、周方向の1ヶ所のみが分断される。よって、その分断箇所を起点として、介設部材550の直径を拡径させる(分断箇所を同一面内で周方向に離間させる)、或いは、介設部材550をねじり変形させる(分断箇所を軸方向(図17(a)紙面垂直方向)に互いに異なる方向へ離間させる)ことができ、これにより、加硫成形体Dへの介設部材550の装着を容易に行うことができる。 As shown to Fig.17 (a), the interposed member 550 is a member formed in a cylindrical shape from a metal material (in this reference example , a steel material), and only one place in the circumferential direction is divided. Therefore, the diameter of the interposition member 550 is expanded from the parting point as a starting point (the parting part is separated in the circumferential direction in the same plane), or the interposition member 550 is twisted and deformed (the parting part is axially separated). (In FIG. 17A, the direction perpendicular to the paper surface) can be separated from each other), whereby the interposing member 550 can be easily attached to the vulcanized molded body D.

一方、装着後は、介設部材550が自身の弾性回復力により元の形状に復帰されるので、かかる介設部材550を脱落させることなく、加硫成形体Dの空間SP内に保持することができる。よって、加硫成形体Dを介設部材550と共に筒状部材440へ挿入する作業(図16(a)参照)を容易とすることができる。   On the other hand, since the interposition member 550 is restored to its original shape by its own elastic recovery force after mounting, the interposition member 550 is held in the space SP of the vulcanized molded body D without dropping off. Can do. Therefore, the operation | work (refer FIG. 16 (a)) which inserts the vulcanization molding D into the cylindrical member 440 with the interposed member 550 can be made easy.

図17(b)に示すように、介設部材650には、分断される箇所と反対側となる位置(位相を180°異ならせた位置)に屈曲部650aが形成される。屈曲部650aは、上面視C字状に湾曲して形成され、介設部材650の弾性的な変形(直径を拡径させる変形、或いは、ねじり変形)を補助する。これにより、加硫成形体Dへの介設部材650の装着を容易に行うことができる。   As shown in FIG. 17B, the interposed member 650 is formed with a bent portion 650a at a position opposite to the part to be divided (position where the phase is changed by 180 °). The bent portion 650a is formed to be curved in a C shape when viewed from above, and assists in elastic deformation (deformation that increases the diameter or torsional deformation) of the interposed member 650. Thereby, mounting | wearing of the interposed member 650 to the vulcanization molded object D can be performed easily.

屈曲部650及びその近傍は、図17(b)に示す上面視において、径方向内方(中心側)へオフセットして配設されており、介設部材650の外周面により形成される円形の外形(図17(b)では二点鎖線で模式的に図示する)よりも屈曲部650aが径方向外方にはみ出さないように形成される。これにより、介設部材650が装着された加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440へ挿入する作業(図16(a)参照)において、屈曲部650aが作業を阻害する(筒状部材440に引っ掛かる)ことを回避して、作業性の向上を図ることができる。   The bent portion 650 and the vicinity thereof are arranged to be offset radially inward (center side) in the top view shown in FIG. 17B, and are circular shapes formed by the outer peripheral surface of the interposed member 650. The bent portion 650a is formed so as not to protrude outward in the radial direction from the outer shape (schematically illustrated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 17B). Thereby, in the operation | work (refer FIG. 16 (a)) which inserts the vulcanization molding D with which the interposed member 650 was mounted | worn into the cylindrical member 440 (refer Fig.16 (a)), the bending | flexion part 650a inhibits an operation | work (it catches on the cylindrical member 440). ) Can be avoided and workability can be improved.

なお、屈曲部650aを、介設部材650の外周面により形成される円形の外形よりも径方向外方へはみ出させて形成しても良い。また、図17(a)及び図17(b)では、理解を容易とするために、介設部材550,650の分割される箇所における周方向の離間量(間隔)が、模式的に拡大して図示されるが、かかる周方向の離間量は材質などに応じて任意に設定できる。   The bent portion 650a may be formed so as to protrude outward in the radial direction from the circular outer shape formed by the outer peripheral surface of the interposed member 650. Further, in FIGS. 17A and 17B, in order to facilitate understanding, the circumferential separation amount (interval) at the portion where the interposition members 550 and 650 are divided is schematically enlarged. The circumferential distance can be arbitrarily set according to the material and the like.

次いで、図18及び図19を参照して、第7参考例における防振装置700について説明する。第4参考例では、介設部材450を装着することで、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制したが、第7参考例における防振装置700は、別部材(介設部材)を装着することなく、上記移動を規制するように構成される。なお、上述した各参考例と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 18 and FIG. 19, a vibration isolator 700 in the seventh reference example will be described. In the fourth reference example, by mounting the interposition member 450, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer tube section 422 has restricted from moving in the direction to close to each other of the split plane, the seventh reference The vibration isolator 700 in the example is configured to restrict the movement without mounting another member (interposition member). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each reference example mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

図18(a)は、第7参考例における筒状部材740の上面図であり、図18(b)は、図18(a)のXVIIIb−XVIIIb線における筒状部材740の断面図である。 18A is a top view of the cylindrical member 740 in the seventh reference example , and FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view of the cylindrical member 740 taken along the line XVIIIb-XVIIIb in FIG. 18A.

なお、第7参考例における防振装置700は、第4参考例における防振装置400に対し、筒状部材740に規制膨出部740aが形成される点のみが異なり、他の構成および組み立て方法は同一である。よって、以下においては、異なる点のみについて説明する。 The anti-vibration device 700 in the seventh reference example is different from the anti-vibration device 400 in the fourth reference example only in that a restriction bulging portion 740a is formed on the tubular member 740, and the other configuration and assembly method. Are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described below.

筒状部材740には、軸O方向中央の内周面部分に規制膨出部740aが径方向内方へ向けて膨出して形成される。規制膨出部740aは、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介在することで、それら第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための部位であり、正面視矩形状に形成されると共に、複数(本参考例では4個)が周方向等間隔に配置される。 In the tubular member 740, a restriction bulging portion 740 a is formed to bulge inward in the radial direction on the inner peripheral surface portion at the center in the axis O direction. The restriction bulging portion 740a is interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422, so that the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are arranged. It is a part for restricting movement, and is formed in a rectangular shape in front view, and a plurality (four in this reference example ) are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.

図19(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材740に絞り加工が施される前の状態における加硫成形体D及び筒状体740の断面図であり、図19(b)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材740に絞り加工が施された後の状態における防振装置700の部分断面図である。なお、図19(b)では、一部のみが断面視される。   FIG. 19A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body D and the cylindrical body 740 in a state before the cylindrical member 740 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing process, and FIG. FIG. 10 is a partial cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 700 in a state after the cylindrical member 740 has been subjected to drawing processing in the cylindrical member drawing step. In FIG. 19B, only a part is seen in cross section.

図19に示すように、第7参考例における防振装置700の組み立ては、第4参考例における防振装置400の場合と同様に(図16参照)、筒状部材740に加硫成形体Dを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材740の内周側に設置した後(図19(a))、筒状部材絞り工程による絞り加工を筒状部材740に施すことで行われる(図19(b))。 As shown in FIG. 19, the vibration isolator 700 in the seventh reference example is assembled in the same manner as in the case of the vibration isolator 400 in the fourth reference example (see FIG. 16). Is inserted along the direction of the axis O, and the vulcanized molded body D is installed on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 740 (FIG. 19A), and then the drawing process by the cylindrical member drawing process is performed on the cylindrical member 740. This is done by applying (FIG. 19B).

ここで、図19(a)に示すように、筒状部材740は、規制膨出部740aの内径が、外筒絞り工程による絞り加工(図15(b)参照)が施された後の外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の外径D402よりも大きくされる。   Here, as shown in FIG. 19 (a), the cylindrical member 740 has an outer diameter after the inner diameter of the restriction bulging portion 740a is subjected to drawing processing (see FIG. 15 (b)) by the outer cylinder drawing process. It is made larger than the outer diameter D402 of the cylindrical member 420 (the 1st outer cylinder part 421 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 422).

参考例では、規制膨出部740aの内径が、外径D402よりも大きく、かつ、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における外径)よりも小さくされる。よって、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材440の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する際には、ゴム膜部431b,432bが弾性変形されつつ圧入される。 In this reference example , the inner diameter of the restriction bulging portion 740a is larger than the outer diameter D402 and smaller than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the outer diameter of the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). The Therefore, when the vulcanized molded body D is inserted along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 440, the rubber film portions 431b and 432b are press-fitted while being elastically deformed.

この場合、防振装置700によれば、規制膨出部740aが周方向に断続的に配置されるので、弾性変形されたゴム膜部431b,432bを受け入れる空間を確保することができ、これにより、加硫成形体Dを筒状部材740の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業の作業性の向上を図ることができる。また、筒状部材740に施す絞り加工の加工量を抑制して、歩留まりの向上や加工コストの削減を図ることができる。   In this case, according to the vibration isolator 700, the restriction bulge portion 740a is intermittently arranged in the circumferential direction, so that it is possible to secure a space for receiving the elastically deformed rubber film portions 431b and 432b. The workability of the operation of inserting the vulcanized molded body D along the axis O direction into the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 740 can be improved. Further, it is possible to suppress the amount of drawing processing performed on the cylindrical member 740, thereby improving the yield and reducing the processing cost.

但し、筒状部材740の規制膨出部740aにおける内径を、加硫成形体Dの最大外径(ゴム膜部431b,432bの外周面における径)よりも大きくしても良い。加硫成形体Dを筒状部材740の内周側へ軸O方向に沿って挿入する作業を効率的に行うことができる。   However, the inner diameter of the restriction bulging portion 740a of the tubular member 740 may be larger than the maximum outer diameter of the vulcanized molded body D (the diameter of the outer peripheral surfaces of the rubber film portions 431b and 432b). The operation | work which inserts the vulcanization molded object D along the axis | shaft O direction to the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 740 can be performed efficiently.

組み立てが完了した防振装置700では、図19(b)に示すように、上述した第2段階の絞り加工において、筒状部材740の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側が径方向内方へ変形されることに伴い、筒状部材740の規制膨出部740aの上下(軸O方向)の端面が、第1外筒部421の分割面および第2外筒部422の分割面によって上下からを挟圧保持される。   In the vibration isolator 700 that has been assembled, as shown in FIG. 19B, in the second stage drawing described above, one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 740 are radially inward. The upper and lower end surfaces (in the direction of the axis O) of the restriction bulging portion 740a of the cylindrical member 740 are caused by the division surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the division surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. The pressure is maintained from above and below.

以上のように、防振装置700によれば、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に、筒状部材740の規制膨出部740aが介設されるので、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制膨出部740aにより規制することができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 700, the restriction bulging portion 740a of the cylindrical member 740 is interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion 422. Therefore, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are separated from each other while securing the space SP between the division surface of the first rubber part 431 and the division surface of the second rubber part 432. Can be regulated by the regulation bulge portion 740a.

即ち、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することの規制を、筒状部材740の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに行うことができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421又は第2外筒部422が筒状部材740に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   In other words, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other without depending on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 740. Therefore, the displacement of the first outer cylinder part 421 or the second outer cylinder part 422 with respect to the cylindrical member 740 can be reliably suppressed when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O.

特に、本参考例によれば、規制膨出部740aが、筒状部材740の一部を変形(径方向内方へ向けて膨出)させることで形成され、規制手段(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための手段)を構成するための別部材の追加が不要なので、その分、軽量化を図ることができる。また、別部材の追加が不要とされ、部品点数が抑制されることで、部品コストの削減を図ることができる。さらに、第4参考例(防振装置400)の場合のように、規制手段(介設部材450)を加硫成形体Dに装着する必要がないので、工程が不要となる分、組み立てコストを削減して、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。 In particular, according to this reference example , the restriction bulging portion 740a is formed by deforming a part of the cylindrical member 740 (bulging toward the radially inner side), and the restriction means (first outer cylinder portion). 421 and the means for restricting the movement of the second outer cylinder part 422) are not required to be added, so that the weight can be reduced accordingly. Further, it is not necessary to add another member, and the number of parts is suppressed, so that the part cost can be reduced. Further, as in the case of the fourth reference example (vibration isolation device 400), it is not necessary to attach the regulating means (interposition member 450) to the vulcanized molded body D, so that the assembly cost is reduced as the process becomes unnecessary. This can reduce product costs.

また、このように、規制膨出部740aが、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422とは別部材として形成されることで、第4参考例(防振装置400)の場合と同様に、第1ゴム部431の分割面および第2ゴム部432の分割面の間に空間SPを形成する部分の加硫金型の構造(例えば、中型の型割構造)において、規制膨出部740aの形状等を考慮する必要がないので、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。 In addition, in this way, the restriction bulging portion 740a is formed as a separate member from the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422, and in the case of the fourth reference example (vibration isolation device 400). Similarly, in the structure of the vulcanization mold (for example, the middle mold splitting structure) of the portion that forms the space SP between the dividing surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the dividing surface of the second rubber portion 432, the restriction bulge Since it is not necessary to consider the shape and the like of the portion 740a, the structure of the vulcanization mold can be simplified.

ここで、第4参考例(防振装置400)では、規制手段としての介設部材450が別部材として構成されるため、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面の間から介設部材450が脱落した場合には、位置ずれ抑制効果が発揮されなくなるおそれがある。これに対し、防振装置700によれば、規制膨出部740aが筒状部材740に一体に形成されるので、分割面の間に規制手段(規制膨出部740a)が介設された状態を維持できる。よって、位置ずれ抑制効果を確実に発揮させ、その信頼性の向上を図ることができる。 Here, in the fourth reference example (anti-vibration device 400), the interposed member 450 serving as the restricting means is configured as a separate member, and therefore, between the divided surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. If the interposition member 450 falls off, there is a risk that the effect of suppressing displacement will not be exhibited. On the other hand, according to the vibration isolator 700, since the restriction bulging portion 740a is formed integrally with the cylindrical member 740, the restriction means (regulation bulging portion 740a) is interposed between the divided surfaces. Can be maintained. Therefore, it is possible to reliably exhibit the effect of suppressing displacement and improve its reliability.

次いで、図20を参照して、第8参考例における防振装置800について説明する。第4参考例では、介設部材450を装着することで、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制したが、第8参考例における防振装置800は、別部材(介設部材)を装着することなく、上記移動を規制するように構成される。なお、上述した各参考例と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 20, the vibration isolator 800 in the eighth reference example will be described. In the fourth reference example, by mounting the interposition member 450, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer tube section 422 has restricted from moving in the direction to close to each other of the split plane, the eighth reference The vibration isolator 800 in the example is configured to restrict the movement without mounting another member (interposition member). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each reference example mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

なお、第8参考例における防振装置800は、第4参考例における防振装置400に対し、筒状部材840に面取り面840aが形成される点、ゴム基体830の軸O方向端部における形状、及び、外筒部材420の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す曲げ工程が追加となる点が異なり、他の構成および組み立て方法は同一である。よって、以下においては、異なる点のみについて説明する。 The vibration isolator 800 in the eighth reference example is different from the vibration isolator 400 in the fourth reference example in that a chamfered surface 840a is formed on the tubular member 840 and the shape of the rubber base 830 at the end in the axis O direction. And the point that the bending process which performs a bending process to the axial O direction edge part of the outer cylinder member 420 is added, and the other structure and assembly method are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described below.

図20(a)は、筒状部材絞り工程において筒状部材840に絞り加工が施された後の状態における加硫成形体E及び筒状部材840の断面図であり、図20(b)は、曲げ工程において外筒部材420に曲げ加工が施された後の状態における防振装置800の断面図である。   FIG. 20A is a cross-sectional view of the vulcanized molded body E and the cylindrical member 840 in a state after the cylindrical member 840 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing step, and FIG. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 800 in a state after the outer cylinder member 420 is bent in the bending step.

図20(a)に示すように、ゴム基体830は、軸O方向端部において外筒部材420に覆設されず、第1外筒部421の円筒状の部位(図20(a)上側)及び第2外筒部422の円筒状の部位(図20(a)下側)の内周面を露出させる。これにより、後述する曲げ工程において、ゴム膜を介さずに、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の円筒状の部位をかしめ金型(図示せず)により直接押圧可能として、その曲げ加工を高精度に行うことができる。   As shown in FIG. 20 (a), the rubber base 830 is not covered by the outer cylinder member 420 at the end in the axis O direction, and the cylindrical portion of the first outer cylinder 421 (upper side in FIG. 20 (a)). And the internal peripheral surface of the cylindrical site | part (FIG. 20 (a) lower side) of the 2nd outer cylinder part 422 is exposed. Thereby, in the bending process described later, the cylindrical parts of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 can be directly pressed by a caulking die (not shown) without using a rubber film, Bending can be performed with high accuracy.

筒状部材840には、軸O方向端部であって外周面側の角部に面取り加工が施されることで、断面直線状の面取り面840aが形成される。即ち、筒状部材840の面取り面840aは、第1参考例における筒状部材40の面取り面40a(図4(b)参照)と逆側に形成される。この筒状部材840の面取り面840aは、図20(a)に示すように、筒状部材絞り工程において絞り加工が施された後の状態では、軸O方向に垂直な平坦面を形成する。これにより、後述する曲げ工程において曲げ加工が施された外筒部材420の端部を強固に受け止めることができる。 The cylindrical member 840 is chamfered at the corner on the outer peripheral surface side at the end portion in the axis O direction to form a chamfered surface 840a having a linear cross section. That is, the chamfered surface 840a of the cylindrical member 840 is formed on the opposite side of the chamfered surface 40a (see FIG. 4B) of the cylindrical member 40 in the first reference example . As shown in FIG. 20A, the chamfered surface 840a of the tubular member 840 forms a flat surface perpendicular to the direction of the axis O in the state after being drawn in the tubular member drawing step. Thereby, the edge part of the outer cylinder member 420 to which the bending process was given in the bending process mentioned later can be received firmly.

第8参考例では、加硫成形体Eを筒状部材840の内周側に軸O方向に沿って挿入し、図20(a)に示すように、筒状部材絞り工程による絞り加工を筒状部材840に施した後は、次いで、曲げ工程において、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の円筒状の部位が、径方向外方へ向けて曲げられる。その結果、図20(b)に示すように、加硫成形体Eに筒状部材840が装着され、これらの組み立て(防振装置800の製造)が完了される。 In the eighth reference example , the vulcanized molded body E is inserted along the axis O direction on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 840, and as shown in FIG. After the application to the cylindrical member 840, the cylindrical portions of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are then bent radially outward in a bending step. As a result, as shown in FIG. 20B, the tubular member 840 is mounted on the vulcanized molded body E, and the assembly thereof (manufacture of the vibration isolator 800) is completed.

なお、かかる曲げ加工を施すためのかしめ金型は、湾曲凹部の向きが異なる点を除き、第1参考例で説明した筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施すためのかしめ金型と同一の構成であるため、その説明は省略する。 The caulking die for performing the bending process is a caulking metal for bending the end part in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40 described in the first reference example , except that the direction of the curved recess is different. Since it is the same structure as a type | mold, the description is abbreviate | omitted.

以上のように、防振装置800によれば、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の軸O方向端部(円筒状の部位)が径方向外方へ向けて曲げられて、筒状部材840の軸O方向端部(面取り面840a)に係止される。よって、かかる係止により、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制することができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 800, the end portions (cylindrical portions) in the axis O direction of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are bent outward in the radial direction, The cylindrical member 840 is locked to the end portion in the axis O direction (the chamfered surface 840a). Therefore, by this locking, the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 are mutually connected while securing the space SP between the division surface of the first rubber part 431 and the division surface of the second rubber part 432. It is possible to restrict the movement in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other.

即ち、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することの規制を、筒状部材740の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに行うことができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部421又は第2外筒部422が筒状部材840に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   In other words, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422 are restricted from moving in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other without depending on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 740. Therefore, the displacement of the first outer cylinder part 421 or the second outer cylinder part 422 with respect to the cylindrical member 840 can be reliably suppressed when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O.

特に、本参考例によれば、外筒部材420(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422)の一部を変形させる(径方向外方へ向けて折り曲げる)ことで、規制手段(第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための手段)が構成される。よって、第7参考例(防振装置700)の場合と同様に、軽量化を図ることができると共に、部品コスト及び組み立てコストの削減に伴い、製品コストの削減を図ることができ、更に、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。 In particular, according to the present reference example , by restricting a part of the outer cylinder member 420 (the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422) (bending outward in the radial direction), the regulating means ( (Means for regulating movement of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422). Therefore, as in the case of the seventh reference example (vibration isolation device 700), the weight can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced along with the reduction of the component cost and the assembly cost. The structure of the metal mold can be simplified.

次いで、図21から図23を参照して、第実施の形態について説明する。第4参考例では、介設部材450を装着することで、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制したが、第実施の形態における防振装置900は、別部材(介設部材)を装着することなく、上記移動を規制するように構成される。なお、上述した各参考例と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 Next, the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the fourth reference example, by mounting the interposition member 450, the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer tube section 422 has restricted from moving in the direction to close to each other of the split plane, the first embodiment The vibration isolator 900 in this form is configured to restrict the movement without mounting another member (interposition member). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each reference example mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

図21(a)は、第実施の形態における第1外筒部921の底面図であり、図21(b)は、図21(a)のXXIb−XXIb線における第1外筒部921の断面図である。なお、第1外筒部921と第2外筒部922とは、同一の部材(構成)であり、名称のみが異なる部材であるので、以下においては、第1外筒部921について説明し、第2外筒部922の説明は省略する。 Figure 21 (a) is a bottom view of the first outer tube section 921 in the first embodiment, FIG. 21 (b), the first outer tube section 921 in XXIb-XXIb line shown in FIG. 21 (a) It is sectional drawing. In addition, since the 1st outer cylinder part 921 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 922 are the members (structure) which are the same, and only a name differs, it demonstrates the 1st outer cylinder part 921 below, The description of the second outer cylinder portion 922 is omitted.

図21に示すように、第1外筒部921には、断面形状が円弧状に湾曲して形成される部位の底面(図21(b)上側の面、即ち、分割面)から規制突起921bが軸O方向に沿って部分的に突設される。規制突起921bは、第1外筒部421の分割面と第2外筒部422の分割面との間に介在することで、それら第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の移動を規制するための部位であり、正面視矩形状に形成されると共に、複数(本実施の形態では2個)が周方向等間隔となる(即ち、位相を180°異ならせた)位置に配置される。   As shown in FIG. 21, the first outer cylinder portion 921 has a restriction projection 921b from the bottom surface (the upper surface in FIG. 21 (b), that is, the divided surface) of the portion where the cross-sectional shape is curved in an arc shape. Are partially projected along the direction of the axis O. The restricting protrusion 921b is interposed between the divided surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 and the divided surface of the second outer cylinder part 422, thereby allowing the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 422 to move. It is a part for regulation, and is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and a plurality (two in the present embodiment) are arranged at positions that are equally spaced in the circumferential direction (that is, the phases are different by 180 °). The

次いで、図22を参照して、加硫成形体Fについて説明する。図22(a)は、外筒部材920の斜視図であり、図22(b)は、加硫成形体Fの側面図である。   Next, the vulcanized molded body F will be described with reference to FIG. 22A is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member 920, and FIG. 22B is a side view of the vulcanized molded body F. FIG.

なお、第実施の形態における加硫成形体F及び防振装置900は、第4参考例における加硫成形体D及び防振装置400に対し、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922に規制突起921b,922bが形成される点のみが異なり、他の構成および組み立て方法は同一である。よって、以下においては、異なる点のみについて説明する。 The vulcanized molded body F and the vibration isolator 900 in the first embodiment are different from the vulcanized molded body D and the vibration isolator 400 in the fourth reference example in the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion. The only difference is that the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b are formed on 922, and the other configuration and assembly method are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described below.

加硫成形体Fは、第4参考例(加硫成形体D)の場合と同様に、内筒部材410と外筒部材920(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922)とを加硫金型内に設置すると共に、ゴム基体430(第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432)を加硫成形し、内筒部材410の外周面と外筒部材920(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922)の内周面との間がゴム基体430により連結されることで、製造される。 As in the case of the fourth reference example (vulcanized molded body D), the vulcanized molded body F includes an inner cylindrical member 410 and an outer cylindrical member 920 (first outer cylindrical portion 921 and second outer cylindrical portion 922). The rubber base 430 (the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432) is vulcanized and molded while being installed in the vulcanization mold, and the outer peripheral surface of the inner cylinder member 410 and the outer cylinder member 920 (first outer cylinder part). 921 and the inner peripheral surface of the second outer cylinder portion 922) are connected by a rubber base 430 to manufacture.

この場合、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922を加硫金型に設置する際には、図22(a)に示すように、周方向の位置決めを行い、規制突起921b,922bの突設先端面どうしが当接する状態とする。これにより、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922の分割面を支持する中型の割り面の位置を、規制突起921b,922bに対応する位置とする(即ち、中型の型抜き方向を、図22(b)の紙面垂直方向とする)ことで、図22(b)に示すように、第1ゴム部431及び第2ゴム部432の分割面の間に形成される空間SPを、周方向の全周にわたって連続して存在させることができる。その結果、こじり方向におけるばね定数および軸O直角方向におけるばね定数を小さくしつつ、軸O方向におけるばね定数を大きくすることができる。   In this case, when the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922 are installed in the vulcanization mold, as shown in FIG. 22 (a), the circumferential positioning is performed and the restriction protrusions 921b, 922b are arranged. It is set as the state which the projecting front end surfaces contact | abut. As a result, the position of the split surface of the middle mold that supports the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder section 921 and the second outer cylinder section 922 is set to a position corresponding to the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b (that is, the mold release direction of the middle mold is set). 22B), the space SP formed between the divided surfaces of the first rubber part 431 and the second rubber part 432 as shown in FIG. It can exist continuously over the entire circumference in the circumferential direction. As a result, the spring constant in the axis O direction can be increased while the spring constant in the twisting direction and the spring constant in the direction perpendicular to the axis O are reduced.

図23(a)は、防振装置900の上面図であり、図23(b)は、図23(a)のXXIIIb−XXIIIb線における防振装置900の断面図である。   FIG. 23A is a top view of the vibration isolator 900, and FIG. 23B is a cross-sectional view of the vibration isolator 900 along the line XXIIIb-XXIIIb in FIG.

図23に示すように、第実施の形態における防振装置900の組み立ては、第4参考例における防振装置400の場合と同様に(図16参照)、筒状部材440に加硫成形体Fを軸O方向に沿って挿入し、加硫成形体Fを筒状部材440の内周側に設置した後、筒状部材絞り工程による絞り加工を筒状部材440に施すことで行われる。 As shown in FIG. 23, the vibration isolator 900 in the first embodiment is assembled in the same manner as in the case of the vibration isolator 400 in the fourth reference example (see FIG. 16). This is performed by inserting F along the axis O direction and installing the vulcanized molded body F on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 440, and then subjecting the tubular member 440 to a drawing process by a tubular member drawing step.

組み立てが完了した防振装置900は、図23(b)に示すように、上述した第2段階の絞り加工において、筒状部材440の軸O方向一端側および軸O方向他端側が径方向内方へ変形されることに伴い、第1外筒部921の規制突起921bと第2外筒部922の規制突起922bとが、その突設先端面どうしを軸O方向に突き合わせた状態とされる。   As shown in FIG. 23B, the vibration isolator 900 that has been assembled is such that the one end side in the axis O direction and the other end side in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 440 are in the radial direction in the second stage drawing process described above. With this deformation, the restricting projection 921b of the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the restricting projection 922b of the second outer cylinder portion 922 are brought into a state in which the projecting leading end surfaces are butted in the axis O direction. .

以上のように、防振装置900によれば、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922の分割面から規制突起921b,922bが突設されることで、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面との間に空間SPを確保しつつ、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制することができる。   As described above, according to the vibration isolator 900, the restriction protrusions 921b and 922b protrude from the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922, thereby dividing the first rubber portion 431. The first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922 are restricted from moving in a direction in which the respective divided surfaces are brought close to each other while securing the space SP between the surface and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432. be able to.

即ち、第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することの規制を、筒状部材440の内周面との間の摩擦に頼らずに行うことができるので、軸O方向への大変位入力時に、第1外筒部921又は第2外筒部922が筒状部材440に対して位置ずれすることを確実に抑制できる。   In other words, the movement of the first outer cylinder portion 921 and the second outer cylinder portion 922 in the direction in which the divided surfaces are brought close to each other is regulated without depending on the friction with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 440. Therefore, the displacement of the first outer cylinder portion 921 or the second outer cylinder portion 922 relative to the cylindrical member 440 can be reliably suppressed when a large displacement is input in the direction of the axis O.

特に、本実施の形態によれば、外筒部材920(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922)の一部を突設させることで、規制手段(第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922の移動を規制するための手段)が構成される。よって、第7参考例(防振装置700)の場合と同様に、軽量化を図ることができると共に、部品コスト及び組み立てコストの削減に伴い、製品コストの削減を図ることができ、更に、加硫金型の構造の簡素化を図ることができる。 In particular, according to the present embodiment, by restricting a part of the outer cylinder member 920 (the first outer cylinder part 921 and the second outer cylinder part 922), the restricting means (the first outer cylinder part 921 and the first outer cylinder part 921 and the second outer cylinder part 922). 2 means for restricting the movement of the outer cylindrical portion 922). Therefore, as in the case of the seventh reference example (vibration isolation device 700), the weight can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced along with the reduction of the component cost and the assembly cost. The structure of the metal mold can be simplified.

ここで、第4参考例(防振装置400)では、規制手段としての介設部材450が別部材として構成されるため、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部422の分割面の間から介設部材450が脱落した場合には、位置ずれ抑制効果が発揮されなくなるおそれがある。これに対し、防振装置900によれば、規制突起921b,922bが第1外筒部921及び第2外筒部922に一体に形成されるので、分割面の間に規制手段(規制突起921b,922b)が介設された状態を維持できる。よって、位置ずれ抑制効果を確実に発揮させ、その信頼性の向上を図ることができる。 Here, in the fourth reference example (anti-vibration device 400), the interposed member 450 serving as the restricting means is configured as a separate member, and therefore, between the divided surfaces of the first outer cylinder portion 421 and the second outer cylinder portion 422. If the interposition member 450 falls off, there is a risk that the effect of suppressing displacement will not be exhibited. On the other hand, according to the vibration isolator 900, the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b are formed integrally with the first outer cylinder part 921 and the second outer cylinder part 922, so that the restricting means (the restricting protrusion 921b is provided between the divided surfaces. , 922b) can be maintained. Therefore, it is possible to reliably exhibit the effect of suppressing displacement and improve its reliability.

図24(a)は、第実施の形態における外筒部材1020の斜視図であり、図24(b)は、第実施の形態における外筒部材1120の斜視図である。図24(a)及び図24(b)を参照して、第及び第実施の形態における外筒部材1020,1120について説明する。 FIG. 24A is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member 1020 in the second embodiment, and FIG. 24B is a perspective view of the outer cylinder member 1120 in the third embodiment. With reference to Fig.24 (a) and FIG.24 (b), the outer cylinder members 1020 and 1120 in 2nd and 3rd embodiment are demonstrated.

なお、外筒部材1020,1120は、第実施の形態における外筒部材920に対し、規制突起921b,922b,1122bの配設個数が異なる点、又は、規制突起1122bの突設高さが異なる点を除き、他の構成は同一とされる。よって、異なる点のみを説明する。 The outer cylinder members 1020 and 1120 are different from the outer cylinder member 920 in the first embodiment in that the number of arrangement of the restriction protrusions 921b, 922b, and 1122b is different, or the protrusion height of the restriction protrusions 1122b is different. Except for this point, the other configurations are the same. Therefore, only different points will be described.

図24(a)に示すように、第実施の形態における外筒部材1020は、第1外筒部1021及び第2外筒部1022の分割面からそれぞれ4個の規制突起921b,922bが周方向等間隔に突設される。これにより、規制突起921b,922bの突設先端面どうしが当接される領域を周方向に分散させることができるので、第1外筒部1021及び第2外筒部1022が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 24 (a), the outer cylinder member 1020 in the second embodiment has four restricting projections 921b and 922b around the dividing surfaces of the first outer cylinder part 1021 and the second outer cylinder part 1022, respectively. Protruding at equal intervals in the direction. Thereby, since the area | region where the projecting front end surfaces of regulation protrusion 921b, 922b contact | abut can be disperse | distributed to the circumferential direction, the 1st outer cylinder part 1021 and the 2nd outer cylinder part 1022 can mutually separate a dividing surface. It is possible to stably regulate movement in the approaching direction.

図24(b)に示すように、第実施の形態における外筒部材1120は、第1外筒部421に規制突起が形成されず、第2外筒部1122のみに規制突起1122bが形成される。なお、本実施の形態では、位相を180°異ならせた位置に2個の規制突起1122bが分割面から軸O方向に沿って突設される。規制突起1122bは、分割面からの突設高さが2倍とされる点を除き、規制突起921b,922bと同一に構成される。 As shown in FIG. 24B, in the outer cylinder member 1120 according to the third embodiment, the restriction projections are not formed on the first outer cylinder part 421, and the restriction protrusions 1122b are formed only on the second outer cylinder part 1122. The In the present embodiment, two restricting projections 1122b are projected from the dividing surface along the axis O direction at positions where the phases are different by 180 °. The restricting protrusion 1122b is configured in the same manner as the restricting protrusions 921b and 922b except that the protruding height from the dividing surface is doubled.

実施の形態における外筒部材1120によれば、第1外筒部421には、規制突起が形成されないので、その周方向の方向性をなくすことができる。これにより、加硫金型に外筒部材1120を設置する際には、第1外筒部材421及び第2外筒部材1122の周方向の位置合わせを行うことを不要とすることができ、その分、設置作業における作業性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the outer cylinder member 1120 in the third embodiment, the first outer cylinder portion 421 is not formed with the restricting projection, so that the directionality in the circumferential direction can be eliminated. Thereby, when installing the outer cylinder member 1120 in the vulcanization mold, it is not necessary to perform the circumferential alignment of the first outer cylinder member 421 and the second outer cylinder member 1122. Therefore, workability in installation work can be improved.

以上、参考例および実施の形態に基づき本発明を説明したが、本発明は上記参考例および実施の形態に何ら限定されるものではなく、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内で種々の改良変形が可能であることは容易に推察できるものである。 Having described the present invention based on reference examples and embodiments, the present invention is not intended to be limited to the above-mentioned Reference Examples and embodiments, various improvements and modifications within a scope not departing from the gist of the present invention It is easy to guess that this is possible.

上記各参考例および各実施の形態で挙げた数値は一例であり、他の数値を採用することは当然可能である。例えば、各構成の寸法(外径D1〜D4,D401〜D404など)や締め代などの値は任意に設定することができる。 The numerical values given in the above reference examples and the embodiments are merely examples, and other numerical values can naturally be adopted. For example, values such as dimensions (outer diameters D1 to D4, D401 to D404, etc.) and fastening allowances of each component can be arbitrarily set.

上記各参考例または各実施の形態における防振装置の一部または全部を、他の参考例または実施の形態における防振装置の一部または全部と組み合わせて、又は、他の参考例または実施の形態における防振装置の一部または全部と置き換えて、防振装置を構成しても良い。 Some or all of the anti-vibration device in the above Reference Examples or the respective embodiments, in combination with some or all of the anti-vibration device according to another reference example or embodiment, or, in other reference example or embodiment The vibration isolator may be configured by replacing some or all of the vibration isolator in the embodiment.

上記第1から第3参考例では、加硫成形体A〜Cにおいて、第1ゴム部31と第2ゴム部32とが分割される(互いの分割面が軸O方向に離間される)場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、第1ゴム部31の分割面と第2ゴム部32の分割面とがその一部(内筒部材10の膨出部12の外周面側の一部)で連結されていても良い。一方、第4から参考例および第1から第3実施の形態では、第1ゴム部431の分割面と第2ゴム部432の分割面とがその一部で連なる場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、第1ゴム部431と第2ゴム部432とが分割されていても良い。 In the first to third reference examples , in the vulcanized molded bodies A to C, the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 are divided (the respective divided surfaces are separated in the axis O direction). However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the divided surface of the first rubber part 31 and the divided surface of the second rubber part 32 are part of them (the outer peripheral surface side of the bulging part 12 of the inner cylinder member 10). May be connected with each other. On the other hand, in the fourth to reference examples and the first to third embodiments, the case where the divided surface of the first rubber portion 431 and the divided surface of the second rubber portion 432 are partially connected is described. It is not restricted to this, The 1st rubber part 431 and the 2nd rubber part 432 may be divided | segmented.

上記第1から第3参考例では、完成状態(防振装置100〜300の状態)において、第1外筒部21,321の分割面と第2外筒部22,322の分割面とが軸O方向に離間されている場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、完成状態において、第1外筒部21,321の分割面と第2外筒部22,322の分割面とが当接されていても良い。 In the first to third reference examples , the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the split surfaces of the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322 are axes in the completed state (state of the vibration isolator 100 to 300). Although the case where it separated in the O direction was demonstrated, it is not necessarily restricted to this, In the completion state, the division surface of the 1st outer cylinder parts 21 and 321 and the division surface of the 2nd outer cylinder parts 22 and 322 May be in contact with each other.

即ち、ゴム基体圧縮工程において、第1外筒部21,321の分割面と第2外筒部22,322の分割面とが当接される位置までゴム基体430(第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32)を軸O方向へ圧縮し、その状態で、筒状部材絞り工程において、筒状部材40に絞り加工を施すと共に、曲げ工程において、筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施すことで、上記状態となるように防振装置100〜300を製造しても良い。   That is, in the rubber base compression step, the rubber base 430 (the first rubber portion 31 and the first rubber portion 31) is moved to a position where the split surfaces of the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the split surfaces of the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322 abut. 2) the rubber part 32) is compressed in the direction of the axis O, and in this state, the cylindrical member 40 is drawn in the cylindrical member drawing process, and in the bending process, the end of the cylindrical member 40 at the end in the axis O direction. You may manufacture the vibration isolator 100-300 so that it may be in the said state by giving a bending process.

一方、第1から第3参考例において、ゴム基体圧縮工程を省略しても良い。即ち、外筒絞り工程の後、ゴム基体圧縮工程を行うことなく(ゴム基体430に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与することなく)、筒状部材絞り工程に移行しても良い。 On the other hand, in the first to third reference examples , the rubber base compression step may be omitted. That is, after the outer cylinder squeezing process, the process may be shifted to the cylindrical member squeezing process without performing the rubber base compressing process (without providing the rubber base 430 with preliminary compression in the axis O direction).

上記各参考例および各実施の形態では、ゴム膜部33,34,233,234,431a,431bを外筒部材20,320,420,620,720の外周面に覆設する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、これに代えて、或いは、これに加えて、筒状部材40,440の内周面にゴム膜部33,34,233,234,431a,431bを覆設しても良い。 In each of the above reference examples and each embodiment, the case where the rubber film portions 33, 34, 233, 234, 431a, 431b are covered on the outer peripheral surface of the outer cylinder member 20, 320, 420, 620, 720 has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and instead or in addition to this, rubber film portions 33, 34, 233, 234, 431a and 431b are provided on the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical members 40 and 440. You may do it.

上記第1から第3参考例では、曲げ工程を行う(筒状部材40の軸O方向端部に曲げ加工を施す)場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、曲げ工程を省略して、防振装置100〜300を製造しても良い。即ち、筒状部材絞り工程において絞り加工が施された筒状部材40とゴム膜部33,34,333,334との間の保持力により、加硫成形品A〜Cを筒状部材40の内周側に保持しても良い。 In the first to third reference examples , the case where the bending process is performed (bending is performed on the end portion in the axis O direction of the cylindrical member 40) has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the bending process is omitted. And you may manufacture the vibration isolator 100-300. That is, the vulcanized molded products A to C are formed on the cylindrical member 40 by the holding force between the cylindrical member 40 that has been subjected to drawing processing in the cylindrical member drawing step and the rubber film portions 33, 34, 333, and 334. You may hold | maintain on the inner peripheral side.

上記第1から第3参考例では、その説明を省略したが、第1外筒部21,321及び第2外筒部22,322に貫通孔を形成しても良い。加硫成形工程におけるゴム状弾性体の流動性を貫通孔により確保することができるので、第1ゴム部31及び第2ゴム部32に連なるゴム膜部33,34,333,334の歩留まりを高めることができる。 Although description thereof is omitted in the first to third reference examples , through holes may be formed in the first outer cylinder portions 21 and 321 and the second outer cylinder portions 22 and 322. Since the fluidity of the rubber-like elastic body in the vulcanization molding process can be ensured by the through holes, the yield of the rubber film portions 33, 34, 333, 334 connected to the first rubber portion 31 and the second rubber portion 32 is increased. be able to.

上記各参考例および各実施の形態では、説明を省略したが、曲げ工程の後、内筒部材10,410に拡径加工(内筒部材10を軸O方向に圧縮して、軸O方向端部を拡径させることで、座面の面積を拡大させる加工)を施しても良い。 In each of the above reference examples and each embodiment, the description is omitted, but after the bending process, the inner cylinder members 10 and 410 are subjected to a diameter expansion process (the inner cylinder member 10 is compressed in the axis O direction, and the end in the axis O direction). You may give the process which expands the area of a seat surface by enlarging a part.

上記第1、第2及び第4から第8参考例および第1から第3実施の形態では、外筒絞り工程を行う(外筒部材20,420,920,1020,1120(第1外筒部21,421,921,1021,1121及び第2外筒部22,422,922,1022,1122)に絞り加工を施す)場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、外筒絞り工程を省略して、防振装置100,200,400,700,800,900を製造しても良い。 In the first, second and fourth to eighth reference examples and the first to third embodiments, the outer cylinder squeezing step is performed (outer cylinder members 20, 420, 920, 1020, 1120 (first outer cylinder portion). 21, 421, 921, 1021, 1121 and the second outer cylinder part 22, 422, 922, 1022, 1122) have been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the outer cylinder drawing step May be omitted and the vibration isolator 100, 200, 400, 700, 800, 900 may be manufactured.

上記第3参考例では、外筒部材320を鋳造により形成する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、外筒部材320を、例えば、鍛造や切削により形成しても良い。 In the third reference example , the case where the outer cylinder member 320 is formed by casting has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the outer cylinder member 320 may be formed by forging or cutting, for example.

上記第4から第8参考例および第1から第3実施の形態では、ゴム基体圧縮工程を省略する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、ゴム基体圧縮工程によりゴム基体430,830に軸O方向への予備圧縮を付与した状態で、防振装置400,700,800,900を製造しても良い。 In the fourth to eighth reference examples and the first to third embodiments, the case where the rubber base compression step is omitted has been described. However, the invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the rubber base 430, The vibration isolator 400, 700, 800, 900 may be manufactured in a state where the pre-compression in the direction of the axis O is applied to 830.

上記第7参考例では、規制膨出部740aが周方向に断続的に形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、規制膨出部740aを周方向に連続して形成しても良い。 In the seventh reference example , the case where the restriction bulging portion 740a is intermittently formed in the circumferential direction has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the restriction bulging portion 740a is continuously formed in the circumferential direction. You may do it.

上記第実施の形態では、位相を180°異ならせて2個の規制突起1122bを突設する場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、周方向等間隔に4個の規制突起1122bを突設しても良い。この場合には、規制突起1122bの突設先端面が第1外筒部421の分割面に当接される領域を周方向に分散させ、第1外筒部421及び第2外筒部1122が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを安定して規制することができる。 In the third embodiment, the case where the two restricting projections 1122b are protruded by changing the phase by 180 ° has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the four restricting projections are equally spaced in the circumferential direction. You may project 1122b. In this case, the region where the projecting leading end surface of the restricting projection 1122b is in contact with the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part 421 is dispersed in the circumferential direction, and the first outer cylinder part 421 and the second outer cylinder part 1122 are It is possible to stably regulate the movement in the direction in which the divided surfaces come close to each other.

上記第実施の形態では、2個の規制突起1122b(即ち、突設高さが規制突起921b,922bの2倍とされるもの)が第2外筒部1122の分割面から突設される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、2個の規制突起1122bの内の一方が第1外筒部の分割面から、他方が第2外筒部の分割面から、それぞれ突設されても良い。この場合には、第1外筒部と第2外筒部とを共通の部品とすることができるので、部品コストの削減を図ることができる。 In the third embodiment, the two restricting projections 1122b (that is, the projecting height is twice that of the restricting projections 921b and 922b) are projected from the dividing surface of the second outer cylindrical portion 1122. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and one of the two restricting projections 1122b protrudes from the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the other protrudes from the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder portion. May be provided. In this case, since the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part can be used as a common part, it is possible to reduce the part cost.

ここで、請求項1記載の「凹状の球面」とは、完全な球面形状を要求するものではなく、少なくとも内筒部材の膨出部における凸状の球面に対向配置される凹状の面として形成されていれば足りる趣旨である。同様に、「凸状の球面と同心状」も、完全に中心が一致することを要求するものではなく、第1外筒部および第2外筒部から視て、凹状の球面の中心が、凸状の球面の中心と同じ側に位置すれば足りる趣旨である。   Here, the “concave spherical surface” described in claim 1 does not require a complete spherical shape, but is formed as a concave surface disposed opposite to the convex spherical surface at least in the bulging portion of the inner cylinder member. If it is done, it is enough. Similarly, “concentric with a convex spherical surface” does not require that the centers coincide completely, and the center of the concave spherical surface is viewed from the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion, This means that it suffices if it is located on the same side as the center of the convex spherical surface.

100,200,300,400,700,800,900 防振装置
10,410 内筒部材
12,412 膨出部
20,320,420,920,1020,1120 外筒部材
21,321,421,921,1021,1121 第1外筒部
22,322,422,922,1022,1122 第2外筒部
921b,922b,1122b 規制突起(規制手段)
IS 凹状内周面
30,430,830 ゴム基体
31,431 第1ゴム部
32,432 第2ゴム部
33,333,431a,431b ゴム膜部
34,334,432a,432b ゴム膜部
40,440,840 筒状部材
740a 規制膨出部(規制手段)
450,550,650 介設部材(規制手段)
O 軸
SP 空間
100, 200, 300, 400, 700, 800, 900 Vibration isolator 10, 410 Inner cylinder member 12, 412 Swelling part 20, 320, 420, 920, 1020, 1120 Outer cylinder member 21, 321, 421, 921, 1021, 1121 1st outer cylinder part 22,322,422,922,1022,1122 2nd outer cylinder part 921b, 922b, 1122b Restriction protrusion (regulation means)
IS concave inner peripheral surface 30, 430, 830 Rubber base 31, 431 First rubber part 32, 432 Second rubber part 33, 333, 431a, 431b Rubber film part 34, 334, 432a, 432b Rubber film part 40, 440, 840 Cylindrical member 740a Restricted bulging portion (regulating means)
450, 550, 650 Interposition member (regulation means)
O-axis SP space

Claims (8)

径方向外方へ向けて膨出する球状の膨出部を軸方向中央に有する内筒部材と、
前記内筒部材の膨出部における凸状の球面と同心状の凹状の球面に形成され前記内筒部材の膨出部を取り囲む凹状内周面を有すると共に、前記内筒部材の外周側に配設される外筒部材と、
前記内筒部材の膨出部の外周面および外筒部材の凹状内周面の間を連結すると共にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム基体とを備え、
前記外筒部材が、第1外筒部と第2外筒部とに軸方向に2分割されると共に、前記ゴム基体が、前記内筒部材の膨出部の外周面および第1外筒部における凹状内周面の間を連結する第1ゴム部と、前記内筒部材の膨出部の外周面および第2外筒部における凹状内周面の間を連結する第2ゴム部とに少なくとも前記外筒部材側で軸方向に2分割された防振装置であって、
筒状に形成され前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周側に配設されると共に前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部を保持固定する筒状部材と、
前記第1外筒部の分割面と第2外筒部の分割面との間に介設され、前記筒状部材に保持された前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部が互いの分割面を近接させる方向へ移動することを規制する規制手段と、を備え、
前記第1ゴム部の分割面と第2ゴム部の分割面とが軸方向に離間し互いの分割面の間に空間が形成された状態で、前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部が前記筒状部材により保持固定されることを特徴とする防振装置。
An inner cylindrical member having a spherical bulging portion bulging outward in the radial direction at the center in the axial direction;
The bulging portion of the inner cylinder member has a concave inner circumferential surface that is formed in a concave spherical surface concentric with the convex spherical surface and surrounds the bulging portion of the inner cylinder member, and is disposed on the outer peripheral side of the inner cylinder member. An outer cylinder member,
A rubber base configured to connect the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion of the inner cylindrical member and the concave inner peripheral surface of the outer cylindrical member and configured from a rubber-like elastic body;
The outer cylinder member is divided into two in the axial direction into a first outer cylinder part and a second outer cylinder part, and the rubber base is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the bulging part of the inner cylinder member and the first outer cylinder part. At least a first rubber portion that connects between the concave inner peripheral surfaces of the inner cylindrical member, and a second rubber portion that connects between the outer peripheral surface of the bulging portion of the inner cylindrical member and the concave inner peripheral surface of the second outer cylindrical portion. A vibration isolator divided into two axially on the outer cylinder member side,
A cylindrical member formed in a cylindrical shape and disposed on the outer peripheral side of the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion and holding and fixing the first outer cylindrical portion and the second outer cylindrical portion;
The first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part, which are interposed between the dividing surface of the first outer cylinder part and the dividing surface of the second outer cylinder part and are held by the cylindrical member, are divided from each other. A regulating means for regulating movement in a direction in which the surfaces are brought close to each other, and
The first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part in a state in which the dividing surface of the first rubber part and the dividing surface of the second rubber part are separated in the axial direction and a space is formed between the dividing surfaces. Is held and fixed by the cylindrical member.
前記内筒部材の膨出部における最大の外径寸法が、前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部の軸方向端部開口における最小の内径寸法よりも大きくされることを特徴とする請求項1記載の防振装置。   The maximum outer diameter dimension at the bulging portion of the inner cylinder member is made larger than the minimum inner diameter dimension at the axial end openings of the first outer cylinder section and the second outer cylinder section. Item 1. A vibration isolator according to item 1. 前記第1外筒部または第2外筒部の少なくとも一方に一体に形成されると共に前記分割面から軸方向に沿って部分的に突設される規制突起を備え、前記規制突起が前記規制手段とされることを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載の防振装置。   And a restriction projection formed integrally with at least one of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion and partially protruding along the axial direction from the dividing surface, wherein the restriction projection is the restriction means. The vibration isolator according to claim 1 or 2, wherein 前記第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間に介設される筒状の介設部材を備えると共に、前記介設部材は、位相を180度異ならせた2ヶ所が分断されて2分割されるか、又は、1ヶ所が分断され、前記介設部材が前記規制手段とされることを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載の防振装置。   The cylindrical member is provided between the split surface of the first outer cylinder part and the split surface of the second outer cylinder part, and the interposed member has two positions whose phases are different by 180 degrees. 3 is divided into two parts, or one part is divided, and the interposed member is used as the restricting means. 前記筒状部材は、軸方向中央の内周面部分が径方向内方へ向けて膨出して形成され前記第1外筒部の分割面および第2外筒部の分割面の間に介設される規制膨出部を備え、前記規制膨出部が前記規制手段とされることを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載の防振装置。   The cylindrical member is formed such that an inner peripheral surface portion at the center in the axial direction bulges inward in the radial direction, and is interposed between the divided surface of the first outer cylindrical portion and the divided surface of the second outer cylindrical portion. The anti-vibration device according to claim 1, further comprising a restriction bulge portion that is configured to be the restriction bulge portion. 前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部は、板厚が一定の素材から前記凹状内周面を備える形状に形成され、
前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部に絞り加工が施された状態で、前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部が前記筒状部材により保持固定されることを特徴とする請求項1から5のいずれかに記載の防振装置。
The first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are formed in a shape including the concave inner peripheral surface from a material having a constant plate thickness,
The first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are held and fixed by the cylindrical member in a state in which the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are drawn. Item 6. The vibration isolator according to any one of Items 1 to 5.
前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部の外周面または前記筒状部材の内周面の少なくとも一方の少なくとも一部に覆設されると共にゴム状弾性体から構成されるゴム膜部を備え、
前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部と筒状部材とが金属材料からなり、
前記筒状部材に絞り加工が施されることで、前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部が前記筒状部材により保持固定されることを特徴とする請求項1から6のいずれかに記載の防振装置。
A rubber film portion that is covered with at least a part of at least one of the outer peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion or the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical member and is made of a rubber-like elastic body ,
The first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part and the cylindrical member are made of a metal material,
7. The cylindrical member according to claim 1, wherein the first outer cylinder portion and the second outer cylinder portion are held and fixed by the cylindrical member by drawing the cylindrical member. The vibration isolator as described.
前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部は、板厚が一定の素材から前記凹状内周面を備える形状に形成されることで、前記凹状内周面の背面側となる外周面が軸方向端部へ向かうほど縮径された形状とされ、
前記筒状部材には、絞り加工が施され、前記筒状部材の軸方向一端側および軸方向他端側が、前記第1外筒部および第2外筒部の前記凹状内周面の背面側となる外周面に沿って縮径された形状に形成されることを特徴とする請求項1から7のいずれかに記載の防振装置。
The first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part are formed from a material having a constant plate thickness into a shape including the concave inner peripheral surface, so that the outer peripheral surface on the back side of the concave inner peripheral surface is an axis. The shape is reduced in diameter toward the end of the direction,
The cylindrical member is subjected to drawing processing, and one end side in the axial direction and the other end side in the axial direction of the cylindrical member are on the back side of the concave inner peripheral surface of the first outer cylinder part and the second outer cylinder part. The vibration isolator according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the vibration isolator is formed in a shape reduced in diameter along the outer peripheral surface.
JP2012143574A 2012-03-20 2012-06-26 Vibration isolator Expired - Fee Related JP5331228B1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012143574A JP5331228B1 (en) 2012-03-20 2012-06-26 Vibration isolator
PCT/JP2012/084192 WO2013140701A1 (en) 2012-03-20 2012-12-28 Vibration damper

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012062955 2012-03-20
JP2012062955 2012-03-20
JP2012143574A JP5331228B1 (en) 2012-03-20 2012-06-26 Vibration isolator

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP5331228B1 JP5331228B1 (en) 2013-10-30
JP2013224729A true JP2013224729A (en) 2013-10-31

Family

ID=49222187

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2012143574A Expired - Fee Related JP5331228B1 (en) 2012-03-20 2012-06-26 Vibration isolator

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5331228B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2013140701A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014208285A1 (en) * 2013-06-27 2014-12-31 住友理工株式会社 Vibration-proof bush and method for manufacturing vibration-proof bush

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104191927B (en) * 2014-09-12 2016-03-23 东风小康汽车有限公司重庆分公司 Automotive suspension axialmode damping hydraulic variable lining
CN112253675A (en) * 2020-11-02 2021-01-22 安徽奥丰汽车配件有限公司 Wear-resistant hydraulic bushing for automotive suspension control arm

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5274993U (en) * 1975-11-30 1977-06-04
DE3536283A1 (en) * 1985-10-11 1987-04-23 Lemfoerder Metallwaren Ag Radially loadable elastic pivot joint for the connection of oscillating linkage parts in motor vehicles
JPH02229929A (en) * 1989-01-24 1990-09-12 Caoutchouc Manuf Plast Elastic connection ball bearing
US20020048485A1 (en) * 2000-10-20 2002-04-25 Denis Garnier Connecting ball joint, for example for an anti-roll bar of a running vehicle
EP1605173A1 (en) * 2004-06-08 2005-12-14 Woco AVS S.A.S. Elastic joint having rotationally symmetrical core
JP2007139003A (en) * 2005-11-15 2007-06-07 Toyo Tire & Rubber Co Ltd Vibration isolation device
US20070231140A1 (en) * 2004-01-15 2007-10-04 James Frank O Rotary wing aircraft rod end and method of making a helicopter vehicle rod end with a precocked orientation
JP2008019927A (en) * 2006-07-12 2008-01-31 Toyo Tire & Rubber Co Ltd Vibration damping bush, and multi-ring type suspension device having the same
JP2011520066A (en) * 2008-04-03 2011-07-14 ザ・プルマン・カンパニー Curved bushing with torsional slip

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5274993U (en) * 1975-11-30 1977-06-04
DE3536283A1 (en) * 1985-10-11 1987-04-23 Lemfoerder Metallwaren Ag Radially loadable elastic pivot joint for the connection of oscillating linkage parts in motor vehicles
JPH02229929A (en) * 1989-01-24 1990-09-12 Caoutchouc Manuf Plast Elastic connection ball bearing
US20020048485A1 (en) * 2000-10-20 2002-04-25 Denis Garnier Connecting ball joint, for example for an anti-roll bar of a running vehicle
US20070231140A1 (en) * 2004-01-15 2007-10-04 James Frank O Rotary wing aircraft rod end and method of making a helicopter vehicle rod end with a precocked orientation
EP1605173A1 (en) * 2004-06-08 2005-12-14 Woco AVS S.A.S. Elastic joint having rotationally symmetrical core
JP2007139003A (en) * 2005-11-15 2007-06-07 Toyo Tire & Rubber Co Ltd Vibration isolation device
JP2008019927A (en) * 2006-07-12 2008-01-31 Toyo Tire & Rubber Co Ltd Vibration damping bush, and multi-ring type suspension device having the same
JP2011520066A (en) * 2008-04-03 2011-07-14 ザ・プルマン・カンパニー Curved bushing with torsional slip

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014208285A1 (en) * 2013-06-27 2014-12-31 住友理工株式会社 Vibration-proof bush and method for manufacturing vibration-proof bush
JP2015010627A (en) * 2013-06-27 2015-01-19 住友理工株式会社 Vibration damping bushing and manufacturing method of vibration damping bushing
US9752637B2 (en) 2013-06-27 2017-09-05 Sumitomo Riko Company Limited Vibration damping bushing and manufacturing method of vibration damping bushing

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2013140701A1 (en) 2013-09-26
JP5331228B1 (en) 2013-10-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5400929B2 (en) Vibration isolator
US9010716B2 (en) Vibration-damping device
JP5815364B2 (en) Member mount and its assembly structure
JP6356223B2 (en) Manufacturing method of vehicle arm parts and vehicle arm parts
CN110608256B (en) Vibration isolator assembly
CN108071722B (en) Stabilizer bushing
JP2015001271A (en) Vibration-proofing device
US9523464B2 (en) Cylindrical vibration-damping device equipped with outer bracket and outer bracket therefor
JP2008255999A (en) Vibration isolator
JP5331228B1 (en) Vibration isolator
JP5297275B2 (en) Vibration isolator
EP3269614A1 (en) Cylindrical elastic coupling device for axle arms
JP2008185193A (en) Vibration isolator
JP6509613B2 (en) Pinned rubber bush and method of assembling and disassembling the same
JP5654913B2 (en) Manufacturing method of cylindrical anti-vibration rubber with flange
CN108506397B (en) Vibration-proof device
WO2017145621A1 (en) Link member for vibration isolator and manufacturing method therefor
JP2009180330A (en) Automobile cylindrical vibration absorbing device manufacturing method
JP5629228B2 (en) Strut mount
CN104520606A (en) Anti-vibration connecting rod
JP5537467B2 (en) Strut mount and manufacturing method of strut mount
US10378418B2 (en) Vertical hanger isolator assembly
JP2008232195A (en) Manufacturing method of vibration absorbing bush and vibration absorbing bush
JP5629226B2 (en) Strut mount
JP2003269509A (en) Vibration control bush

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20130723

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20130726

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 5331228

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

S531 Written request for registration of change of domicile

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R313531

R350 Written notification of registration of transfer

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R350

S533 Written request for registration of change of name

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R313533

R350 Written notification of registration of transfer

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R350

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

LAPS Cancellation because of no payment of annual fees